UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K
 ________________________________________________________________________
(Mark One)
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 20192022
OR
or
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from                     to                    
Commission file number: 000-32259

ALIGN TECHNOLOGY, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
_____________________________________________________________________ 
________________________________________________________________________
Delaware94-3267295
(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)
(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)
2820 Orchard Parkway410 North Scottsdale Road, Suite 1300
San Jose, California95134Tempe, Arizona 85288
(Address of principal executive offices)offices, including zip code)
(408470-1000(602) 742-2000
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
______________________________________________________ 
Title of each classTrading SymbolSymbol(s)Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, $0.0001 par valueALGNThe NASDAQ Stock Market LLC
(NASDAQ Global Select Market)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes      No  
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act.    Yes      No  
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes      No  
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).    Yes      No  
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated filerAccelerated filer  
Non-accelerated filer  Smaller reporting company  
Emerging growth company
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B)13(a) of the Securities Act.
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☒
If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements.
Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b).
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes      No  
The aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was approximately $15.9$13.3 billion as of June 28, 201930, 2022 based on the closing sale price of the registrant’s common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market on such date. Shares held by persons who may be deemed affiliates have been excluded. This determination of affiliate status is not necessarily a conclusive determination for other purposes.
On February 21, 2020, 78,753,16120, 2023, 76,610,319 shares of the registrant’s common stock were outstanding.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement relating to its 20202023 Annual Stockholders’ Meeting to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after the registrant’s fiscal year end of December 31, 20192022 are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

1


ALIGN TECHNOLOGY, INC.
FORM 10-K
For the Year Ended December 31, 20192022
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
Item 1.Business
Item 1A.
Item 1B.
Item 2.Properties
Item 3.
Item 4.
Item 5.
Item 6.Selected Consolidated Financial Data
Item 7.
Item 7A.
Item 8.Consolidated
Item 9.
Item 9A.
Item 9B.
Item 9C.
Item 10.
Item 11.
Item 12.
Item 13.
Item 14.
Item 15.
Item 16.
Item 16.
Form 10-K Summary
Signatures

Invisalign, Align, the Invisalign logo, ClinCheck, Made to Move, Invisalign Assist, Invisalign Teen, Invisalign Go, Vivera, SmartForce, SmartTrack, SmartStage, SmileView, iTero, iTero Element, Orthocad, iCast, iRecord and iRecord,exocad, among others, are trademarks and/or service marks of Align Technology, Inc. or one of its subsidiaries or affiliated companies and may be registered in the United States and/or other countries.





2


In addition to historical information, this annual report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. These statements include, among other things, our estimates concerningexpectations and intentions regarding our strategic objectives and the numbermeans to achieve them, our beliefs and expectations regarding macroeconomic conditions, including inflation, fluctuations in currency exchange rates, rising interest rates, market volatility, weakness in general economic conditions and recessions and the impact of people who can benefit fromefforts by central banks and federal, state and local governments to combat inflation and recession, our products,expectations and beliefs regarding customer and consumer purchasing behavior and changes in consumer spending habits, our expectations regarding the anticipated impact of the military conflict in Ukraine generally and specifically regarding our new productsoperations and product enhancements will haveassets in Russia, including the impact on our workforce located in Russia, our expectations regarding the near and long-term implications of the COVID-19 pandemic on the futureglobal and regional economies, our marketing and efforts to build our brand awareness, our estimates regarding the size and opportunities of dentistry, doctor utilization andthe markets we are targeting along with our market share,expectations for growth in those markets, our beliefs regarding the impact of technological innovation in general, and in our technologysolutions and products in particular, on target markets and patient care, our beliefs regarding digital dentistry and its potential to impact our business, our intentions regarding expanding our business, including its impact on our operational flexibility and responsiveness to customer demand, our beliefs regarding the potential for clinical solutions and their utilization to increase sales of our Invisalign system as well as the complementary products and solutions themselves, our beliefs regarding doctor training and its impact on Invisalign system utilization, our beliefs regarding the importance of our manufacturing operations on our success, our beliefs regarding the need for and benefits of our technological development on Invisalign treatment, the areas of development in which we focus our efforts, and the advantages of our intellectual property portfolio, our beliefs concerningregarding our compliance with domesticbusiness strategy and foreign laws and regulations, including data protection and security,growth drivers, our expectations regarding geographic and product mix and product adoption, our expectations regarding the utilization rates for domesticour products, including the impact of marketing on those rates and international growth,causes for periodic fluctuations of the rates, our expectations regarding the existence and impact of seasonality, our expectations regarding the sales growth of our iTero scanners, their utilization and the potential growth opportunities iTero scanners represent tointraoral scanner sales in international markets, our overall business, our beliefs concerning the manufacturing capabilities and expectations regarding the financial and strategic benefits of establishing regional order acquisition, treatment planning and manufacturing facilities, our expectations for competition, our expectations concerning theproductivity impact of the Novel Coronavirusadditional sales representatives will have on our sales and operating results, our intention to hire morethe impact of specialization of those representatives in sales representatives and their expected impact on our sales,channels, our expectations regarding the continued expansion of our domestic and international markets including related infrastructure and staffing,their growth, our expectations regarding competition and our ability to compete in our target markets, our expectations regarding staying in compliance with laws and regulations currently applicable to, or which may become applicable to, our business both in the United States and internationally, our beliefs regarding our culture and commitment and its impact on our financial and operational performance and its importance to our future success, our expectations for future investments in and benefits from consumer demand sales and marketing activities, our preparedness and our customers’ preparedness to react to changing circumstances and demand, our expectations for our expenses and capital obligations and expenditures in particular, our intentions to control spending and for investments, our intentions regarding the investment of our international earnings from operations, our belief regarding the sufficiency of our cash and investment balances and borrowing capacity, our judgments regarding the estimates used in our revenue recognition and assessment of goodwill and intangible assets, our expectations regarding our tax positions and the judgements we make related to our corporate structure reorganization, thetax obligations, our predicted level of our operating expenses capital expenditures and gross margins our intentions regarding earnings from international operations, our beliefs concerning our investment portfolio and the funding of our operations and other factors beyond our control, as well as other statements regarding our future operations, financial condition and prospects and business strategies. These statements may contain words such as “expects,” “anticipates,” “intends,” “plans,” “believes,” “estimates,” or other words indicating future results. These forward-looking statements are subject to certain risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those reflected in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed in Part II, Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and in particular, the risks discussed below in Part I, Item 1A “Risk Factors.” We undertake no obligation to revise or update these forward-looking statements. Given these risks and uncertainties, readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on such forward-looking statements.
PART I
 
Business.
ITEM 1.
BUSINESS

Our Company

Align Technology, Inc. (“We”, “Our”, “Align”) is a global medical device company primarily engaged in the design, manufacture and marketing of Invisalign® clear aligners for the treatment of malocclusions, or the misalignment of teeth, by orthodontists and general dental practitioners (“GPs”), Vivera® retainers for retention, iTero® intraoral scanners and services for orthodontics,dentistry, and exocad® computer-aided design and computer-aided manufacturing (“CAD/CAM”) software for dental laboratories and dental practitioners. Our vision and strategy is to revolutionize orthodontic and restorative dentistry through digital treatment planning and aesthetic dentistry. Align’s products are intended primarilyimplementation using our Align Digital PlatformTM, an integrated suite of proprietary technologies and services designed to deliver a seamless, end-to-end solution for patients and consumers, orthodontists and GPs and lab partners. We strive to achieve our vision and strategy through key objectives made possible with the proprietary technologies and services of the Align Digital Platform to establish: clear aligners as the principal solution for the treatment of malocclusion ormalocclusions with the misalignmentInvisalign System as the treatment solution of teethchoice by orthodontists, GPs and are designed to helppatients globally, our
3


intraoral scanners as the preferred scanning technology for digital dental professionals achievescans, and our exocad CAD/CAM software as the clinical outcomes that they expect. Align Technology was founded in March 1997 and incorporated in Delaware in April 1997. Ourdental restorative solution of choice for dental labs.

Align’s corporate headquarters isare located at 2820 Orchard Parkway, San Jose, California, U.S.A., 95134, and our410 North Scottsdale Road, Suite 1300, Tempe, Arizona 85288. Our telephone number is 408-470-1000.602-742-2000. Our internet address is www.aligntech.com. Our Americas regional headquarters is located in Raleigh, North Carolina, U.S.A.; our European, Middle East and Africa (“EMEA”) regional headquarters is located in Rotkreuz, Switzerland, which moved from Amsterdam, the Netherlands in January 2020;Switzerland; and our Asia Pacific ("APAC"(“APAC”) regional headquarters is located in Singapore.

We have two operating segments: (1) Clear Aligner and (2) ScannersImaging Systems and CAD/CAM Services ("Scanner"(“Systems and Services”). For the year ended December 31, 2019,2022, Clear Aligner net revenues represented approximately 84%82% of worldwide net revenues, while ScannerSystems and Services net revenues represented the remaining 16% of worldwide net revenues.18%. We sell the majority of our products directly through a dedicated and specialized sales force to our customers: orthodontists, and general practitioner dentists ("GPs"), as well as to restorative and aesthetic dentists,GPs, including prosthodontists, periodontists, and oral surgeons.surgeons, and dental laboratories. We also sell through sales agents and distributors in certain countries. In addition, we sell directly to Dental Support Organizations ("DSOs"(“DSOs”) who contract with dental practices to provide critical business management and support including non-clinical operations, and we sell directly toproducts used by dental laboratories who manufacture or customize a variety of products used by licensed dentists to provide oral health care. We also market and sell doctor and consumer accessory products that are complementary to our doctor-prescribed principal products under the Invisalign® and other brands, including retainers, dental supplies, aligner cases (clamshells), teeth whitening products and cleaning solutions (collectively “Invisalign Accessory Products”). Depending on the product, our Invisalign Accessory Products are sold through a variety of channels, including online through large e-commerce websites, our doctor portal and in-store through large retailers and pharmacy stores.

We received 510(k) clearance fromOur clear aligners are sold under the United States Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) to market the Invisalign System in 1998. TheInvisalign® brand name. Our Invisalign System is regulated byintended mainly for the FDA as a Class II medical device.treatment of malocclusions and is designed to help dental professionals achieve the clinical outcomes that they expect and the results patients desire. To date, over 14 million people worldwide have been treated with our Invisalign System. In order to provide Invisalign treatment to their patients, orthodontists and GPs must initially complete an Invisalign training course. The Invisalign System is sold primarily through a direct sales force in North America, APAC, Europe, EMEA and Latin America ("LATAM"). To date, over 8 million people worldwide have been treated with our Invisalign System.

Our iTero intraoral scanner is used by dental professionals and/or labs and service providers for restorative and orthodontic digital procedures as well as Invisalign case submission. submissions. Our exocad CAD/CAM software products provide restorative dentistry, implantology, guided surgery, and smile design to dental labs and dental practices through fully integrated workflows, paving the way for new, cross-disciplinary dentistry in labs and at chairside.

Our Products, Services and Technologies

Align Digital Platform


algn-20221231_g1.jpg

4


We received 510(k) clearancestrive to be at the forefront of innovation in digital orthodontics and dentistry, helping doctors transform their practices using digital tools and technology to deliver great treatment experiences and outcomes to people worldwide. The Align Digital Platform is the foundation of our goal to revolutionize the practice of dentistry, delivering interconnected, interdisciplinary workflows and treatment solutions that move all aspects of treatment forward, from first consultations to final smiles with our doctor-centered treatment model. It is an end-to-end digital platform that combines software, systems and services to seamlessly integrate and connect those critical to successful treatment outcomes – doctors, labs, patients, and consumers. At the FDAcenter of the Align Digital Platform are Invisalign clear aligners, iTero intraoral scanners, and exocad CAD/CAM software.

The Align Digital Platform utilizes the Align Digital Workflow to market iTero software for expanded indications in 2013. Scannersenable an end-to-end treatment experience with the following key components:

algn-20221231_g2.jpg
Connect: The initial stage of the platform drives consumer demand and computer-aided design/computer-aided manufacturing ("CAD/CAM") servicesconnects potential patients to our websites and Invisalign providers. Some of our tools that support this stage are primarilyInvisalign.com, the Invisalign SmileView tool, My Invisalign app, Doctor Locator, Invisalign Practice App, Invisalign Doctor Estimate and Invisalign Virtual Appointment.


soldScan: During this stage, patient data is captured through our direct sales forceintraoral scanning. Tools support a patient’s diagnosis of oral conditions and through sales agentshealth and distributors in certain countries. In addition, we sellsupport the identification of an appropriate treatment pathway. Visualization of their potential smile helps patients understand the benefits of treatment and increase patient conversion. The tools that support this stage, include, iTero scanners and CAD/CAM services directlyimaging systems, Invisalign Outcome Simulator Pro, Invisalign Photo Uploader, iTero NIRI technology (Near Infra-Red Imaging), iTero TimeLapse technology, iTero Element 5D auto upload feature and iTero Scan Report.
Plan: Doctors digitally visualize and plan orthodontic and restorative treatments. Orthodontists and GPs can use our products to DSOs.design, build and share their vision for treatment planning and agree on a customized plan with their patients to reach the desired outcomes. Orthodontists and GPs can use our products to design, build and share their vision for treatment planning and agree on a customized plan with their patients to reach the desired outcomes. Some of our tools that support this stage are ClinCheck Pro® 6.0, ClinCheck In-Face Visualization, ClinCheck Live Update, Invisalign Practice App, Invisalign Personalized Plan and CBCT integration for ClinCheck software.
Treat: During this stage, doctors treat their patients with our Invisalign® clear aligners.
Monitor: Doctors are able to remotely track their patient’s treatment between visits, and orthodontists and GPs can more easily communicate treatment progress and tracking to their patients. Some of our tools that support this stage include Invisalign Virtual Care app, My Invisalign app, Invisalign Doctor Site, Invisalign Practice App, Invisalign Progress Assessment and iTero scanners.
Retain: Patients retain the final position of their treatment results through our Vivera® retainers.

As we further evolve the treatment planning experience for doctors leveraging 25 years in technological research and development innovations, we expect to introduce new technologies, features and functionality that improve personalization of treatment planning, predictability, clinical preferences, and 2D/3D imaging, including digital tools for faster and more accurate final tooth positions. In 2022, we launched significant new products and technologies that further enhance the Align Digital Platform, including the ClinCheck® Live Update software, Invisalign® Practice App, Invisalign® Personalized Plan, Invisalign Smile Architect™, Invisalign® Outcome Simulator Pro with in-face visualization, Cone Beam Computed Tomography integration with ClinCheck software, Invisalign® Virtual Care AI software, and the iTero-exocad Connector.

Clear Aligner Segment

Malocclusion and Traditional Orthodontic Treatment

Malocclusion or the misalignment of teeth, is one of the most prevalent clinical dental conditions in the world, affecting billions of people, or approximately 60% to 75% of the global population. Annually,We estimate that there are approximately 12500 million people globally with malocclusion who could benefit from straightening their teeth. However, most people afflicted by malocclusion do not seek orthodontic treatment due to a number of reasons, including negative perceptions of metal braces, affordability of treatment, and accessibility to doctors in major developed countries
5


certain markets and geographies. Annually, only approximately 21 million people globally elect treatment by orthodontists worldwide. Mostorthodontists. Today, most orthodontic patients arecontinue to have their malocclusions treated with the use of traditional corrective methods such as metal arch wires and brackets, referred to as braces, and may be augmented with elastics, metal expanders, headgear or functional appliances, and other ancillary devices as needed. Upon completion of thea patient’s treatment, thetheir dental professional may at his or her discretion, haverecommend the patient use a retainer appliance.appliance to preserve the benefits of their treatments. Of the 1221 million annual orthodontic cases started, we estimate that approximately 75% or 8.4 million could90% (19 million) can be treated using our Invisalign clear aligners. In addition,System, yet our share of the 21 million case starts through orthodontists is approximately 300 million people with malocclusion could benefit from straightening their teeth.10% globally. This represents an incrementala significant growth opportunity for us as weto increase our share of the existing market of orthodontic case starts, especially among teens, and expand the market for digital orthodontics, byespecially among adults. By training more doctors, including GPs as well as orthodontists, educating more consumers about the benefits of straighter teeth using the Invisalign clear alignersSystem and connecting themconsumers with an InvisalignInvisalign-trained doctor of their choice.choice, we are helping drive adoption of digital orthodontics and restorative dentistry globally.

The Invisalign System

The Invisalign System is a proprietary method for treating malocclusion based on a proprietary computer-simulated virtual treatment plan and a series of doctor-prescribed, custom manufactured, clear plasticpolymer removable aligners. We received 510(k) clearance from the United States (“U.S.”) Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) to market the Invisalign System in 1998. The Invisalign System offers a range of treatment options, specialized services, and access to proprietary software for treatment visualization and is comprised of the following phases:

Orthodontic diagnosisDiagnosis and transmission of treatment data to usThe Invisalign-trainedAn Invisalign trained dental professional prepares an online prescription form on our Invisalign Doctor Site and securely submits the patient's records, which include a digital intraoral scan or a polyvinyl-siloxane ("PVS"(“PVS”) impression of the relevant dental arches, photographs of the patient and, at the dental professional’s election, x-rays of the patient’s dentition. Intraoral digital scans may be submitted through either Align'sAlign’s iTero scanner or certain third-party scanners capable of accurately interfacing with our systems and processes. See "Third Party Scanners and Digital scans for Invisalign treatment submission." MoreGlobally, more than 73%89% of Invisalign case submissionsSystem prescription orders are now submitted via digital scan, increasing the accuracy of treatments, reducing the time from prescription submission to patient receipt, and decreasing the carbon footprint resulting from the shipment of the materials used to form the physical PVS impressions to the doctors and shipping those PVS impressions back to us. Additionally, it is during this stage that exocad’s CAD/CAM software platform can be used to identify, assess and assist doctors and dental labs to collaborate on any needed ortho-restorative treatment options through comprehensive interdisciplinary workflows.

Preparation of computer-simulatedComputer-simulated treatment plan. Using the informationdigital scans or PVS impressions, certain doctor preferences and digital data provided, we generate a proposed custom, three-dimensional treatment plan, called a ClinCheckClinCheck® treatment plan, using our proprietary software which is not for sale or license.developed through significant, ongoing research and development investments spanning more than two decades. A patient’s ClinCheck treatment plan simulates expecteddesired tooth movement in stages and details the timing and placement of any features or attachments to be used during treatment. Attachments are tooth-colored “buttons” that are sometimes used to increase the biomechanical force on a specific tooth or teeth in order to effectaffect the desired movement(s).

Review and approval of the treatment plan by an Invisalign-trainedInvisalign trained doctor. The patient’s ClinCheck treatment plan is then made available to the prescribing dental professional via theAlign’s Invisalign Doctor Site, which enablesenabling the dental professional to projectevaluate projected tooth movement from initial position to final position and compare multiple treatment plan options. By reviewing, modifying as needed and approving the treatment plan, the dental professional retains control of the patient'spatient’s treatment.

Manufacture of custom aligners. UponFollowing the dental professional’s approval of thea ClinCheck treatment plan, we use the data underlying the simulation as input for the next stage of the Align Digital Workflow in conjunction withwhich we use stereolithography technology (a form of 3D printing technology), to construct a series of molds depicting the future position of the patient’s teeth. Each mold is a replica of the patient’s teeth at each stage of the simulated course of treatment. From these molds, aligners are fabricated by pressure-forming polymeric sheets over each mold. Aligners are thin, clear plastic,polymer, removable dental appliances that are custom manufactured in a series designed to correspond to each stage of the patient's ClinCheck treatment plan.

Shipment to the dental professional and patient aligner wear. In most countries,Once manufactured, all the aligners for a patient's doctor-approved treatment plan are typically shipped directly to the dental professional, who then dispenses them to the patient at regular check-up intervals throughout the treatment.intervals. Aligners are generally worn for a short period of time typically one to two weeks, corresponding to the stages of the patient’s approved ClinCheck treatment plan.plan and their doctor’s discretion. The patient replaces the aligners with the next pair in the series when prescribed, advancing tooth movement through each stage. At various points in each patient’s treatment, their doctor may place attachments or use other auxiliaries to achieve desired tooth movements, per the doctor’s original prescription and the approved ClinCheck treatment plan.


At the treating doctor’s discretion, weekly aligner changes are recommended Additionally, for all Invisalign treatments except for Invisalign Lite and Express packages and may provide up to 50% shorter treatment time compared with two-week aligner wear.

Feature Enhancements

We continue to introduce enhanced features across thepatients treated using many of our Invisalign System products, doctors have the option to improveadjust treatment outcomes or address broader clinical indications. For example, in 2018, we extended the Invisalign product family with Invisalign Firstplans to achieve desired results by ordering additional clear aligners designedin accordance with features specifically for younger patients with early mixed dentition (with a mixture of primary/baby and permanent teeth). Invisalign First clear aligners are designed specifically to address a broad range of younger patients' malocclusions, including shorter clinical crowns, management of erupting dentition, and predictable dental arch expansion.pre-defined terms.
6


In 2018, we also introduced enhancements designed to improve dental professional and patient experiences and clinical outcomes including: wing overlap and engagement in deep bite cases with anterior intrusion, new options for mandibular advancement and symmetrical advancement of the left and right side, a new default protocol for incremental advancement, and improvements to support leveling the curve of Spee in deep bite cases.

Clear Aligner Products

We offer our Invisalign System in a variety of treatment packages designed to correspond with the case-by-case treatment needs of our doctors and their patients. The table below provides a general description of the categories of Invisalign System products offered in various regions as they typically correspond to the severity of malocclusion and length of anticipated treatment.
MalocclusionVery Mild
leftarrowa01.jpg
Moderate
right.jpg
SevereMalocclusionVery Mild
algn-20221231_g3.jpg
Moderate
algn-20221231_g4.jpg
Severe
ProductInvisalign Express PackageInvisalign Lite PackageInvisalign Go Limited Movement (GP)Invisalign Moderate PackageInvisalign Comprehensive PackageProductInvisalign® Express PackageInvisalign® Lite PackageInvisalign Go™ Limited Movement (GP)Invisalign® Moderate Packages (& Invisalign Go™ Plus)Invisalign® Comprehensive Packages
Stages7142020-26As many as required
Treatment Stages*Treatment Stages*7142020-26As many as required
Clinical ScopeRelapse and minor movement, anterior esthetic alignmentClass I, mild crowding/spacing, non-extraction, pre-restorativeClass I, no anterior / posterior correction, mild to moderate crowding, spacing, non-extraction, pre-restorative Tooth movement from 2nd premolar to 2nd premolar (5x5)Class I, mild Class II, mild to moderate crowding/spacing, mild anterior / posterior and vertical discrepancies, pre-restorativeClass I, II, III, moderate to severe crowding/spacing, anterior / posterior and vertical discrepancies, extractions, complex pre-restorativeClinical ScopeRelapse and minor movement, anterior esthetic alignmentClass I, mild crowding/spacing, non-extraction, pre-restorativeClass I, no anterior / posterior correction, mild to moderate crowding, spacing, non-extraction, pre-restorative Tooth movement from 2nd premolar to 2nd premolar (5x5)Class I, mild Class II, mild to moderate crowding/spacing, mild anterior / posterior and vertical discrepancies, pre-restorative, (Go Plus tooth movement from 1st molar to 1st molar (6X6))Class I, II, III, moderate to severe crowding/spacing, anterior / posterior and vertical discrepancies, extractions, complex pre-restorative
* The number of stages can vary by product and region.

Most of our Invisalign Treatment PlansSystem products described above provide dental professionals with the option to order additional aligners if the patient's treatment is not tracking againstdeviates from the original treatment plan. The number and timing of additional aligner orders and timing are subject to certain requirements noted in our terms and conditions.

Comprehensive Products - Invisalign Treatment Options:

Invisalign Comprehensive Packages. The Invisalign Comprehensive Package is used to treat adults and teens forover a fullwide spectrum of mild to severe malocclusion and contains a widebroad variety of Invisalign features to address the doctor'sdesired treatment goals. It also addresses the frequently complex orthodontic needs of teenage or younger patients with advanced features such as Mandibular Advancement,mandibular advancement, compliance indicators and compensation for tooth eruption. These packages include Invisalign Comprehensive, Invisalign First Phase 1 and Invisalign First Comprehensive Phase 2. 

Invisalign First Phase 1 and Invisalign First Comprehensive Phase 2 PackagePackages. Invisalign First Phase 1 Package is designed specifically for younger patients generally between the ages of sevensix and ten years, which iswho frequently have a mixture of primary/baby and permanent teeth. Invisalign First Phase 1 treatment provides early interceptive orthodontic treatment, traditionally done through arch expanders,expansion, or partial metal braces, before all permanent teeth have erupted. Invisalign First Phase 1 clear aligners are designed specifically to address a broadwide range of younger patients' malocclusions, including shorter clinical crowns, management of erupting dentition and predictable dental arch expansion. Our Invisalign First Comprehensive Phase 2 Package is a continuation of thecomplements Invisalign First Phase 1 and is generally consistent with our Invisalign Comprehensive Package. After a patient completes Invisalign First Phase I,1, doctors have the option to purchase a discounted Comprehensive Phase 2 Package for that same patient.

Non-Comprehensive Products - Invisalign Treatment Options:

Invisalign Non-comprehensive Products.Packages. We offer a variety of lower priced treatment packages for less complex orthodontic cases, non-comprehensive relapse cases, or teeth straightening prior to restorative or cosmetic treatments, such as veneers. These treatment packages include Invisalign Express, Invisalign Lite, Invisalign Go, Invisalign Go Express and Invisalign Moderate. These packages may be offered in select countries and/or may differ from region to region.



Invisalign Go.Go Packages. WeIn various markets we also offer Invisalign Go aand Invisalign Go Plus, streamlined Non-Comprehensive packagepackages designed for GPs to more easily identify and treat patients with mild malocclusion. The Invisalign Go package includesand Invisalign Go Plus packages include case assessment support, a simplified ClinCheck treatment planplans and a progress assessment feature for case monitoring.

7


Feature Enhancement / New Products

Invisalign Mandibular Advancement. Invisalign System with mandibular advancement is designed for tweens and teens. It is targeted for patients with permanent teeth or stable baby teeth who have bite issues in which the lower jaw is further back and can benefit from being brought forward for a better bite relationship. The Invisalign System with mandibular advancement addresses Class II bite correction with simultaneous alignment of the teeth. In 2022, we enhanced the original design with new enhanced precision wings that provide increased durability and comfort, as well as greater overlap to help the aligners remain properly engaged to keep the patient’s lower jaw forward during treatment.

Non-Case Products:

Clear Aligner non-case products include retention products, Invisalign training, fees and sales of ancillary products, such as cleaning material and adjusting tools used by dental professionals during the course of treatment.treatment, ancillary Invisalign Accessory Products and other oral health products available in certain e-commerce and retail channels in the U.S.

Retention. We offer up to four sets of custom clear aligners called Vivera Retainersretainers made with proprietary material strong enough to maintain tooth position and correct minor relapse, if necessary. Viveranecessary, as well as Invisalign retainers. Retainers are generally available for doctors to bothoffer to any of their patients, whether they use the Invisalign System or other products, including wires and non-Invisalign patients.brackets. In select markets, we also offer single archset retainers. Additionally, we offer a professional whitening system using Ultradent’s Opalescence PF whitening system with Vivera retainers.

We also offer in the U.S., a Doctor Subscription Program which is a monthly subscription program based on the doctor’s monthly need for retention or limited treatment. The program allows doctors the flexibility to order both “touch-up” or retention aligners within their subscribed tier and is designed for a segment of experienced Invisalign trained doctors who are currently not regularly using our retainers or low-stage aligners.

Smart Technology: SmartTrack, Aligner MaterialSmartForce and SmartStage

Smart technology is applied in the development of Invisalign treatments and leads to a more precise control of individual and multiple tooth movements. We use a force driven system in our Invisalign treatments such that the next aligner is shaped so that when inserted, the aligner stretches and applies the desired forces to the surface of the tooth, resulting in the desired tooth movement. Smart technology allows us to find the right thickness, the right elasticity, and the right force application over a period of time. Smart technology includes the use of SmartTrack, SmartForce and SmartStage Technology.

SmartTrack. SmartTrack clear aligner material is a patented, custom-engineered Invisalign clear aligner material that delivers gentle, more constant force considered ideal for orthodontic tooth movements. Conventional aligner materials relax and lose a substantial percentpercentage of energythe force applied in the initial days of aligner wear, butwear. SmartTrack material maintains more constant force over the period of time the patient wears the aligners.time. The flexible SmartTrack material also more precisely conforms to tooth morphology, attachments and interproximal spaces to improve control of tooth movement throughout treatment.

ScannerSmartForce. SmartForce attachments are small tooth-colored shapes that are attached to teeth before or during Invisalign treatment. Invisalign clear aligners fit smoothly and tightly around the attachments and give the aligners something to gently push on. SmartForce attachments make complex tooth movements possible without braces by helping clear aligners apply the right amount of force in the right direction.

SmartStage Technology. SmartStage is an advanced algorithm that determines the optimal path of tooth movement and the shape of the aligner at every stage of an Invisalign treatment. The programming determines tooth movement in a certain sequence, at the right time to achieve optimal outcomes with greater predictability and fewer undesirable interferences.

Systems and Services Segment

Intraoral scanning continues to be anis a rapidly evolving technology that we believe will haveis having a substantial impact on the futurepractice of dentistry. By enabling the dental practitioner to create a 3D image of a patient's teeth (digital scan) using a handheld intraoral scanner, digital scanning is faster, more efficient, precise and comfortable for patients. Beginning patient care with the early usage of our iTero intraoral scanners and combining the results with digital workflows designed to assist doctors and patients comparedvisualize and evaluate various treatment options with detailed imagery and CAD/CAM solutions is helping patients decide to the discomfortundergo treatment and subjective nature of taking physical impressions.improve treatment outcomes and satisfaction. The accuracy of digitally scanned models substantially reduces the rate of restoration "remakes;"remakes," meaning patients are recalled less often and the appointment time for the restoration is shorter because of fewer adjustments, increasing overall patient satisfaction. Digital models also reduce the carbon footprint associated with the shipping of the materials used to create PVS impressions, the shipping of those impressions and their disposal.
8


Moreover, the digital model file can be used for various procedures and services including fabrication of physical dental models for use by labs to create restorative units such as veneers, inlays, onlays, crowns, bridges and implant abutments; digital records storage; aid to caries detection; orthodontic diagnosis; orthodontic retainers and appliances; and Invisalign digital impression submission.

iTero Scanner. The iTero Element scanner is available as a single hardware platform with software options for restorative or orthodontic procedures. The expandedElement™ portfolio of intraoral scanners includes the iTero ElementElement™ 2, and the iTero ElementElement™ Flex, scannersiTero Element™ 5D Imaging System and iTero Element™ Plus Series which are each available in select regions and countries. These products build on the existing high precision, full-color imaging and fast scan times of the iTero Element portfolio while streamliningand are available with software options for orthodontic and restorative workflows. We also continue to offer the existing iTero Element scanner in existing markets.procedures. The iTero scanner is interoperable with our Invisalign treatmentSystem such that a full arch or full mouth digital scan can be submitted as part of the Invisalign caseSystem prescription order submission process.

In February 2019, we launched theOur iTero Element 5D Imaging system which provides a new comprehensive approach to clinical applications, workflows and user experience that expands the suite of existing high-precision, full-color imagining and fast scan times of the iTero Element portfolio. In addition to offering all of the features and functionality that doctors have come to expect and rely on with the iTero Element 2 scanner, the iTero Element 5D scannerSystem is the first integrated dental imaging system that simultaneously records 3D, intra-oralintraoral color and near-infrared ("NIRI"camera images, near infrared imaging (“NIRI”) imagingtechnology and enables comparison over time using iTero TimeLapse.the iTero™ TimeLapse technology. NIRI technology, of theincluded in our iTero Element 5D and 5D Plus Imaging SystemSystems, aids in detection and monitoring of interproximal caries lesions above the gingiva without using harmful radiation. The iTero Element 5D Imaging System is available in the U.S., Canada, China, and the majority of EMEA and select APAC countries; however, itand LATAM countries and is pending regulatory approval in others. We received 510(k) clearance in the U.S. and LATAM countries.

In June 2019, we announcedfor the launchcaries detection feature of the iTero Element Foundation intraoral scanner with restorative software.5D in 2020. The iTero Element Foundation extends our portfolioPlus Series of intraoral scanners and imaging systems offers restorative and orthodontic digital workflows that include enhanced visualization for optimized patient experience, including a fully integrated 3D intraoral camera in certain models, seamless scanning with powerful 3D visualization to better meet the needs of doctors, labsreduced processing time, artificial intelligence-based features, and, patients. Thein certain models, NIRI technology.

Our iTero Element Foundation is availablescanners are offered in North Americaa number of software configurations such as Ortho Comprehensive, Restorative Comprehensive and JapanRestorative Foundation. These software packages are included in the price of the scanner and will be available inhave a service period of 1 to 5 years. They enable various orthodontic and restorative workflows as well as provide other select APACapplications, including Invisalign Outcome Simulator, Invisalign Case Assessment tool, Invisalign Progress Assessment tool, and EMEA countries in 2020.

Restorative software for iTero. iTero TimeLapse technology. Our RestorativeiTero software is designed for GPs, prosthodontists, periodontists, and oral surgeons which includes restorative workflows providing them with the ability to send digital impressions to the lab of choice and communicate seamlessly with external treatment planning, custom implant abutment, chairside milling, and laboratory CAD/CAM systems.



Orthodontic software for iTero. Software designed for orthodontists for digital records storage, orthodontic diagnosis, and for the fabrication of printed models and retainers.

CAD/CAM ServicesOur Restorative software is designed for GPs, prosthodontists, periodontists and Ancillary Products

Ancillary Products. We sell disposable sleeves fororal surgeons and includes restorative workflows providing the wand and other ancillary products for the iTero scanner.

iTero Models and Dies. An accurate physical model and dies are manufactured based on theability to send digital scan and sentimpressions to the laboratorylab of the dentist’stheir choice for completion of the needed restoration. The laboratory also has the option to export the digital file for immediate production of coping and full-contour restorations on theircommunicate seamlessly with external treatment planning, custom implant abutment, chairside milling and laboratory CAD/CAM systems. The laboratory conducts then completes the ceramic buildup or staining and glazing and delivers the end result - a precisely fitting restoration. iTero prosthetics have a near-zero remake rate.systems such as through our exocad Connector.


Third Party Scanners and Digital scans for Invisalign treatment submission. We accept case submissions for our clear aligner products in two ways: (1) physical impressions of the patient’s teeth or (2) intraoral scan of the patient’s teeth. With respect to intraoral scans, we accept scans from iTero scanners and certain third-party scanners that have interoperability relationship with our systems and processes.

iTero Applications and Tools

InvisalignInvisalign® Outcome Simulator. The Invisalign Outcome Simulator is an exclusive chair-side and cloud-based application for the iTero scanner that allows doctors to help patients visualize how their teeth may look at the end of Invisalign treatment. This is achieved through a dual view layout that shows a prospective patient an image of his/hertheir own current dentition next to his/hera simulated final position after Invisalign treatment.

Invisalign 3DInvisalign® Progress Assessment tool.Tool. The Invisalign Progress Assessment tool provides the ability to compare a patient’s new scan with a specific stage of their ClinCheckClinCheck® treatment plan. This allowsplan, allowing doctors to visually assess and communicate Invisalign treatment progress with an easy to read,easy-to-read, color-coded, tooth movement report.

TimeLapse. iTero® TimeLapse Technology. Our iTero® TimeLapse technology allows doctors or practitioners to compare a patient’s historic 3D scans to thea present-day scan, enabling clinicians to identify and measure orthodontic movement, tooth wear, and gingival recession. This highlights areas of diagnostic interest to dental professionals and helps foster a proactive conversation with the patient regarding potential restorative or orthodontic solutions.

Our iTero Element, iTero Element 2, iTero Element Flex and iTero Element 5D scanners include the Invisalign Outcome Simulator, Invisalign 3D Assessment tool and Timelapse as well as the orthodontic software and/or restorative software. The orthodontic or restorative software may also be purchased subsequently for an upgrade fee. Additional applications such as the Invisalign Outcome Simulator are not available for sale separately.

CAD/CAM Services. Our exocad CAD/CAM software platform addresses restorative needs in an end-to-end digital platform workflow to facilitate ortho-restorative and comprehensive dentistry. The platform provides doctors and dental labs with digital clinical solutions that aid GPs and dental labs in planning and delivering restorative dental treatments, adding restorative functionality to our comprehensive digital platform to deliver digital ortho-restorative workflows and interdisciplinary dentistry. Our exocad software is licensed and sold separately.

Other proprietary software mentioned in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, such as software embedded in our iTero scanners, ClinCheck and ClinCheck Pro software, the Invisalign Doctor Site,and feature enhancements are included as part of the Invisalign System and are not sold separately, nor do they contribute as individual items to revenues.

9


Business Strategy

Our goal is to establish the Invisalign System as the standard method for treating malocclusion and our intraoral scanning platform as the preferred scanning protocol for digital scans. Our technology and innovations are designed to meet the demands of today’s patients with convenient, comfortable, and affordable treatment options, that are convenient, comfortable, affordable, while helping to improveimproving overall oral health. We strive to help our doctors and lab technicians move their practicesbusinesses forward by connecting them with new patients, providing digital solutions to helpthat increase practiceoperational speed and efficiency and helpingprovide solutions that allow them to deliver the best possibleexceptional treatment outcomes and experiences to millions of people around the world. We achieve this by continued focusfocusing on and execution ofexecuting to our strategic growth drivers as follows:drivers:

1.
International Expansion. In order to provide the millions of consumers access to a better smile, we continue increasing our presence globally by making our products available in more countries. We expect to continue expanding our business by investing in resources, infrastructure, and initiatives that will drive Invisalign treatment growth in our current and new international markets. As our core international countries continue increasing our presence globally by making our products available in more countries to more customers. We continue expansion of our sales and marketing by reaching into new countries and regions, including new areas within Africa and Latin America. By the end of 2022, we were selling directly or through authorized distributors in more than 100 countries. As our business continues to grow in both number of new Invisalign trained doctors and customer utilization, we strive to make sure we can support that growth through targeted investments such as headcount, clinical support, product improvements, technological innovations, clinical education and advertising. We have transitioned most of our smaller country markets from an indirect to a direct sales model, and, while we do not expect a material impact from these countries for


some time, in the near term we will leverage our existing infrastructure in adjacent country markets as we build local sales and support organizations to drive long-term market penetration. In addition, we are scaling and expanding our operations and facilities to better support the growing numbers of global customers. In 2022, with the opening of our third clear aligner fabrication facility Wroclaw, Poland, we now have a manufacturing facility in each of our regions: Americas (Mexico), APAC (China), and EMEA (Poland).Each of these three facilities represents a “hub” and together these three hubs form the foundation of our “Regional Hub Model”, which will continue to evolve as we consider additional locations to improve coverage and service for any potential future markets.We also perform digital treatment planning and interpretation for restorative cases worldwide, including in Costa Rica, China, Germany, Spain, Poland, and Japan, among others. By establishing and expanding our key operational activities in locations closer to our customers, acrosswe are creating an infrastructure that allows us to be responsive to local and regional needs, while providing global operational flexibility and scale needed for variations in global and regional demand. We expect to continue expanding our business in 2023 by investing in resources, infrastructure and initiatives that help drive Invisalign treatment growth, our intraoral scanners as the globe.preferred scanning technology for digital dental scans, and our exocad CAD/CAM software as the solution of choice for dental labs in existing and new international markets.

GP Adoption. We want to enable GPs, who have the potential to treat the general population, to more easily identify potential cases they can treat with the Invisalign System, monitor patient progress or, if needed, help refer cases to an orthodontist while providing high-quality restorative, orthodontic and dental hygiene care. We believe success with GPs can be achieved through doctor training and clinical education, by offering digital tools such as the iTero scanner and products like Invisalign Go™ treatment that address the distinctive needs of GP patients, all delivered by sales and marketing personnel specifically focused on the unique needs of this customer category. We encourage GPs to scan every patient with intraoral scanners that are without harmful radiation as a means to diagnose and treat patients over time and as an opportunity to drive future demand for their services and the Invisalign System. In 2019,October 2021, the findings of a clinical study we openedsponsored were published in the peer-reviewed Journal of Dentistry were validated and demonstrated that the NIRI technology of the iTero Element 5D imaging system was 66% more sensitive than bitewing x-ray radiography for detection of interproximal lesions, without the use of harmful radiation, which supports our belief in the benefits of using iTero scanners.

Patient Demand & Conversion. Our goal is to make the Invisalign brand a highly recognized name brand worldwide by creating awareness for Invisalign treatment among consumers and motivating the potential 500 million patients who can benefit from treatment of malocclusion to seek treatment using the Invisalign System. We accomplish this through an integrated consumer marketing strategy that includes television, media, social networking and event marketing and strategic alliances with professional sports teams, as well as educating patients on treatment options and directing them to high volume Invisalign trained doctors. To further drive consumer awareness, in 2022, we continued to offer additional dental-related Invisalign Accessory Products under the Invisalign brand name available in certain e-commerce channels in the U.S.

Orthodontist Utilization. We continue to innovate and increase product applicability and predictability to address a wide range of cases, from simple to complex, thereby enabling doctors to confidently diagnose and treat children and adults with the Invisalign System. This is especially important to treating teenage patients who make up the largest portion of the 21 million annual orthodontic case starts each year. We also continue to make improvements to our Invisalign treatment software, ClinCheck Pro software, designed to deliver an exceptional user experience and increase treatment control to help doctors achieve their treatment goals. In combination with the new order acquisition and treatment facility in Wroclaw, Poland and a newInvisalign System innovations that are part of the Align digital platform, we are enhancing the digital treatment planning facility in Yokohama, Japan to support customers within these regions.experience for orthodontics by providing doctors with greater flexibility, consistency of treatment preferences and real-time treatment plan access and modification capabilities.
10


2.
GP Adoption.

We want to enable GPs, who have access to a large patient base, to more easily identify Invisalign cases they can treat, monitor patient progress or, if needed, help refer cases to an orthodontist while providing high-quality restorative, orthodontic, and dental hygiene care. In 2019, we continued to commercialize Invisalign Go, a simplified and streamlined solution designed for GPs and trained over 3,700 new Invisalign Go doctors primarily in EMEA. In the EMEA region, we segmented sales and marketing for certain country markets into two separate organizations to serve each customer segment, orthodontists and GP dentists separately, thereby increasing our focus and effectiveness on GP dentists. The iTero scanner is an important component to that customer experience and is central to a digital approach as well as overall customer utilization of Invisalign treatment. The iTero scanner is optimized for Invisalign treatment with the Invisalign Outcome Simulator, Invisalign Progress Assessment tool, and TimeLapse technology. This highlights areas of diagnostic interest to dental professionals and helps foster a proactive conversation with the patient regarding potential restorative or orthodontic solutions. In March 2019, we began a collaboration with Digital Smile Design to deliver dedicated education programs, enable simplified, streamlined integration of digital end-to-end workflows into GPs' practices and offer doctors more opportunities to learn about digital tools and treatment planning support. In September 2019, we formed a collaboration with Zimmer Biomet Dental to leverage their extensive direct global salesforce and network of dental clinicians and laboratories to help drive further penetration of iTero scanners and services in the growing digital restorative market. The collaboration also offers Zimmer Biomet Dental customers access to Invisalign clear aligners through the iTero platform to facilitate a comprehensive interdisciplinary treatment approach.

3.
Patient Demand & Conversion. Our goal is to make Invisalign a highly recognized name brand worldwide by creating awareness for Invisalign treatment among consumers and motivating potential patients to seek Invisalign treatment. We accomplish this objective through an integrated consumer marketing strategy that includes television, media, social networking and event marketing and strategic alliances with professional sports teams as well as educating patients on treatment options and directing them to high volume Invisalign doctors. In January 2019, we expanded our Smile Concierge program which educates consumers on the benefits of Invisalign treatment, answers their questions and helps them schedule an appointment with an Invisalign doctor. The program simultaneously helps doctors better engage with prospective customers through more detailed customer insights. Additionally, in August 2019, we significantly increased our investment in consumer marketing in the U.S. The U.S. campaign was launched across all key media channels to over 140 million consumers, combining a robust paid media strategy across prime broadcast, cable and connected TV channels with paid search and social media.

4.
Orthodontist Utilization. We continue to innovate and increase product applicability and predictability to address a wide range of cases, from simple to complex, thereby enabling doctors to confidently treat teenagers and adults with the Invisalign System. Over the last several years, we launched Invisalign Comprehensive with Mandibular Advancement and Invisalign First. We also continue to make improvements to our Invisalign treatment software, ClinCheck Pro, designed to deliver an exceptional user experience and increase treatment control to help our doctors achieve their treatment goals.

Manufacturing and Suppliers

We have three manufacturing facilities for clear aligners, which are located in Juarez, Mexico, where we conduct our aligner fabrication, distribution, repair of our iTero scanners and perform our CAD/CAM services. Incertain services for the fourth quarter of 2018, we also began fabricating our aligners inAmericas market, Ziyang, China, where we fabricate aligners for China and other APAC markets and Wroclaw Poland, where we fabricate aligners for EMEA markets. We have designed this Regional Hub Model to primarily cater to our first aligner fabrication facility outside of Juarez, Mexico. In addition, werespective market areas, enable us to better serve our global customer base by being closer to our doctor customers and drive efficiencies in the business. We produce our handheld intraoral scanner wand, perform final scanner assembly and repair our scanners at our facilities in Or Yehuda,Ziyang, China and Petah Tikva, Israel and Ziyang, China. Our Invisalignservice and repair certain scanners in Juarez, Mexico.

We also perform digital treatment planning and interpretation for iTero restorative cases based on digital scans generated by our iTero intraoral scanners. Our digital treatment planning facilities are conducted at our facilities located worldwide, including in San Jose, Costa Rica, Chengdu, China, Cologne, Germany, Madrid, Spain, Wroclaw, Poland and Yokohama, Japan. Information regarding risks associated with our manufacturing process and foreign operations may be found in Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K under the heading “Risk Factors.”Japan, among other international locations.

Our quality system is required to be in compliance with the Quality System regulations enforced by the FDA, and similar regulations enforced by other worldwide regulatory authorities. We are certified to EN ISO 13485:2003,2016, an internationally recognized standard for medical device manufacturing.quality. We are routinely audited by third party certification bodies as well as global health authorities for our compliance to this quality standard as well as international regulations. We have a formal, documented quality system by which quality objectives are defined, understood and achieved. Systems, processes and procedures are implemented to ensure high levels of product and service quality. We monitor the effectiveness of the quality system based on internal data and direct customer feedback and strive to continually improve our systems and processes, taking corrective action, as needed.



Since the mass-customized treatment planning and manufacturing processprocesses of our products requires substantial and varied technical expertise, we believe that our manufacturing capacity and capabilities are important to our success. In order to produce our highly customized, highly precise,highly-customized, highly-precise, medical quality products in volume, we have developed a number of proprietary processes and technologies. These technologies include complex software algorithms and solutions, including artificial intelligence and machine-learning based CAD/CAM software, Vision systems, CT scanning, stereolithography and automated custom aligner fabrication.fabrication equipment. To increase the efficiency and yield of our manufacturing processes, we continue to focus our efforts on software development, equipment development and the improvement of rate-limiting processes or bottlenecks. We continuously upgrade our proprietary, three-dimensional treatment planning software to enhance computer analysis of treatment data and to reduce time spent on manual and judgmental tasks for each case, thereby increasing the efficiency of our technicians. In addition, to improve efficiency and increase the scale of our operations, we continue to invest in the development of automated systems for the fabrication and packaging of aligners.

In addition, predictable and consistent production is essential to our commitment to timely deliver products to our customers efficiently and profitably. Our production can be disrupted by such things as supply chain issues, production manufacturing software system issues and production equipment downtime. Accordingly, as we have grown our operations, we have included flexibility and resiliency in our overall manufacturing design to mitigate the risks of production downtime. Our manufacturing facilities include backup generators and systems and each facility has an emergency response plan that is part of ongoing employee training and testing through recurring cross functional scenario-based simulation exercises. Likewise, the Regional Hub Model provides us with greater flexibility and capacity to redirect production to one or more of our production facilities as needed.

As part of our manufacturing resiliency design efforts, we have also considered climate change, climate-related risks - higher average global temperatures, rising sea levels and more frequent and severe wildfires, hurricanes, floods, winter storms, heat waves and other events and natural disasters (collectively, “climate-related risks”). We view climate-related risks to be one of many operational challenges we face, and factor them into our business continuity planning and strategic risk mitigation efforts.

For instance, our manufacturing plants and operations may be impacted by extreme temperatures and weather, subjecting us to potential brownouts and blackouts, increased energy costs and capital investments needed to maintain ideal operating temperatures. Our manufacturing facility in Juarez, Mexico is located in an area classified as high-water stress and our operations could be impacted by water shortages, rationing and droughts. Our California, Costa Rica, Mexico and North Carolina operations are located in areas that have historically been impacted by extreme weather events such as hurricanes, tornados, wildfires or flooding.

In part to help mitigate risks to our manufacturing operations, we have strategically located our clear aligner production facilities in three facilities on different continents. This allows us to both respond more quickly to customer demand while also
11


offering redundancy in the event natural disasters or climate-related events affect operations at one or more facilities. Moreover, each of our three key clear aligner manufacturing facilities are located at elevations less likely to be impacted by rising sea levels and at least two hundred miles inland.

Moreover, we are highly dependent on manufacturers of specialized scanning equipment, rapid prototyping machines, resin and other advanced materials for our aligners, as well as the optics, electronic and other mechanical components of our intraoral scanners. We maintain single supplysupplier relationships for many of these machines and materials technologies. In particular, our CT scanning and stereolithography equipment used in our aligner manufacturing and many of the critical components for the optics of our intraoral scanners are provided by single or sole source suppliers. We are also committed to purchasing all ofcurrently purchase our resin and polymer, the primary raw materials used in our manufacturing process for clear aligners, from a single source. The need to replace one of our single source suppliers could cause a disruption in our ability to timely deliver certain of our products or increase costs. For aA discussion of the risks of our supply and manufacturing operations, see including foreign operations, may be found in Item 1A Risk Factors. of this Annual Report on Form 10-K under the heading "Risk Factors."

Sales and Marketing

Our sales and marketing efforts are focused on increasing adoption and utilization of the Invisalign System and Vivera retainers by orthodontists and GPs worldwide and integrating the iTero scanner and services and exocad CAD/CAM products into the doctors practice.dental labs and practices. The iTero scanner is an important component to the customer experience and is central to a digital approach as well as overall customer utilization of Invisalign treatments.clear aligners. In each region, we have direct sales, marketing and support organizations, which include quota carrying sales representatives, sales management and sales administration. We also have distribution partners in certain markets. In the EMEA region, we segmentedOur sales and marketing for certain country markets into two separate organizationspersonnel are organized primarily to support orthodontists and GPs separately, allowing highly trained and specialized personnel to serve each customer segment, orthodontists and GP dentists separately,channel, thereby increasing our focus and effectiveness on GP dentists.both. We continue to expand in existing markets through targeted investments in sales resources, professional marketing and education programs, along withprograms. Additionally, our consumer marketing in select countries.programs are designed to create awareness and educate consumers on the benefits of Invisalign treatment and Vivera retainers, including where they can find a trained doctor to provide treatment.

We provide training, marketing and clinical support to orthodontists and GPs. As of December 31, 2019,2022, we had approximately 96,000124,500 active Invisalign trained doctors. We define doctors which we define as havingactive if they have submitted at least one Invisalign case in the prior 12 month12-month period.

Research and Development

We are committed to investing in world-class digital technology development, which we believe is critical to achieving our goal of establishing the Invisalign System as the standard method for treating malocclusion, and our intraoral scanning platformscanners as the preferred scanning protocoltechnology for digital scans.dental scans, and our exocad CAD/CAM software as the solution of choice for dental labs.

Our research and development activities are directed toward developing thedigital technology innovations that we believe will deliver our next generation of products and platforms.solutions to enable the Align Digital Platform. These activities range from accelerating product and clinical innovation to developing manufacturing process improvements to researching future technologies, products and products.software.

In an effort to demonstrate the broad treatment capabilities of the Invisalign System, various clinical case studies and articles have been published that highlight the clinical applicability of Invisalign treatment to malocclusion cases, including those of severe complexity. Similarly, various studies have also been published demonstrating the capabilities of our scanners, including advanced features such as our NIRI technology. We undertake pre-commercialization trials and testing of our technological improvements to the productour products and manufacturing process. We furthermore fund research in the field of orthodontics and dentistry through initiatives such as our Annual Research Award Program, which was in its 13th year in 2022, our donations to the American Association of Orthodontists Foundation and our partnership with MedTech Innovator Asia Pacific, a nonprofit startup accelerator for the medical technology industry that connects healthcare industry leaders with innovative medical technology startups for mentorship and support.

Intellectual Property

We believe our intellectual property portfolio represents a substantial business advantage. As of December 31, 2019,2022, we had 489739 active U.S. patents, 462831 active foreign patents, and 559813 pending global patent applications. Our active U.S. patents expire between 20202023 and 2039.2041. When patents expire, we lose the protection and competitive advantages they provided, to us, which could negatively impact our operating results; however, as we continue to pursue furthernew innovations, we seek intellectual property protection for new inventions and know-how through U.S. and foreign patent applications and non-disclosure agreements. We
12


also seek to protect our software, documentation and other written materials under trade secret and copyright laws. We cannot be certainfurthermore have a broad and diverse trademark portfolio that patents will be issued as a result of any patent application or that patents that have been issuedwe use to us or that may be issued in the future will remain validhighlight and enforceable or sufficient to protect our technology or products. Our intellectual property rights may not be successfully asserted in the future or may be invalidated, circumvented or challenged. In addition, the laws of various foreign countries do not protect our intellectual property rights to the same extent as U.S. laws. Our inability to protect our proprietary information could harm our business.universally recognized brands. Information


regarding risks associated with our proprietary technology and our intellectual property rights may be found in Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K under the heading “Risk Factors.”

Seasonal Fluctuations

General economic conditions impact our business and financial results, and we experiencehave historically experienced seasonal trends within our two operating segments, customer channels and the geographic locations that we serve. Sales of the Invisalign treatmentssystem are often weaker in Europe, especially southern European countries during the summer months due to our customers and their patients being on holiday and seasonally higher in China during the third quarter, particularly related to increased teen cases.quarter. Similarly, other international holidays like ChineseLunar New Year can also negatively impact our sales in APAC. In North America, summer is typically the busiest season for orthodontists with practices that have a high percentage of adolescent and teenage patients as many parents want to get their teenagers started in treatment before the start of the school year; however, many GPs are on vacation during this time and therefore tend to start fewer cases. For our ScannerSystems and Services segment, capital equipment sales are often stronger in the fourth calendar quarter. Consequently, these seasonal trends have caused and may continue to cause fluctuations in our quarterly results, including fluctuations in sequential revenue growth rates.

Backlog

All Invisalign treatments are individually unique and prescribed by a doctor so, no two cases are alike. The period from which a treatment data package (or a "case”) is received until the acceptance of the digital ClinCheck treatment plan is dependent on the dental professional’s discretion to modify, accept or cancel the treatment plan. Therefore, we consider the case a firm order to manufacture aligners once the dental professional has approved the ClinCheck treatment plan. Our Invisalign backlog consists of ClinCheck treatment plans that However, our typical seasonal patterns have been accepted but not yet shipped. Because aligners are shipped shortly after the ClinCheck treatment plan has been accepted, we believe that backlog is not a good indicator of future clear aligner revenues. Our quarterly clear aligner revenues can be impacted by macroeconomic uncertainty including significant changes in foreign exchange rates, the timingeffects of COVID-19 , the ClinCheck treatment plan acceptancesmilitary conflict between Russia and our abilityUkraine and other macroeconomic challenges, and it remains unclear when or if they will return to ship those cases in the same quarter. We define our iTero scanner backlog as orders where credit and financing are generally approved and payment is reasonably assured but the scanner has not yet shipped. Our Invisalign and iTero scanner backlogs as of December 31, 2019 were immaterial.historical norms.

Competition

Currently, ourOur clear aligner products compete directly against traditional orthodontic treatments that use metal brackets and wires and increasingly against clear aligner products manufactured and distributed by various companies, both within and outside the U.S. Although the number of competitors varies by segment, product, geography and customer, we encounter a wide variety of competitors, includingthey include new and well-established regional competitors in certain foreign markets, as well as larger companies, or divisions of larger companies or well-capitalized new entrants with substantial sales, marketing, research and financial capabilities. Due in part to the expiration of certain of our key patents beginning in 2017, we are facing increased competitionCompetition in the clear aligner market.market continues to increase. In addition, corresponding foreign patents began expiring in 2018 which has increased competition in markets outside the U.S. These competitors include existing larger companies in certain markets who have the ability to leverage their existing channels in the dental market to compete directly with us, direct-to-consumer (“DTC”) companies that provide clear aligners using a remote teledentistry model requiring little or no in-office care from trained and licensed physicians, and doctors themselves who can manufacture retainers and custom aligners for treatment of very simple malocclusion in their offices using modern 3D printing technology. Unlike our DTC competitors, we are committed to a doctor asdoctors being at the core of everything we do,our business strategy, and Invisalign Treatmenttreatment requires a doctor's prescription and an in-person physical examination of the patient’s dentition before treatment can begin.

Additionally, we face competition in the emerging and rapidly evolving markets for intraoral scanners and software solutions, including CAD/CAM. The global intraoral scanner market is very dynamic with participants spanning from traditional dental conglomerates to companies dedicated primarily to scanner development and sales with new entrants from South Korea and China playing larger roles. The iTero intraoral scanner competes with PVS impressions that doctors use for clear aligner therapy or other dental procedures, as well as other intraoral scanners. It also competes with traditional bite wing 2D dental x-rays for detecting interproximal caries. Information regarding risks associated with increased competition may be found in Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K under the heading “Risk Factors.”

Key competitive factors include:
Our SmartTrack aligner materials;
effectiveness of treatment;
price;
software features;
aesthetic appeal of the treatment method;
customer support;
customer online interface;
brand awareness;
innovation;
distribution network;
comfort associated with the treatment method;
oral hygiene;
ease of use; and


dental professionals’ chair time.

We believe we are well positioned to compete in the markets we target. We have a dedicated, highly skilled sales force of over 4,000 employees who are focused on key demographics in our target markets that allow us to uniquely address customer needs and thereby enhance the customer experience. Our significant historical and ongoing investments in research and development and design around the movement of teeth, SmartTrack aligner materials and design, intraoral scanning, 3D manufacturing, global scale of manufacturing and treatment planning, strong brand name recognition, and an in depth understanding of the drivers and motivations within the orthodontic and GP dental markets are among a few of our productskey competitive factors that compare favorably with our competitors’ products with respect to each of these factors.and services.

Government Regulation

Many countries throughout the world have established regulatory frameworkframeworks for commercialization of medical devices. As a designer, manufacturer, and marketer of medical devices, we are obligated to comply with the respective frameworkframeworks of these countries to obtain and maintain access to these global markets. The frameworkframeworks often definesdefine requirements for premarketmarketing authorizations which vary from country toby country. Failure to obtain appropriate premarketmarketing authorization and to meet all local requirements, including specific quality and safety standards in any country in which we currently market our products, could cause commercial disruption and/or subject us to sanctions and fines. Delays in receipt of, or a failure to receive, such premarket marketing
13


authorizations, or the loss of any previously received premarket authorizations, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

With regards to premarket authorization in the U.S., many of our products are classified as medical devices under the U.S. Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act ("(“FD&C Act"Act”). The FD&C Act requires these products, when sold in the U.S., to be safe and effective for their intended use and to comply with medical device regulations defined by the FDA. The regulatory framework depends on a set of written processes for ensuring consistent quality called a Quality Management System (“QMS”) coupled with a product marketing authorization which depends on the risk classification of the product. This regulatory framework is comparable to the framework established in the European Union ("EU"(“EU”). Within the EU, our products are subject to the requirements defined by the Medical Device Regulation EU 2017/745 which replaced the Medical Device Directive which93/42/EEC with a final transition date of May 26, 2021. Similar market access regulations exist in Brazil, China, Japan and other countries. Our QMS is generally consistentroutinely audited by certification bodies as well as country regulators for compliance with FDAapplicable regulations.

We believe we are in compliance with all state, federal, and international regulatory requirements that are applicable to our products.

We are also subject to various laws insidearound the world that govern interactions with our customers as healthcare professionals or government officials. The laws govern different interactions and outside the U.S. concerning our relationships withmay include: prohibiting improper influence of or payments to healthcare professionals and government officials,officials; setting out rules for when and how to engage healthcare professionals as our vendors; requiring price reporting and regulation,regulations; requiring marketing of our products within the regulatory approval (e.g., on label) promotion, salessale and marketing of our products and services,services; the importationimporting and exportationexporting of our products,products; the operation of our facilities and distribution of our products.products; and disclosure of payments to healthcare professionals and entities. As a global company, we are subjectexpand our operations footprint, countries to varying degrees of government regulation in the various countries in which we dosell and invest in new business models, compliance with applicable laws becomes more complex and the general trend is toward increasingly stringent oversight and enforcement.

Initiatives sponsored by government agencies, legislative bodies, and the private sector to limit the growth of healthcare expenses generally are ongoing in markets where we do business. It is not possible to predict at this time the long-term impact of such cost containment measures on our future business.

Our customers are healthcare providers that may be reimbursed by state or federal funded programs such as Medicaid, or a foreign national healthcare program, or private pay insurance, each of which may offer some degree of oversight. As we expand our customer base and product offering, it is increasingly possible that there will be new opportunities to seek reimbursement from public and private payors for services that include our products, and additional laws or regulatory enforcement requirements may apply now or in the future. Also, as a medical device manufacturer and seller, we are subject to transparency reporting laws (also known as sunshine laws) that in certain countries and U.S. States require us to report transfers of value to healthcare professionals that perform services or receive other items from us (e.g., meals, travel, branded promotional or educational items, or other benefits of value). Many government agencies, both domestic and foreign, have increased their mining of this data and have used this data to drive enforcement activities with respect to healthcare providers and companies in recent years. Enforcement actions and associated defenseefforts to respond or defend against such actions can be expensive, and any resulting findings carry the risk of significant civil and criminal penalties.

In addition, we must comply with numerous data protection requirementsand data governance laws that span from individual state and national lawsnow do or soon will regulate or restrict cross border data transfers, such as in the EU, Switzerland, U.S. to multinational requirements in the EU.Federal and States, Brazil, China, Japan, Korea, and other countries. In the U.S., we may be required to comply with final regulations implementing amendments to the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (“HIPAA”) became effectiveand the associated HIPAA Security Rule, and are in the latter part of 2013 with the HIPAA Omnibus Rule. We are also requiredsame position as other companies working to be inensure compliance with the California Consumernew State Privacy Act (“CCPA”), which wentlaws coming into effect in January 2020.2023, such as California, Virginia, Colorado and Connecticut. In the EU, we must comply with the General Data Protection Regulation, (“GDPR”), which serves as a harmonization of European data-privacy laws. Further expansion intolaw and the Swiss Federal Act on Data Protection, where we have our EMEA headquarters. In LATAM markets, will require us to prepare forwe must comply with Brazil's Lei Geral de Proteção de Dados ("LGPD") scheduledDados.

We also have cybersecurity policies to take effect in August 2020. Meanwhile,protect confidential personal information and confidential company information. We have internal monitoring and detection systems to safeguard against cyber attacks. We have implemented a security awareness and phishing program to educate our users about the APACimportance of cybersecurity. We evaluate products to ensure compliance with cybersecurity regulations. We have established a business resiliency program and EMEA regionsperform regular backups of our critical IT systems to protect against business interruption. In addition, we periodically scan our external environment for vulnerabilities, perform annual external penetration tests and engage an independent third party to assess effectiveness of our security practices for critical IT systems. We also have also seen rapid developmentcybersecurity and other forms of privacy laws including India, Russia, China, South Korea, Singapore, Hong Kong,insurance coverage related to a breach event covering expenses for notification, credit monitoring, investigation, crisis management, public relations and Australia.

legal advice.
We believe we have designed our product and service offerings to be compliant with the requirements of applicable data protection laws and regulations. Maintaining systems that are compliant with these laws and regulations is costly and could require complex changes in the way we do business or provide services to our customers and their patients. Additionally, our success may be dependent on the success of healthcare providers in managing data protection requirements.
Information regarding risks associated with data security and privacy may be found in Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K under the heading “Risk Factors.”

Employees
14


Human Capital

We believe our culture and commitment to employees provide unique value that benefits Align, its stockholders and the communities and other stakeholders we serve. Every employee, and every job, is important to our success and helps us achieve our purpose of transforming smiles and changing lives. Align is committed to building a workforce of diverse cultural backgrounds and life experiences. Fostering a culture of dignity, integrity, open dialogue, open-mindedness, compassion, fairness, recognition, and shared goals allows us to attract and retain the best talent, which has ultimately led to the growth and success of our company.

As of December 31, 2019,2022, we had approximately 14,53023,165 employees, an increase of approximately 3% and 28% over December 31, 2021, and December 31, 2020, respectively. The number of employees for each of the last five years and our employees’ roles as of December 31, 2022 are as follows:

algn-20221231_g5.jpgalgn-20221231_g6.jpg

We are a global organization with the majority of our employees in direct-labor roles in our manufacturing and clinical treatment planning facilities. Set forth in the following paragraphs are some of the most important elements of our culture and commitment to our employees.

Governance. Our commitment to improving the lives of our employees and the communities in which we live and work, including conducting our business ethically, responsibly and transparently through open and clear disclosures that allow us and others to hold us accountable, begins with our Board of Directors (“Board”) and management team. They set the tone for our organization by establishing and clearly communicating our core values of Agility, Customer and Accountability that inform our culture. Our Global Code of Conduct (“Code”) and quality policies are designed to enable us to operate with integrity and deliver superior treatment outcomes and experiences to patients. We seek to create an environment that values the health, safety and well-being of our teams, and we work to equip them with the knowledge and skills to serve our business and develop in their careers. We believe that by effectively managing our business with these values as the foundation, we will drive long-term value for our stockholders and all stakeholders.

As part of our Board’s commitment to our environmental, social and governance (“ESG”) efforts, the Board previously delegated ESG oversight responsibility to our Nominating and Governance Committee. The evolution of our ESG programs was furthered in 2022 when our Board amended the charter of our Compensation Committee to specifically include oversight responsibilities of all human capital management strategies, programs and policies in addition to its oversight of diversity, equity and inclusion initiatives. In doing so, the Board deemed it important to rename the committee to the Compensation and Human Capital Committee in recognition of its additional human capital management oversight responsibilities.

The Compensation and Human Capital Committee regularly reviews and discusses key performance indicators regarding employee and human capital that allow it to more fully monitor trends involving issues such as our total headcount, recruiting, attrition, career development, diversity, compensation, benefits, and other measures of employee engagement and interest to management and the committee.

Diversity. Fostering diversity and encouraging inclusion and belonging in the workplace makes Align a more welcoming and enjoyable place to work. Our products and services are used broadly across age groups, gender identities, races, ethnicities, and cultures, so we aim to build a workforce that optimally reflects this diversity. We believe our success continues to be driven by our focus on integrating and welcoming employees of all different backgrounds, orientations, beliefs, perspectives and capabilities into our workforce. Our approximately 23,165 employees bring a positive mix of ethnic and culturally diverse backgrounds to the more than 40 different countries in which we operate.

15



algn-20221231_g7.jpg

Our management team is comprised of diverse individuals from varying countries and nationalities and who are committed to promoting and encouraging the health and well-being of our employees at work, at home and in society in general. We were selected by Untapped, a diversity recruiting platform, for having one of the Top Internship Programs of 2022. Untapped created a list of 75 top programs at companies that provide quality internship experiences, career advancement opportunities, an inclusive and diverse work environment, and significant growth potential. We were recognized for focus and dedication to diversity, equality, inclusion, and belonging.

Our work culture is designed to create financial, health, career and personal benefits for our employees and organization. We sponsor diverse and cultural recognition events to increase awareness of inclusion and diversity, including its importance in creating an environment where every employee can thrive.

We also sponsor employee resource groups based on shared characteristics or life experiences which are open to all employees, including 9,470those who do not directly identify with other members but are passionate in manufacturingsupporting the group's members in creating an educated, supportive and inclusive culture.

Talent Recruitment and Engagement. We employ a variety of career development, employee benefits, compensation and other policies and programs designed to attract, develop, and retain employees. We focus on building a talent pipeline that nurtures those early in their careers, encourages continuous learning and growth, and incentivizes employees to stay and contribute to our success over the long term. Our programs include early recruitment at high schools and universities, initiatives such as internships, co-ops, apprenticeships, and training programs, quarterly performance management check-ins focused on individual goals and commitment to values and conducting regular employee surveys to build trust and strengthen relationships.

Our efforts have resulted in numerous awards for our positive work environment and culture. In 2022 alone, we were recognized by:

Great Places to Work and Best Places to Work based on our employee-validated great workplaces in the following countries - Brazil, Costa Rica, Germany, India, Italy, Poland, Singapore, Taiwan, Thailand, Vietnam - as well as in Raleigh, North Carolina
100 Best Companies to Work for in Israel by CofaceBdi
Computerworld Best Place to Work in IT, based on its survey of organizations across the U.S. to identify those that provide the best benefits and amenities for IT professionals
AmCham Cares Distinction Award Recipient in Singapore based on our volunteer and fundraising campaigns

We believe it is imperative to provide a vibrant employee experience and we value our employees’ collective voices. Accordingly, we conduct employee surveys to collect employee feedback critical to improving our culture. The process serves as a wellness check for us as the surveys cover a broad variety of topics including engagement, inclusion, development, leadership, compliance, alignment and enablement. Our response rates to our annual surveys are consistently high, reflecting strong engagement by our global employees. In 2022, our global employee participation was 89% of eligible employees. We have used information learned from our surveys to improve the way our employees experience us. Examples of the improvements we have made as a result of employee feedback include the design of our hybrid return to office approach, increased career development training opportunities, and a pilot program that allows CAD designers to learn new skills that provide potential pathways to software and operations 2,880engineering, cybersecurity and quality/regulatory engineering.

Training and Professional Development. Training is an integral part of developing and retaining our employees and creating a culture of leadership within the Company.
16



Training at Align begins with our Code and our strong commitment to ethical business practices in salesall aspects of our operations. Every employee and marketingcontractor is required to review the Code and confirm they understand it. We routinely reference the Code in presentations and as part of everyday operations.

As a further part of our standard onboarding program, we train employees on important environmental health and safety topics to protect them and our environment as we operate our business. As a general practice, employees are trained to perform their jobs in accordance with any and all applicable statutory and regulatory requirements and that training is routinely re-administered, updated and refreshed.

At Align, we believe employees learn best when skills development is driven by the changing and immediate needs of our employees and where all employees are empowered to take action and ownership of their careers. We also believe learning should be relevant and actionable as well as rooted in our purpose and values. Align University Online enables our global employee population to access a diverse portfolio of approximately one thousand self-directed courses in up to 80 languages. We also offer a full suite of custom leadership development programs, beginning with aspiring leaders, continuing with managers and directors, and culminating with executive development opportunities. In 2022, we introduced Voyage, Align’s approach to career development encouraging employees to think differently about career growth by challenging them to be intentional in planning their development, learning from others, practicing reflection, and embracing a growth mindset. At the end of 2022, 65% of Align employees had completed at least one professional development opportunity.

Compensation and Benefits. Our commitment to our employees starts with benefit and compensation programs that reflect the value and the contributions our employees make. In addition to competitive base pay, we offer an assortment of benefits that vary by country, including performance-base variable compensation programs, health and welfare benefit plans, retirement planning services and benefits, holiday and leave policies, equity participation programs such as our Incentive Plan and Employee Stock Purchase Plan, and charitable and community service opportunities. Besides these, we also offer discounts to our employees and their dependents when they undergo Invisalign treatment.

We are furthermore committed to pay equity practices. We exceed minimum pay requirements for our manufacturing personnel and we regularly review our pay equity practices globally and locally so that we can appropriately address discrepancies.

Health, Wellness and Safety. Our employees are essential to us as a business and their health and well-being is critical to our success and their continuing achievements. Our objective is to prevent injuries and occupational diseases by focusing first and foremost on creating and maintaining environments that are safe. We therefore offer a wide variety of robust programs and initiatives designed to promote the overall health and welfare of all our employees and their families. It is our responsibility to support the health and well-being of our employees. Every year, we have a month dedicated to well-being, called Month of Wellness, which includes customeris a worldwide movement fostering employee health. Throughout the Month of Wellness, employees participate in a variety of activities such as informational sessions and health fairs and receive useful resources aligned to our wellness pillars - mental resilience, physical well-being and healthy living, social/family connections, and financial wellness. This provides employees with a variety of meaningful ways to embrace wellness and well-being through mindfulness, meditation, nutrition and mental wellness activities, exercise, hikes, yoga, volunteer activities, financial education sessions, social events and stress management.

We have environmental, health, safety and sustainability personnel who are responsible for ensuring health and safety programs and processes are maintained and effective at each of our locations. Major worksites, such as our aligner fabrication sites, and large offices have dedicated Environmental Health and Safety (“EHS”) departments that ensure health and safety programs are maintained while contributing Best Management Practices (“BMP”) and general input to corporate-wide programs. Each EHS department is responsible for ensuring all employees at their location are properly trained on various EHS topics and at the appropriate frequencies. A training suite is determined for each employee depending on their responsibilities and function modeled off of ISO 45001.

Community. We actively encourage employees to support local charitable organizations by providing opportunities for volunteerism, team building, and donation and matching programs. In 2022, our employees continued to make us proud through their generosity and dedication, especially during our annual Month of Smiles initiative in October where we encourage our employees to make a difference individually and as teams through volunteer activities, charitable donations, fundraising, and intentional acts of goodness. In addition, through our Align Foundation, we support organizations whose visions closely align with our mission to improve smiles, supporting and educating teens, and empowering our customers through partnerships with learning institutions and foundations. Below are some of our key community initiatives in 2022:

17


In honor of our 25th anniversary, we donated $250,000 to Junior Achievement Worldwide, an organization that delivers hands on, immersive learning in work readiness, financial health, entrepreneurship, sustainability, STEM, economics, and more. In addition, we held several volunteer activities with Junior Achievement.

Since 2013 we have been a proud supporter of Operation Smile, a global medical nonprofit providing hundreds of thousands of free surgeries for people born with cleft lips and cleft palates in low- and middle-income countries. As of December 31, 2022, we had donated more than $2.5 million to Operation Smile.

For 15 years we have supported America’s ToothFairy, an organization with a mission to ensure underserved children in the United States have access to dental care 800and learn about oral health by supporting nonprofit clinics and community partners. As of December 31, 2022, we have provided almost $2 million for the foundation’s operational expenses and children’s oral health programs.

We also provide product donations to the dental community to help patients in researchneed of healthy, beautiful smiles. For more information on our charitable and development and 1,380 in general and administrative functions.community efforts, please refer to the Corporate Social Responsibility portion of our corporate website located at https://www.aligntech.com/about/corporate_social_responsibility.



Available Information

Our corporate website is www.aligntech.com, and our investor relations website is http://investor.aligntech.com. The information on or accessible through our websites is not part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Our Annual ReportsReport on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, our proxy statement on Schedule 14A for our annual stockholders’ meeting and amendments to such reports are available, free of charge, on our investor relations website as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file or furnish such material with the SEC. Further, the SEC maintains an internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding our filings at http://www.sec.gov.

18


Information about our Executive Officers

The following table sets forth certain information regarding our executive officers as of February 28, 2020:27, 2023:
NameAgePositionPeriod
Joseph M. Hogan
algn-20221231_g8.jpg
6265
President and Chief Executive Officer of Align
• Chief Executive Officer of ABB
• Chief Executive Officer of GE Healthcare
2015-Present
2008-2013
2000-2008
John F. Morici
algn-20221231_g9.jpg
5356
Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President, Global Finance of Align
Chief Financial Officer and Senior Vice President, Global Finance
Simon Beard53Senior of Align
• Chief Financial Officer of Align
• Executive Vice President and Managing Director Americasof NBC Universal
• Chief Financial Officer/Chief Operating Officer of NBC Universal
• Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of NBC Universal
2022-Present
2018-2022
2016-2018
2014-2016
2011-2014
2007-2011
Julie Coletti
algn-20221231_g10.jpg
5255
Executive Vice President, Chief Legal and Regulatory Officer of Align
Senior Vice President, Chief Legal and Regulatory Officer of Align
• Vice President, Associate General Counsel, Strategic Commercial Affairs of Align
• Vice President, Global General Counsel and Chief Compliance Officer of Danaher
• Vice President, Chief Legal Officer and Corporate Secretary of Bayer HealthCare's MEDRAD/Radiology and Interventional Division
2022-Present
2019-2022
2018-2019
2013-2017
2007-2013
Stuart Hockridge
algn-20221231_g11.jpg
4851Senior
Executive Vice President, Global Human Resources
Sreelakshmi Kolli45 of Align
Senior Vice Present, Global Human Resources of Align
Vice President, Global Information TechnologyHuman Resources of Align
• Vice President of Talent of Visa
2022-Present
2018-2022
2016-2018
2013-2016
Jennifer Olson
Emory M. Wright
algn-20221231_g12.jpg
4253Senior Vice President and Managing Director, Customer Success
Raj Pudipeddi47Senior Vice President and Chief Marketing Officer
Zelko Relic55Chief Technology Officer and Senior
Executive Vice President, Global Research & Development
Markus Sebastian54Senior Vice President and Managing Director, EMEA
Yuval Shaked46Senior Vice President and Managing Director, iTero Scanner and Services Business
Julie Tay53Senior Vice President and Managing Director, APAC
Emory M. Wright50Operations of Align
Senior Vice President, Global Operations of Align
• Vice President, Operations of Align
• Various roles at Align including Vice President, Manufacturing
2022-Present
2018-2022
2007-2018
2000-2007

Joseph M. Hogan has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer and as a member of our Board of Directors since June 2015. Prior to joining us, Mr. Hogan was Chief Executive Officer of ABB Ltd., a global power and automation technologies company based in Zurich, Switzerland from 2008 to 2013. Prior to working in ABB, Mr. Hogan worked at General Electric Company (GE) in a variety of executive and management roles from 1985 to 2008, including eight years as Chief Executive Officer of GE Healthcare from 2000 to 2008.

Item 1A. Risk Factors.
John F. Morici
has served as our Chief Financial Officer since November 2016, whose title was changed to Chief Financial Officer and Senior Vice President, Global Finance in February 2018. Prior to joining us, Mr. Morici was at NBC Universal from 2007 to 2016 where he held several senior management positions in their Universal Pictures Home Entertainment U.S. and Canadian business, including Chief Financial Officer, Chief Operating Officer, and most recently, Executive Vice President and Managing Director from 2014 to 2016. Prior to NBC Universal, Mr. Morici was in various senior financial management positions at GE Healthcare from 1999 to 2007, including Chief Financial Officer for its Diagnostic Imaging and Global Products units from 2002 to 2003.

Simon Beard has served as our Senior Vice President and Managing Director, Americas since June 2019. Mr. Beard also served as our Vice President and Managing Director, EMEA from October 2015 to February 2018, when his title was changed to Senior Vice President and Managing Director, EMEA, a title he held until June 2019. Prior to joining us, from 2012 to 2014, Mr. Beard was Regional Director for the South East Asia business of Smith & Nephew, a multinational medical equipment manufacturing company. From 2006 to 2012, Mr. Beard was Director & General Manager for UK and Ireland for Smith & Nephew's Advanced Woundcare business. Prior to Smith & Nephew, Mr. Beard held multiple commercial, strategic, and general management positions in companies such as DePuy International (Johnson & Johnson), Sankyo Pharmaceutical and Sanofi Aventis.

Julie Coletti has served as our Senior Vice President, Chief Legal and Regulatory Officer since May 2019. Ms. Coletti joined Align in May 2018 serving as Vice President and Associate General Counsel, Strategic Commercial Affairs until her promotion in 2019. Prior to Align, Ms. Coletti was Vice President, Global General Counsel and Chief Compliance Officer for Danaher Corporation, a healthcare, environmental and industrial equipment manufacturer, in its dental platform business.



Stuart Hockridge has served as our Vice President, Global Human Resources since May 2016, whose title was changed to Senior Vice President, Global Human Resources in February 2018. Prior to joining us, Mr. Hockridge was Senior Vice President of Talent at Visa Inc. from 2013 to 2016. Prior to Visa, Mr. Hockridge held a number of human resource management positions at GE Healthcare from 2002 to 2012 leading HR processes both globally and for various divisions.

Sreelakshmi Kolli has served as our Vice President, Information Technology since December 2012, whose title was changed to Senior Vice President, Global Information Technology in February 2018. Ms. Kolli joined us in June 2003 and has held positions leading business operations and engineering for customer-facing applications. Before joining us, she held technical lead positions with Sword CT Space and Accenture.

Jennifer Olson has served as our Senior Vice President and Managing Director, Customer Success since May 2019. Ms. Olson also served as our Vice President and Managing Director, Doctor-Directed Consumer Channel from August 2016 to February 2018, when her title was changed to Senior Vice President and Managing Director, Doctor-Directed Consumer Channel, a title she held until May 2019. Ms. Olson joined us in 2002 and has held multiple roles in sales, marketing, and business development. Most recently, she was Area Sales Director for the North America region where she led all sales activities in Western Canada and the Western region of the U.S. Prior to joining Align, Ms. Olson was with technology companies including Extreme Networks and PWI Technologies.

Raj Pudipeddi joined Align in February 2019 as our Senior Vice President and Chief Marketing Officer. Prior to joining us, Mr. Pudipeddi was the Director, Consumer Business and Chief Marketing Officer at Bharti Airtel, an Indian telecom leader from February 2017 to May 2018. Prior to Bharti Airtel, Mr. Pudipeddi spent 14 years at Procter & Gamble serving in a number of leadership roles across businesses in North America, Asia and Latin America, most recently as Vice President, North America, Oral Care.

Zelko Relic joined Align in 2013 as Vice President, Research & Development. In December 2017, he became Chief Technology Officer, Vice President, Research & Development, whose title was changed to Chief Technology Officer, Senior Vice President, Global Research & Development in February 2018. Prior to joining us, Mr. Relic was Vice President, Engineering for Datalogic Automation, a global leader in automatic data capture and industrial automation markets, from 2012. Mr. Relic was previously Vice President, Engineering at Danaher Corporation, Accu-Sort Systems business from 2010 to 2012 before it was acquired by Datalogic Automation. From 2005 to 2010, he was at Siemens Medical Solutions USA, most recently as Vice President, and from 2002 to 2004, he held senior management positions in engineering at Kulicke & Soffa Industries, designers and manufactures of semiconductor products. He also held management positions at KLA-Tencor from 1994 to 2000.

Markus Sebastian has served as our Senior Vice President and Managing Director, EMEA since June 2019. Mr. Sebastian also served as our Vice President Orthodontic Channel Core EU and as interim GM of the DACH and France country markets from September 2018 to June 2019. Prior to Align, Mr. Sebastian spent more than 25 years in the healthcare and medical device industries, including as Chief Commercial Officer for Lohmann & Rauscher, and in multiple commercial, strategic and general management positions for Smith & Nephew, and Coloplast.

Yuval Shaked joined Align in June 2017 as our Vice President, iTero Scanner and Services Business. In August 2018, Mr. Shaked was promoted to Senior Vice President, iTero Scanner and Services. Prior to joining Align, Mr. Shaked spent more than 15 years at GE Healthcare in the U.S. and Israel in a variety of roles at multiple business units. Most recently, he served as General Manager, Diagnostic Cardiology, leading on- and off-shore R&D and marketing teams in the U.S., Germany, India and China. Prior to that, he was General Manager for GE’s VersaMed business unit, with responsibility for R&D, innovation, manufacturing, quality and commercial activity. Mr. Shaked was the former CEO of SHL Telemedicine Ltd., an Israel-based advanced personal telemedicine company.

Julie Tay has served as our Vice President and Managing Director, Asia Pacific since March 2013, whose title changed to Senior Vice President and Managing Director, Asia Pacific in February 2018. Prior to joining us, Ms. Tay was regional head of Bayer Healthcare (Diabetes Care) overseeing operations across Asia from 2010 to 2013. From 2006 to 2010, Ms. Tay served as director of marketing and corporate accounts at Sealed Air Corporation (formerly Johnson Diversey), a global provider of food safety and security, facility hygiene and product protection. Prior to that, Ms. Tay spent 15 years with Johnson & Johnson Medical.

Emory M. Wright has served as our Vice President, Operations since December 2007, whose title changed to Senior Vice President, Global Operations in February 2018. He has been with us since March 2000 predominantly in manufacturing and operations roles including Vice President, Manufacturing and was General Manager of New Product Development. Prior to joining Align, from 1999 to 2000, Mr. Wright was Senior Manufacturing Manager at Metrika, Inc. a medical device manufacturer. Mr. Wright served as Manager of Manufacturing and Process Development for Metra Biosystems Inc.



ITEM 1A.RISK FACTORS

The following discussion is divided into two sections. The first, entitled “Risks Relating to our Business,” discusses some of the risks that may affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. The second, captioned "Risks Related to our Common Stock," discusses some of the risks relating to owning our common stock. You should carefully review both sections,this section, as well as our consolidated financial statements and notes thereto and other information appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, for important information regarding these and other risks that may affect us. The factorder we have chosen to list one section before the otherrisks below or thatthe sections in which we have identified risks in either section earlier than othersthem should not be interpreted to mean we deem any risks to be more or less important or more likely to occur than others or, if any do occur, that their impact may be any less significant than others. These risk factors should be considered in connection with evaluating the forward-looking statements contained in this report because they could cause our actual results and conditions to differ materially from those statements. Before you invest in Align, you should know that investing involves risks, including those described below. The risks below are not the only ones we face. If any of the risks actually occur, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be negatively affected, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment.

Summary of Risk Factors

Our business is subject to a number of risks, including risks that may prevent us from achieving our business objectives or may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows, and prospects. These risks are discussed more fully below and include, but are not limited to:

Macroeconomic and External Risks Relating
Global and regional economic conditions
Major health crises
Political events, international disputes, war and terrorism
Natural disasters
19


Business and Industry Risks
Changes in demand for our products
Increased competition
Failure of our new products, or changes to our Businessexisting products, to attract or retain consumers or generate revenue
Our ability to successfully integrate our acquisitions
Operational Risks
Business disruptions
Predicting demand
Availability of supplies
Shipping delays
Personnel development and retention
Effectiveness of marketing and our ability to attract consumers
Legal, Regulatory and Compliance Risks
Government investigations, enforcement actions, and settlements
Our ability to comply with laws and regulatory and legislative mandates or guidance
Privacy, cybersecurity and data protection
Litigation, including class action lawsuits
Intellectual Property Risks
Our ability to obtain, maintain, protect, and enforce our intellectual property rights
Financial, Tax and Accounting Risks
Impairment of our goodwill
Compliance with accounting, financial reporting, and tax laws
Management of our stock plans
Volatility of our stock

Macroeconomic and External Risks

Our operations and financial performance depend on global and regional economic conditions. Inflation, fluctuations in currency exchange rates, changes in consumer confidence and demand, and weakness in general economic conditions and threats, or actual recessions, have and could in the future materially affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

Macroeconomic conditions impact consumer confidence and discretionary spending, which can adversely affect demand for our products. Consumer spending habits are affected by, among other things, inflation, fluctuations in currency exchange rates, weakness in general economic conditions, threats or actual recessions, pandemics, wars and military actions, levels of employment, wages, debt obligations, discretionary income, interest rates, volatility in capital, and consumer confidence and perceptions of current and future economic conditions. Changes and uncertainty can, among other things, reduce or shift spending away from elective treatments and procedures, drive patients to purchase orthodontic treatments that may cost less than our Invisalign treatment options, result in a decrease in the number of overall orthodontic and dental case starts, reduce patient traffic in dentists’ offices or reduce demand for dental services generally. Further, decreased demand for dental services can cause dentists and labs to postpone investments in capital equipment, such as intraoral scanners and CAD/CAM equipment and software. The recent declines in, or uncertain economic outlooks for, the U.S., Chinese, European and certain other international economies has and may continue to adversely affect consumer and dental practice spending. The increase in the cost of fuel and energy, food and other essential items along with climbing interest rates could reduce consumers' disposable income, resulting in less discretionary spending for products like ours. Decreases in disposable income and discretionary spending or change in consumer confidence and spending habits has and may continue to adversely affect our revenues and operating results.

Inflation continues to adversely impact spending and trade activities and we are unable to predict the impacts of higher inflation on global and regional economies. Higher inflation has also increased domestic and international shipping costs, raw material prices, and labor rates, which could adversely impact the costs of producing, procuring and shipping our products. Our ability to recover these cost increases through price increases may continue to lag, resulting in downward pressure on our operating results. Attempts to offset cost increases with price increases may reduce sales, increase customer dissatisfaction or otherwise harm our reputation. Further, we are unable to predict the impact of efforts by central banks and federal, state and local governments to combat elevated levels of inflation. If their efforts to reduce inflation are too aggressive, they may lead to a recession. Alternatively, if they are insufficient or are not sustained long enough to lower inflation to more acceptable levels, consumer spending may be adversely impacted for a prolonged period of time. Any of these events could materially affect our business and operating results.

We have international operations and sales outside the U.S. We earn a large portion of our total revenues from international sales generated through our foreign direct and indirect operations and we expect to increase our sales and presence outside the U.S., particularly in markets we believe have high-growth potential. Moreover, we perform most of our key
20


production steps in locations outside of the U.S. For instance, we perform our digital treatment planning and aligner fabrication in multiple international locations, including large-scale operations in Mexico, Costa Rica, Poland, Japan and China. Additionally, we maintain significant global sales and marketing operations in Switzerland, Singapore and China, along with research and development operations globally, including in the U.S., Spain, Israel, Armenia and Germany. Our reliance on international operations and sales exposes us to fluctuations in foreign currencies that may adversely impact our business or results of operations. Although the U.S. dollar is our reporting currency, a growing portion of our net revenues and net income are generated in foreign currencies. While we utilize forward contracts to reduce the adverse earnings impact from the effect of exchange rate fluctuations on certain assets and liabilities, our hedging strategies may not be successful, and currency exchange rate fluctuations have and could continue to have a material adverse effect on our operating results and cash flows. In addition, our foreign currency exposure on assets, liabilities and cash flows that we do not hedge have and could continue to have a material impact on our financial results in periods when the U.S. dollar significantly fluctuates in relation to foreign currencies.

Our business could be impacted by major public health issues, including pandemics, and our business has been and continues to be materially affected by the global and regional spread of COVID-19.

Major public health issues, including pandemics such as the spread of COVID-19, have adversely affected, and could in the future materially affect, our business due to their impact on the global economy and regional economies, demand for consumer products, the imposition or removal of public safety measures. Public health concerns may also limit the movement of products between regions, disrupt or delay supply chains and sales and distribution channels, resulting in interruptions of the supply of products. While we maintain insurance coverage for certain types of losses, such insurance coverage may be insufficient to cover all losses that may arise.

COVID-19 has created significant, widespread and unprecedented volatility, uncertainty, and economic instability, disrupting broad aspects of global and regional economies, our operations and the businesses of our customers and suppliers. Many of these effects continue to varying degree as variants of COVID-19 and outbreaks globally or regionally continue to harm recovering consumer confidence. Therefore, comparing our financial results for the reporting periods of 2022 to the same reporting periods of 2021 or earlier may not be a useful means by which to evaluate the health of our business and our results of operations.

As a result of outbreaks of COVID-19 and its variants, customer demand and doctor availability has been inconsistent and difficult to predict. Although the practices of the doctors, dental service organizations and labs that are our principal customers have largely reopened following the initial outbreak of COVID-19 in 2020, many continue to operate at less than pre-pandemic capacities. For example, in China the impact of widespread population lockdowns under the country’s zero tolerance policies was more pronounced in 2022, leading to the complete closure of dental offices in major metropolitan and other areas for extended periods of time. Conversely, the reversal of China’s zero tolerance policies has resulted in a significant increase in infections that may impact consumer and doctor demand in 2023. These fluctuations are currently and have previously adversely impacted our results of operations and are expected to continue to impact our results, particularly in the near term.

The effects of the pandemic continue to linger and evolve and we cannot predict future direct and ancillary impacts on our business or results of operations, although they may be material to our business as well as the businesses of our customers, suppliers and economic activity generally.

The COVID-19 pandemic has impacted virtually all aspects of our business and society. It has exacerbated many pre-existing risks to our business by making them more likely to occur or more impactful when they do occur. Accordingly, you should consider the risks described in this risk factor in addition to, and not in lieu of, the risks described elsewhere throughout these risk factors.

Our business could be impacted by political events, trade and other international disputes, war, and terrorism, including the military conflictbetween Russia and Ukraine.

Political events, trade and other international disputes, war, and terrorism could harm or disrupt international commerce and the global economy and could have a material effect on our business as well as our customers, suppliers, contract manufacturers, distributors, and other business partners.

Political events, trade and other international disputes, wars, and terrorism can lead to unexpected tariffs or trade restrictions, which could adversely impact our business. Tariffs increase the cost of our products and the components and raw materials to make them. These increased costs could adversely impact our gross margin and make our products less competitive or reduce demand. Countries could also adopt other measures, such as controls on imports or exports of goods, technology or data, that could adversely impact our operations and supply chain and limit our ability to offer products and services. These measures could require us to take various actions, including changing suppliers or restructuring business relationships. Complying with new or changed trade restrictions is expensive, time-consuming and disruptive to our operations. Such restrictions can be announced with little or no advance notice and we may be unable to effectively mitigate the adverse impacts
21


of such measures. If disputes and conflicts escalate in the future, actions by governments in response could be significantly more severe and restrictive and could materially affect our business.

Political unrest, threats, tensions, actions and responses to any social, economic, business, geopolitical, military, terrorism, or acts of war involving key commercial, development or manufacturing markets such as China, Mexico, Israel, Europe, or other countries could materially impact our international operation. For example, our employees in Israel could be obligated to perform annual reserve duty in the Israeli military and be called for additional active duty under emergency circumstances. If any of these events or conditions occur, the impact to us, our employees and customers is uncertain, particularly if emergency circumstances, armed conflicts or an escalation in political instability or violence disrupts our product development, data or information exchange, payroll or banking operations, product or materials shipping by us or our suppliers and other unanticipated business disruptions, interruptions and limitations in telecommunication services or critical systems or applications reliant on a stable and uninterrupted communications infrastructure.

The military conflictbetween Russia and Ukraine has materially adversely impacted global economies, and has materially impacted our global and regional operations. Governments including the U.S., United Kingdom, and those of the European Union have imposed export controls on certain products and financial and economic sanctions on certain industry sectors and parties in Russia which has triggered retaliatory sanctions by the Russian government and its allies. Our commercial operations have been impacted by the conflict and if we fail to support existing customers, we may frustrate those customers, harm our reputation, and be subject to regulatory action in Russia. Additionally, a majority of our research and development personnel in Russia relocated to locations outside of Russia in 2022. Whether they remain in their new locations over the long-term remains unknown. If we are unable to retain key skilled personnel from where they have relocated, or we are unable to quickly replace such personnel with individuals of equivalent technical expertise and qualifications, our business and financial condition could be materially effected.

The outcome and future impacts of the Russia and Ukraine conflict remain highly uncertain, continue to evolve and may grow more severe the longer the military action and sanctions remain in effect. Moreover, this conflict and existing and future sanctions may have broad and pervasive impacts to the global and regional economies and our operations, heightening and affecting many of the other risks described elsewhere throughout these risk factors, any of which could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations. Such risks include adverse effects on general economic and political conditions such as inflation, supply chain and trade disruptions, and reduced consumer spending; disruptions to our IT systems, including through network failures, malicious or disruptive software, or cyberattacks; energy shortages or rationing that may adversely impact our manufacturing facilities; rising fuel and/or rising costs of producing, procuring and shipping our products; our exposure to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations; and constraints, volatility or disruption in the financial markets. We may not be successful in our efforts to mitigate the negative impacts of the conflict, particularly the longer sanctions and retaliatory sanctions remain in effect. How we respond to the conflict may also subject us to risk. The resumption of sales in Russia or our decision to continue supporting our personnel and existing customers in Russia may result in reputational harm or boycotts of our products that could impact our sales and operations inside and outside of Russia or subject us to litigation for which we may be found liable in courts or other tribunals in Russia or elsewhere. Moreover, production could be impaired should hostilities spread to other countries such as Poland, where our newest aligner fabrication facility is located.

We have no way to predict the progress or outcome of the conflict in Ukraine or the reactions by governments, businesses or consumers. A prolonged conflict, intensified military activities or more extensive sanctions impacting the region and the resulting economic impact could have a material effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition, liquidity, growth prospects and business outlook.

Our operations may be impacted by natural disasters, which may become more frequent or severe as a result of climate change, and may adversely impact our business and operating results as well as those of our customers and suppliers.

Natural disasters can impact us and our customers, as well as suppliers critical to our operations. Natural disasters include earthquakes, tsunamis, floods, droughts, hurricanes, wildfires, and other extreme weather conditions that can cause deaths, injuries, and critical health crises, power outages, restrictions and shortages of food, water, shelter, and medical supplies, telecommunications failures, materials scarcity, price volatility and other ramifications. Climate change is likely to increase both the frequency and severity of natural disasters and, consequently, risks to our business and operations. Our digital dental modeling and certain of our customer facing operations are primarily processed in our facilities located in Costa Rica. Our aligner molds and finished aligners are fabricated in China, Mexico and Poland. Our locations in Costa Rica and Mexico as well as others are in earthquake and hurricane zones and may be subject to other natural disasters. Moreover, a significant portion of our research and development activities are located in California, which suffers from earthquakes, periodic droughts, heat waves, flooding, power shortages and wildfires. If there is a natural disaster in a region where one of these facilities is located, our employees could be impacted, our research could be lost, and our ability to create ClinCheck treatment plans, respond to customer inquiries or manufacture and ship our aligners or intraoral scanners could be compromised which could result in our customers experiencing significant product and services delays.

22


The effects of climate change on regional and global economies could change the supply, demand or availability of sources of energy or other resources material to our products and operations and affect the availability or cost of natural resources and goods and services on which we and our suppliers rely.

Business and Industry Risks

Demand for our products may not increase or may decrease due to resistance to non-traditional treatment methods, which could have a material impact on our business and operating results.

Invisalign treatment represents a significant change from traditional metal wires and brackets orthodontic treatment, and customers and consumers may not find it cost-effective or preferable to traditional treatment. For instance, a number of dental professionals continue to believe the Invisalign treatment is appropriate for only a limited percentage of patients. Increased market acceptance of our products depends in part upon the recommendations of dental professionals, as well as other factors including efficacy, safety, ease of use, reliability, aesthetics, and price compared to competing products and treatment methods. If demand for our products fails to increase, including due to resistance to nontraditional treatment methods, this could materially affect our business and operating results.

Our net revenues are dependentdepend primarily on our Invisalign Systemsystem and iTero Scannersscanners and any decline in sales or average selling price of these products for any reason, wouldmay adversely affect net revenues, gross margin and net income.

Our net revenues areremain largely dependent on the sales of our Invisalign Systemsystem of clear aligners andand iTero intraoral scanners. Of the two, we expect net revenues from the sale of the Invisalign System,system, primarily our comprehensive products, will continue to account for the vast majority of our net revenues, formaking the foreseeable future. Continuedcontinued and widespread acceptance of the Invisalign Systemsystem by orthodontists, GPs and consumers is critical to our future success. Our iTero scanners are used by dental professionals for restorative and orthodontic procedures as well as Invisalign System case submissions. Sales of our iTero scanners are continuing to grow, becomingbusiness also contributes a largermaterial percentage of our overall revenuesnet revenues. Our CAD/CAM software solutions are important to the continuing evolution of our Align Digital Platform and as a means to further adoption of digital dentistry and the Invisalign System. If our business overall. Our operating results could be harmed if:

orthodontists and GPs experience a reduction in consumer demand for orthodontic services, if services;
consumers proveare unwilling to adopt Invisalign Systemsystem treatment as rapidly or in the volumes we anticipate and at the prices offered, if offered;
orthodontists or GPs choose to usecontinue using wires and brackets or competitive products rather than the Invisalign if system or the rates at which they utilize the Invisalign system fail to increase or increase as rapidly as anticipated;
sales of our iTero scanners decline or fail to grow sufficiently or as expected,anticipated;
the growth of CAD/CAM solutions does not produce the results anticipated; or
if the average selling price of our products declinedeclines.

The average selling prices of our products, particularly our Invisalign system, are influenced by numerous factors, including the type and timing of products sold (particularly the timing of orders for any reason, particularlyadditional clear aligners for certain Invisalign products) and foreign exchange rates. In addition, we sell a number of products at different list prices which may differ based on country. Our average selling prices for our Invisalign system and iTero scanners have been impacted in the case of past and may be adversely affected again in the future if:

we introduce new or change existing promotions, general or volume-based discount programs, product or services bundles, or consumer rebate programs;
participation in any promotions or programs unexpectedly increases or decreases or drives demand in unexpected and material ways;
our Invisalign System as a result of a shift ingeographic, channel, or product mix towardsshifts to lower priced products or to products that have a higher percentage of deferred revenue;
we decrease prices on one or more products or services in response to increasing competitive pricing pressures;
we introduce new or change existing products or services, or modify how we market or sell any of our new or existing products or services;
governments impose pricing regulations such as a resultthe volume-based procurement regulations in China; or
estimates used in the calculation of promotions, or competition,deferred revenue differ from actual average selling prices.

If our operating results wouldaverage selling prices decline, our net revenues, gross margin and net income may be harmed.adversely affected.

Competition in the markets for our products is increasing and we expect aggressive competition from existing competitors, and other companies that may introduce new technologies or products in the future.future and customers who alone or with others create orthodontic appliances and solutions or other products or services that compete with us.

The dental industry is in a period of immense and rapid digital transformation involving products, technologies, distribution channels and business models, much of which is based on digital transformation involving information technology, data, artificial intelligence, scanning, 3D printing, softwaremodels. While solutions such as our Invisalign system, iTero scanners and algorithms. While our clear aligner and iTero scannersCAD/CAM
23


software facilitate this transition, there remains significant uncertainty concerning thewhether our technologies that will achieve market acceptance and, if adopted, whether and when they may become obsolete, as new offerings become available.remains unclear.

Currently, our clear aligner products compete directlythe Invisalign system competes primarily against traditional metal bracketswires and wiresbrackets and increasingly against clear aligner productsaligners manufactured and distributed by new market entrants as well as traditionaland manufacturers of traditional wires and brackets, both within and outside the U.S., and from traditional medical device companies, laboratories, startups and, in some cases, from doctors and DSOs themselves. Although theThe number and typetypes of competitors variesare diverse and growing rapidly. They vary by segment, geography, and customer, we encounter a wide variety of competitors, includingsize, and include new and well-established regional competitors in certain foreigndental markets, as well as larger companies or divisions of larger companies with substantial sales, marketing, research and financial capabilities. Due in part to the expiration of certain of our key patents beginning in 2017, we have faced increased competition in the clear aligner market. TheseOur competitors also include existing larger companies in certain markets who have the ability to leverage their existing channels in the dental market to compete directly with us, direct-to-consumer (“DTC”) companies that provide clear aligners using a remote teledentistrybusiness model that requiresrequiring little or no in-office care from trained and licensed physicians,doctors, and doctors themselvesand DSOs who can manufacture custom aligners in their offices using modern 3D printing technology. In addition, corresponding foreign patents began expiring in 2018 which has resulted in increased competition in markets outside the U.S. Large consumer product companies may also enter thestart supplying orthodontic supply market.products.

The manipulation and movement of teeth and bone is a complex and delicate process with potentially painful and debilitating results if not appropriatelyimproperly performed andor monitored. Accordingly, we remain committed to deliveringdeliver our Invisalign system solutions primarily through trained and skilled doctors. The Invisalign Treatmentsystem requires a doctor's prescription and an in personin-person physical examination of the patient’s dentition before beginning treatment. However,treatment; however, with the advent of DTC providers, accompanied by significant advertising


campaigns, there has been some shiftinga shift away from traditional dental practices that may impact our primary selling channels. We also believe doctorsDoctors and DSOs are sampling alternative products and/orand taking advantage of wirescompetitive promotions and brackets bundles that essentially give clear aligners away for free or at reduced prices.sale opportunities. In addition, we may also face competition in the future from new companies that may introduce new technologies. Wetechnologies and we may be unable to compete with these competitors or one or more of these competitorsthey may render our technology obsolete or economically unattractive. If we are unable to compete effectively with existing products or respond effectively to any new technologies, our business could be harmed. Increased competition has resulted in the past

Our iTero intraoral scanner can be used to start clear aligner therapy, as well as other dental procedures, including restorative, implant planning and dentures, and also functions as a diagnostic tool. The iTero intraoral scanner competes with polyvinyl siloxane (“PVS”) impressions that doctors use for clear aligner therapy or other dental procedures, as well as other intraoral scanners. It also competes with traditional bite wing 2D dental x-rays for detecting interproximal caries. If we are unable to compete effectively with these existing products or respond effectively to new technologies, our Systems and Services segment could be harmed.

To stimulate product and services demand, we have a history of offering volume discounts, price reductions and other promotions to targeted customers and consumers. Whether or not successful, these promotional campaigns have had and may in the future result in volume discountinghave unexpected and price reductions,unintended consequences, including reduced gross margins, profitability and profitability, loss of market share, and result in the reduction of dental professionals’ efforts and commitment to use our products, any of which could materially adversely affect ouraverage selling prices, net revenues, volume growth, and net income and stock price. income.

We cannot assure that we will be able to compete successfully against our current or future competitors or that competitive pressures will not have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We are dependent on our international operations, which exposes us to foreign operational, political and other risks that may harm our business.

Our key production steps are performed in operations located outside of the U.S. Technicians use a sophisticated, internally developed computer-modeling program to prepare digital clinical treatment plans (“ClinCheck”), which are then transmitted electronically to our aligner fabrication facilities. These digital files form the basis of the ClinCheck treatment plan and are used to manufacture aligner molds and aligners. Our digital treatment planning and aligner fabrication are performed in multiple international locations and we are continuing to establish these functions closer to our international customers to improve doctor and patient experiences and our operational efficiency. Also, in addition to research and development efforts conducted in the U.S., Russia and Israel, we have operations in Israel and China where we assemble wands, and our intraoral scanner is manufactured. Our reliance on international operations exposes us to risks and uncertainties that may affect our business or results of operation, including:

difficulties in hiring and retaining employees generally, as well as difficulties in hiring and retaining employees with the necessary skills to perform the more technical aspects of our operations;
difficulties in managing international operations, including any travel restrictions on us or our customers such as those recently imposed in China in response to the Novel Coronavirus epidemic;
fluctuations in currency exchange rates;
import and export controls, license requirements and restrictions;
controlling production volume and quality of the manufacturing process;
political, social and economic instability, including increased levels of violence in Juarez, Mexico, Hong Kong or the Middle East. We cannot predict the effect on us of any future armed conflict, political instability or violence in these regions. In addition, some of our employees in Israel are obligated to perform annual reserve duty in the Israeli military and may be called for additional active duty under emergency circumstances. We cannot predict the full impact of these conditions on us, particularly if emergency circumstances or an escalation in political situations occur. If many of our employees are called for active duty, our operations in Israel and our business may not be able to function at full capacity;
acts of terrorism and acts of war;
general geopolitical instability and the responses to it, such as the possibility of sanctions, trade restrictions and changes in tariffs, including recent sanctions against China and Russia and tariffs imposed by the U.S. and China and the possibility of additional tariffs or other trade restrictions between the U.S. and Mexico;
interruptions and limitations in telecommunication services;
product or material transportation delays or disruption, including as a result of customs clearance, violence, protests, police and military actions, or as a result of natural disasters, such as earthquakes or volcanic eruptions;
burdens of complying with a wide variety of regional and local laws, including competition and anti-bribery laws;
the impact of government-led initiatives to encourage the purchase or support of domestic vendors, which can affect the willingness of customers to purchase products from, or collaborate to promote interoperability of products with, companies whose headquarters or primarily operations are not domestic;
unexpected issues and expenses related to our corporate structure reorganization;
reduced intellectual property rights protections as compared to the U.S;
longer payment cycles and greater difficulty in accounts receivable collection; and
potential adverse tax consequences.

The United Kingdom’s (“U.K.”) withdrawal from the EU on January 31, 2020, commonly known as “Brexit,” has exacerbated and may further exacerbate many of the risks and uncertainties described above. The withdrawal of the U.K. from the EU could, among other potential outcomes, adversely affect the tax, tax treaty, currency, operational, legal and regulatory regimes to which our businesses in the region are subject. The withdrawal could also, among other potential outcomes, disrupt the free movement of goods, services and people between the U.K. and the EU and significantly disrupt trade between the U.K. and the EU and other parties. Further, uncertainty around these and related issues could lead to adverse effects on the economy of the U.K., EU and the


other economies in which we operate. As the withdrawal continues to unfold, the actual implications of Brexit in their entirety are unlikely to be known for years.

If any of the risks outlined above materialize in the future, we could experience production delays and lost or delayed revenues.

We earn an increasingly larger portion of our total revenues from international sales and face risks attendant to those operations.

We earn an increasingly larger portion of our total revenues from international sales generated through our foreign direct and indirect operations. Since our growth strategysuccess depends in part on our ability to penetrate international markets and increase the localization of our products and services, we expect to continue to increase our sales and presence outside the U.S., particularly in markets we believe to have high-growth potential. Our international operations are subject to risks that are customarily encountered in non-U.S. operations, including:

local political and economic instability;
the engagement of activities by our employees, contractors, partners and agents, especially in countries with developing economies, that are prohibited by international and local trade and labor laws and other laws prohibiting corrupt payments to government officials, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, the U.K. Bribery Act of 2010 and export control laws, in spite of our policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance with these laws;
fluctuations in currency exchange rates;
increased expense of developing, testing and making localized versions of our products; and
health pandemics such as the new coronavirus in China and natural disasters including weather and fires such as those common in California and recently in Australia.

Any of these factors, either individually or in combination, could materially impact our international operations and adversely affect our business as a whole.

Demand for our products may not increase as rapidly as we anticipate due to a variety of factors including a weakness in general economic conditions and resistance to non-traditional treatment methods.

Consumer spending habits are affected by, among other things, prevailing economic conditions, levels of employment, salaries and wage rates, consumer confidence and consumer perception of economic conditions. A general slowdown in the U.S. economy and certain international economies or an uncertain economic outlook would adversely affect consumer spending habits which may, among other things, result in a decrease in the number of overall orthodontic case starts, reduced patient traffic in dentists’ offices, reduction in consumer spending on elective, non-urgent, or higher value procedures or a reduction in the demand for dental services generally, each of which would have a material adverse effect on our sales and operating results. Weakness in the global economy results in a challenging environment for selling dental technologies and dentists may postpone investments in capital equipment, such as intraoral scanners. In addition, Invisalign treatment, which currently accounts for the vast majority of our net revenues, represents a significant change from traditional orthodontic treatment involving metal brackets and wires, and customers and consumers may be reluctant to accept it, or may not find it cost-effective or preferable to traditional treatment. We have generally received positive feedback from orthodontists, GPs and consumers regarding Invisalign treatment as both an alternative to braces and as a clinical method for the treatment of malocclusion, but a number of dental professionals believe that the Invisalign treatment is appropriate for only a limited percentage of their patients. Increased market acceptance of all of our products will depend in part upon the recommendations of dental professionals, as well as other factors including effectiveness, safety, ease of use, reliability, aesthetics, and price compared to competing products and treatment methods.

Our success may depend on our ability tosuccessfully develop, successfully introduce, and achieve market acceptance of, and manage new products or product offerings.and services.

Our success depends on our ability to profitably and quickly develop, manufacture, market, obtain and obtainmaintain regulatory approval or clearance of new products and services along with improvements to existing products.products and services. There is no assurance we can successfully develop, sell and achieve market acceptance of our new or improved products and services. The extent of, and rate at which, new products or services may achieve market acceptance and penetration are achieved by new or future products or offerings is a function of many variables, which include, among other things,including our ability to:

correctlysuccessfully predict and timely innovate and develop new technologies and cost effectively manufacture or bring to market solutions that meet future customer needs and preferencesapplications with the features and functionality theycustomers desire or expect;
successfully and timely obtain regulatory approval or clearance of new and improved products or services from government agencies such as the FDA and analogous agencies in other countries;
cost-effectively and efficiently develop, manufacture, quality test, dispose of, and sell new or improved products and services offerings;
properly forecast the amount and timing of new or improved product and services demand;
allocate our research and development funding to products and services with higher growth prospects;
ensure compatibility of our computer operatingtechnology, services and systems and hardware configurations with those of our customers;
anticipate and rapidly respondinnovate in response to new competitive products productand services offerings and technological innovations;technologies;


differentiate our products and product offerings from our competitors as well as other products in our own portfolio and successfully articulate the benefits of those differences to our customers;
innovate
24


cost effectively manage any increased expense of developing, testing, manufacturing and develop new technologies and applications;marketing localized versions of our products internationally;
manage the availabilityimpact of nationalism or initiatives to encourage the purchase or support of domestic vendors, which can influence customers not to purchase products from, or collaborate to promote interoperability of products with foreign companies;
qualify for third-party reimbursement offor procedures usinginvolving our products; and
obtain and protect adequate intellectual property rights; and
encourage customers to adopt new technologies.technologies and provide the needed technical, sales and marketing support to make new product and services launches successful.

If we fail to accurately predict customer needs and preferences or fail to produce viable technologies, we may invest heavily in research and development of products that dodoes not lead to significant revenues. Even if we successfully innovate and develop new products and product enhancements,improvements, we may incur substantial costs in doing so and our profitability may suffer. In addition, even if our new products are successfully introduced, itIt may be difficult to gain market share and acceptance for new or improved products. Introduction and acceptance of any products and services may take significant time and effort, particularly if doctorsthey require doctor education and training to understand thetheir benefits of the new products or measuredoctors choose to withhold judgment on a product until patients complete their success only after extended periods of time required to treat patients.treatments. For instance, it can take up to 24 months or longer to treat patientscomplete treatment using our Invisalign System. Similarly,system.

In addition, we recently introducedperiodically introduce new business and sales initiatives to meet customers’ needs and demands. In general, our mandibular advancement treatmentinternal resources support these initiatives without clear indications they will prove successful or be without short-term execution challenges. Should these initiatives be unsuccessful, our business, results of operations and expectfinancial condition could be materially impacted.

We have in the past and may again in the future invest in or acquire other businesses, products or technologies which may require significant management attention, disrupt our business, dilute stockholder value and adversely affect our results of operations.

Periodically, we may acquire, or make investments in, companies, products or technologies. Alternatively, we may be unable to find suitable investment or acquisition targets and we may be unable to complete investments or acquisitions on favorable terms, if at all. If we make investments or complete acquisitions, we may not ultimately strengthen our competitive position or achieve our goals or desired synergies, and investments or acquisitions we complete could be viewed negatively by our customers, securities analysts and investors. Moreover, to the extent we make strategic investments, the companies in which we invest may fail or we may ultimately own less than a majority of the outstanding shares of the company and be outvoted on critical issues that could harm us or the value of our investment.

Additionally, as an organization we do not have a history of significant acquisitions or integrating their operations and cultures with our own. As such, we are subject to various risks when making a strategic investment or acquisition which could materially impact our business or results of operations, including that we may:

fail to perform proper due diligence and inherit unexpected material issues or assets, including IP or other litigation or ongoing investigations, accounting irregularities or improprieties, bribery, corruption or other compliance liabilities;
fail to comply with regulations, governmental orders or decrees;
experience IT security and privacy compliance issues;
invest in companies that generate net losses or the markets for their products, services or technologies may be slow or fail to develop;
not realize a positive return on investment or determine that our investments have declined in value, such that it will may be necessary to record impairments such as future impairments of intangible assets and goodwill;
have to pay cash, incur debt or issue equity securities to pay for an acquisition, adversely affecting our liquidity, financial condition or the value of our common stock. The sale of equity or issuance of debt to finance any acquisition could result in dilution to our stockholders. The occurrence of indebtedness would result in increased fixed obligations and could also include covenants or other restrictions that would impede our ability to manage our operations;
find it difficult to implement and harmonize company-wide financial reporting, forecasting and budgeting, accounting, billing, IT and other systems due to inconsistencies in standards, internal controls, procedures and policies;
require significant time and effort onresources to effectuate the integration;
fail to retain key personnel or harm our part to educate doctors toexisting culture or the culture of an acquired entity;
not realize any or all or material portions of the expected synergies and benefits of this treatment method. Consequently, doctors may be unwillingthe acquisition; or
unsuccessfully evaluate or utilize the acquired technology or acquired company’s know-how or fail to rapidly adoptsuccessfully integrate the technologies acquired.

25


Moreover, opposition to one or more acquisitions could lead to negative ratings by analysts or investors, give rise to objections by one or more stockholders or result in stockholder activism, any of which could harm our new products until they successfully complete at least one case or until more historical clinical results are available.stock price.

Operational Risks

Business disruptions could seriously harm our financial condition.

Our abilityglobal operations have been disrupted in the past and will likely be disrupted and harmed again in the future. The occurrence of any material or prolonged business disruptions, whether internal or at key suppliers, could harm our business and results of operations, result in material losses, seriously harm our revenues, profitability and financial condition, adversely affect our competitive position, increase our costs and expenses, and require substantial expenditures and recovery time in order to market and sell new productsfully resume operations.

When business disruptions occur, they may, also be subject to government regulation, including approvalindividually or clearance byin the FDA and foreign government agencies. Any failure inaggregate, affect our ability to successfully developprovide products, services and introduce or achieve market acceptance ofsolutions to our new products or enhanced versions of existing products could have a material adverse effect on our operating resultscustomers, and could cause our net revenuesproduction delays or limitations, create adverse effects on distributors, disrupt supply chains, result in shipping and distribution disruptions and reduce the availability of or access to decline.

one or more facilities. We may experience declines in average selling prices of our productshave policies and procedures which may decrease our net revenues.

We provide volume-based discount programsare intended to our customers. In addition, we sell a number of products at different list prices which also differ based on regions and or country. If we change volume-based discount programs affecting our average selling prices; if we introduce any price reductions or consumer rebate programs; if we expand our discount programs or participation in these programs increases; if our critical accounting estimates materially differ from actual behavior or results; or if our geographic, channel, or product mix shifts to lower priced products or to products that have a higher percentage of deferred revenue, our average selling prices would be adversely affected. Moreover, we may find that some programs are unsuccessful or, even if successful may drive demand in unexpected ways. Were anymitigate the impact of the foregoingbusiness disruptions and crises that we believe could be most significant, and we train employees and work with suppliers to occur, our net revenues, gross profit, gross marginprepare for potential disruptions. However, the design or implementation of these policies and net incomepractices may be reduced.

We are exposedfail to fluctuations in currency exchange rates,adequately address particular disruptions, which could negativelymaterially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Although the U.S. dollar is our reporting currency, a growing portion of our net revenues and net income are generated in foreign currencies. Net revenues and net income generated by subsidiariesOur operating outside of the U.S. are translated into U.S. dollars using constantly fluctuating, often substantially, exchange rates during the respective period. As a result, negative movements in exchange rates against the U.S. dollarresults have and may increasingly adversely affect our net revenues and net income in our consolidated financial statements. We enter into currency forward contract transactions in an effort to cover some of our exposure to currency fluctuations but there is no assurance these transactions will fully or effectively hedge our exposure to currency fluctuations, and, under certain circumstances, these transactions could have an adverse effect on our financial condition.

As we continue to grow, we are subject to growth related risks, including risks related to excess or constrained capacityfluctuate in the future, which makes predicting the timing and operational inefficiencies atamount of customer demand, our manufacturingrevenues, costs and treat facilities.expenditures difficult.

We are subject to growth related risks, including excess or constrained capacityOur quarterly and pressure on our internal systemsannual operating results have and personnel. In order to manage current operations and future growth effectively, we will need to continue to implement and improve our operational, financial and management information systems and to hire, train, motivate, manage and retain employees. We may be unable to manage such growth effectively. Any such failure could havefluctuate for a material adverse impact on our business, operations and prospects. We continue to establish additional order acquisition, treatment planning and manufacturing facilities closer to our international customers in order to provide doctors with a better experience, improve their confidence in using Invisalign to treat more patients, more often and provide redundancy should other facilities be temporarily or permanently unavailable. Our ability to plan, construct and equip additional order acquisition, treatment planning and manufacturing facilities is subject to significant risk and uncertainty,variety of reasons, including risks inherent in the establishment of a facility, such as hiring and retaining employees and delays and cost overruns as a result of changing doctor and consumer product demand. In addition to the factors otherwise described herein, some of the other factors that have historically and could cause our operating results to fluctuate in the future include:

higher manufacturing, delivery and inventory costs;
the creditworthiness, liquidity and solvency of our customers and their ability to timely make payments when due;
changes in the timing of revenue recognition and changes in our average selling prices, including as a result of the timing of receipt of product orders and shipments, product and services mix, geographic mix, product and services deferrals, the introduction of new products and software releases, product pricing, bundling and promotions, pricing for fees or expenses, modifications to our terms and conditions such as payment terms, or as a result of new accounting pronouncements or changes to critical accounting estimates including, without limitation, estimates based on matters such as our predicted usage of additional aligners;
seasonal fluctuations, including those related to patient demographics or seasonality as well as the availability of doctors to take appointments;
longer customer payment cycles and greater difficulty in accounts receivable collection for our international sales;
costs and expenditures, including connection with the establishment of new treatment planning and fabrication facilities, the hiring and deployment of personnel, litigation, and the success of or changes to our marketing programs from quarter to quarter; and
timing and fluctuation of spending around marketing and brand awareness campaigns and industry trade shows.

Failing to accurately predict customer demand may cause us to have inadequate staffing, materials or storage required to manufacture our products to meet demand. If we underestimate demand, it may exceed our manufacturing capacity or that of one or more of our suppliers, we may be understaffed and we may not have sufficient materials needed for production. Specifically, our manufacturing process relies on sophisticated computer software and requires new technicians to undergo a relatively long training process, often 120 days or longer. As a result, if we are unable to accurately predict demand, we may have an insufficient number of factors, anytrained technicians to ensure products are timely manufactured and delivered to meet customers’ expectations, which could damage our relationships with our existing customers or harm our ability to attract new customers. Specifically, production levels for our intraoral scanner are generally forecasted based on forecasts and historic product demand and we often place orders with suppliers for materials, components and sub-assemblies (“materials and components”) as well as finished products weeks or more in advance of projected customer orders.

Conversely, if we overestimate customer demand, we may lose opportunities to increase revenues and profits, we may have excessive staffing, materials, components and finished products, or capacity. If we hire and train too many technicians in anticipation of demand that does not materialize or materializes slower than anticipated, our costs and expenditures may outpace our revenues or revenue growth, harming our gross margin and financial results. Additionally, in order to secure supplies for production of products, we sometimes enter into non-cancelable minimum purchase commitments with vendors, which could impact our ability to adjust our inventory to reflect declining market demands. If product demand decreases or increases more than forecast, we may be out of our controlrequired to purchase or lease additional or larger facilities and may negatively impact our gross margin. In addition, these facilities may be located in higher cost regions compared to Mexico and Costa Rica, which may negatively impact our gross margin. If the transition into additional facilities is significantly delayedequipment, or demand for our products exceeds our current expectations, we may be unable to fulfill orders timely,customer demand in the time frames and with the quantities required, any of which may negatively impact our financial results, reputation andtake time to

26



overall business. In addition, because we cannot immediately adapt our production capacity and related cost structures to changing market conditions, our facility capacity may at times exceed or fall short of our production requirements. If product demand decreases or we fail to forecast demand accurately, we could be required to write off inventory or record excess capacity charges, which wouldaccomplish, lower our gross margin.margin, inhibit sales or harm our reputation. Production of our Invisalign clear aligners and iTero intraoral scanners mayare also be limited by capacity constraints due to a variety of factors, including labor shortages, shipping delays, our dependency on third partythird-party vendors for key materials, parts, components in addition toand equipment, and limited production yields. Any or all of these problems could result in the loss of customers, provide an opportunity for competing products to gain market acceptance and otherwise harm our business and financial results.

If we fail to sustain or increase profitability or revenue growth in future periods, our profitability may decline.

If we are to sustain or increase profitability in future periods, we need to continue increasing our net revenues, while controlling expenses. Because and those of our business is evolving, it is difficultpartners.

Improvements to predictor changes in our future operating results or levelsproducts may affect the demand and make demand less predictable. We routinely review inventory for usage potential, including fulfillment of growth,customer warranty obligations and spare part requirements, and we have not inwrite down to the pastlower of cost or net realized value the excess and may be unable in the future to sustain our historical growth ratesobsolete inventory, which may materially affect our results of operations. For instance, periodically we announce new products, capabilities, or technologies that replace or shorten the life cycles of legacy products or cause our profitabilitycustomers to decline.

Our operating results have fluctuated indefer or stop purchasing legacy products until new products become available. These risks increase the past and may fluctuate in the future, making it difficult to predict the timing and amountdifficulty of revenues, costs and expenditures.

Our operating results have fluctuated in the past and we expect our future quarterly and annual operating results to fluctuate for a variety of reasons, particularly as we focus on increasing doctor and consumeraccurately forecasting demand for our products.  Some of the factors that could cause our operating results to fluctuate include:

limited visibility intodiscontinued and difficulty predicting from quarter to quarter, the level of activity in our customers’ practices;
changes in geographic, channel, or product mix;
weakness in consumer spending as a result of a slowdown in the global, U.S. or other economies;
higher manufacturing costs;
competition in general and competitive developments in the market;
changes in relationships with our dental support organizations and distributors, including timing of orders;
changes in the timing of when revenues are recognized, including as a result of the timing of receipt of product orders and shipments, the introduction of new products and software releases, product offerings or promotions, modifications to our terms and conditions or as a result of new accounting pronouncements or changes to critical accounting estimates including, without limitation, those estimates based on such matters as our predicted usage of additional aligners;
fluctuations in currency exchange rates against the U.S. dollar;
our inability to scale, suspend or reduce production based on variations in product demand;
increased participation in our customer rebate or discount programs could adversely affect our average selling prices;
seasonal fluctuations, including those related to patient demographics such as teen buying habits in China and Europe as well as the numberlikelihood of doctors in their officesinventory obsolescence, loss of revenue and their availability to take appointments;associated gross profit.
success of or changes to our marketing programs from quarter to quarter;
our reliance on our contract manufacturers for the production of sub-assemblies for our intraoral scanners;
increased advertising or marketing efforts or aggressive price competition from competitors;
changes to our effective tax rate;
unanticipated delays and disruptions in the manufacturing process caused by insufficient capacity or availability of raw materials, turnover in the labor force or the introduction of new production processes, power outages or natural or other disasters beyond our control;
underutilization of manufacturing and treat facilities;
major changes in available technology or the preferences of customers may cause our current product offerings to become less competitive or obsolete;
costs and expenditures in connection with litigation;
costs and expenditures in connection with the establishment of treatment planning and fabrication facilities in international locations;
costs and expenditures in connection with hiring and deployment of direct sales force personnel;
unanticipated delays in our receipt of patient records made through intraoral scanners for any reason;
disruptions to our business due to political, economic or other social instability or any governmental regulatory or similar actions, including the impact of an epidemic such as recent developments beginning in China in connection with the Novel Coronavirus, any of which results in changes in consumer spending habits, consumers unable or unwilling to visit the orthodontist or general practitioners office, as well as any impact on workforce absenteeism;
inaccurate forecasting of net revenues, production and other operating costs;
investments in research and development to develop new products and enhancements;
material impairments in the value of our privately held companies; and
timing of industry tradeshows.



To respond to these and other factors, weWe may make business decisions that adversely affect our operating results such as modifications to our pricing policy,policies and payment terms, promotions, development efforts, product releases, business structure or operations. Most of our expenses, such as employee compensation and lease payment obligations, are relatively fixed in the short term. Moreover, our expense levels are based, in part, on our expectations regardingfor future revenue levels.revenues. As a result, if our net revenues for a particular period fallare below expectations, we may be unable to adjusttimely or effectively reduce spending quickly enough to offset any shortfall in net revenues. Due to these and other factors, we believe that quarter-to-quarter comparisons of our operating results may not be meaningful. You should not rely on our results for any one quarter as an indication of our future performance.

A disruption in the operations of our primary freight carrier or higher shipping costs could cause a decline in our net revenues or a reduction in our earnings.shortfall.

We are dependent on commercial freight carriers, primarily UPS,subject to deliver our products. If the operations of these carriers are disrupted for any reason, we may be unable to timely deliver our products to our customers. If we cannot deliver our products on timeoperating risks, including excess or constrained capacity and cost effectively, our customers may choose competitive offerings or create their own aligners causing our net revenues and gross margins to decline, possibly materially. In a rising fuel cost environment, our freight costs will increase. In addition, we earn an increasingly larger portion of our total revenues from international sales. International sales carry higher shipping costs which could negatively impact our gross margin and results of operations. If freight costs materially increase and we are unable to pass that increase along to our customers for any reason or otherwise offset such increases in our cost of net revenues, our gross margin and financial results could be adversely affected.

 If we are unable to accurately predict our volume growth and fail to hire a sufficient number of technicians in advance of such demand, or hire technicians faster than our actual growth projections, the delivery time of our products could be delayed or our costs may exceed our revenues, each ofoperational inefficiencies, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

TreatmentWe are subject to operating risks, including excess or constrained capacity and pressure on our internal systems, personnel and suppliers. In order to manage current and anticipated future operations effectively, we must continually implement and improve our operational, financial and management information systems, hire, train, motivate, manage and retain employees, and ensure our suppliers remain diverse and capable of meeting growing demand for the systems, raw materials, parts and components essential to the manufacture and delivery of our products. We may be unable to balance near-term efforts to meet existing demand with future customer demand, including adding personnel, creating scalable, secure and robust systems and operations, and automating processes needed for long term efficiencies. Any such failure could have a material impact on our business, operations and prospects.

Additionally, we have established treatment planning is a key step leadingand manufacturing facilities closer to our manufacturing process which relies on sophisticated computer software. This requires new techniciansinternational customers to undergoprovide them with better experiences, improve their confidence using our products to treat patients, create efficiencies, and provide redundancy should other facilities be temporarily or permanently unavailable. Our ability to obtain and maintain regulatory clearance and certifications and equip facilities is subject to significant risk and uncertainty. If a relatively long training process, often upfacility is temporarily or permanently, partially or fully shut down, or if demand for our products outpaces our ability to 120 days or longer. As a result, ifhire qualified personnel and effectively implement systems and infrastructure, we aremay be unable to accurately predictfulfill orders timely, or at all, which may negatively impact our volume growth, we may have an insufficient number of trained technicians to deliver ourfinancial results, reputation and overall business.

Our products within the time frame our customers expect. Such a delay could cause us to lose existing customers or fail to attract new customers. This could cause a decline in our net revenues and net income and could adversely affect our results of operations. Conversely, if we hire and train technicians in anticipation of volume growth that does not materialize or materializes at a rate we do not anticipate, our costs and expenditures may outpace our revenue growth, harming our gross margins, operating expenses and financial results.

Our information technology systems are critical to our business. SystemIssues with product development or enhancements, IT system integration, implementation, updates and implementation issuesupgrades have previously and system security risks could again in the future disrupt our operations which couldand have a material adverse impact on our business and operating results.

We rely on the efficient, uninterrupted and uninterruptedsecure operation of our own complex information technology systems.IT systems and are dependent on key third party software embedded in our products and IT systems as well as third-party hosted IT systems to support our operations. All information technologysoftware and IT systems are vulnerable to damage, cyber attacks or interruption from a variety of sources. As our business has grown in size and complexity, the growth has placed, and will continue to place significant demands on such systems. To effectively manage this growth,and improve our informationoperations, our IT systems and applications require an ongoing commitment of significant expenditures and resources to maintain, protect, upgrade, enhance and enhancerestore existing systems and develop new systems to keep pace with continuing changes in information processing technology, evolving industry and regulatory standards, increasingly sophisticated cyber threats, and changing customer preferences. We are continuingExpanded remote working and increased usage of online and hosted technology platforms by us, our customers and suppliers, including teledentistry and new or expanded use of online service platforms, products and solutions such as video conferencing applications, doctor, consumer and patient apps have increased the demands on and risks to our IT systems and personnel. Moreover, we continue to transform certain business processes, extend established processes to new subsidiaries and/or implement additional functionality in our enterprise resource planning, (“ERP”)product development, manufacturing, and other software systemand IT systems which entails certain risks, including difficulties with changes in business processes that could disruptdisruption of our operations, such as our ability to develop and update products that are safe and secure, track orders and timely ship products, manage our supply chain and aggregate financial and operational data.

System upgrades Failure to adequately protect and enhancements require significant expendituresmaintain the integrity of our products and allocation of valuable employee resources. DelaysIT systems may result in integration or disruptions to our business from implementation of these new or upgraded systems could have a material adverse impacteffect on our financial conditionposition, results of operations and operating results.cash flows.

We have a complex, global iTero intraoral scanner installed base of older and newer models. These models are continually updated to add, expand or improve on existing or new features with hardware improvements, improvements to third party
27


components, or part repair or replacement. We have experienced hardware issues in the past and may in the future, including issues relating to manufacturing, design, quality, or safety, of which we become aware only after products or changes have been introduced into the market. We also have not been and may not be able to ensure that third party components or any changes to the foregoing will not be incompatible with, or have a negative impact on the functionality of our iTero intraoral scanners. As a result, there have been and may be widespread failures of our iTero intraoral scanners or we may experience epidemic failures of our iTero intraoral scanner to perform as anticipated. Previously, we have not been and in the future may not be prepared for, or have the infrastructure to, timely and adequately remediate or implement corrective measures for such failures, including due to our dependency on third party providers or suppliers. As a consequence, remediation has been and may be in the future time-consuming and difficult to achieve, which may materially impact our customers and our business partners, damage our reputation and result in lost business and revenue opportunities, and could be materially costly.

Additionally, we continuously upgrade and issue new releases of our products and customer facing software applications, specifically the ClinCheck software, MyAligntechupon which customer facing, manufacturing and the Invisalign Doctor Site.treatment planning operations depend. Software applications and products containing software frequently contain errors or defects, especially when they are first introduced or when new versions are released. Additionally, the third-party software integrated into or interoperable with our products and services will routinely reach end of life, and as a consequence, certain models of our iTero intraoral scanners may be exposed to additional vulnerabilities, including increased security risks, errors and malfunctions that may be irreparable or difficult to repair. The discovery of a defect, error or errorsecurity vulnerability in our products, software applications or informationIT systems, or incompatibility with customers’ computer operating systems and hardware configurations with a new release or upgraded version or the failure of our products or primary informationIT systems may result in the followingcause adverse consequences, among others:including: delay or loss of revenues, orsignificant remediation costs, delay in market acceptance, loss of data, disclosure of financial, health or other personal information of our customers or their patients, product recalls, damage to our reputation, loss of market share to competition or increased service costs, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.our operations and the operations of our customers or our business partners.

A significant portion of our clear aligner production is dependent on digital scans from our globally dispersed and decentralized installed base of iTero and third-party intraoral scanners. Failures of all or any portion of ours or third-party software or other components or systems to interoperate with iTero or third-party scanners, termination of interoperability with third-party scanners, malware or ransomware attacks, product or system vulnerabilities or defects, interference or disruptions for us, our customers, labs or other business partners in the use of our products or the transmission or processing of data needed for the use or ordering of our products, or a system outage for any reason have harmed our operations previously and in the future could affect materially and adversely our ability to accept scans, manufacture clear aligners or restorative procedures or treatments and services or otherwise service our customers which may, amongst other things, harm our sales, damage our reputation, adversely impact our strategic partners or result in litigation.

We are highly dependent on third-party suppliers, some of whom are sole source suppliers, for certain key machines, components and materials, and our business and operating results could be harmed if supply is restricted or ends, or if the price of raw materials used in our manufacturing process increases.

We are highly dependent on our supply chain, particularly manufacturers of specialized scanning equipment, rapid prototyping machines, resin and other advanced materials, as well as the optics, electronic and other mechanical components of our intraoral scanners. We maintain single supply relationships for many of these machines and materials. In particular, our CT scanning and stereolithography equipment used in our aligner manufacturing and many of the critical components for the optics of our scanners are provided by single suppliers. We rely on a single third-party manufacturer to supply key sub-assemblies for our iTero Element scanner. We purchase the vast majority of our resin and polymer, the primary raw materials used in our manufacturing process for clear aligners, from a single source. By using single suppliers for materials and manufacturing in a limited number of locations, we risk multiple supply chain vulnerabilities. For example, damage to or destruction of a facility can materially disrupt our ability to timely deliver key parts, components and materials or products or a supplier could encounter financial, operating or other difficulties, be unable to hire or maintain personnel, fail to timely obtain supplies, fail to maintain manufacturing standards or controls. To the extent any of our suppliers or others' suppliers in our supply chain are dependent on raw materials, components or other parts from Russia or Ukraine, the foregoing risks may be more likely to occur as a result of the military conflict in Ukraine. Any one of these occurrences would adversely impact our supply chain.

Because of our dependence on our suppliers, changes in our relationships with any of them can result in disruptions to the supply chain, which can materially impact our business. For instance, we may be unable to quickly establish or qualify replacement suppliers creating production interruptions, delays and inefficiencies. Finding substitute manufacturers may be expensive, time-consuming or impossible and could result in a significant interruption in the supply of one or more products causing us to lose revenues and suffer damage to our customer relationships. Technology changes by our service providers, vendors, and other third parties could disrupt access to required manufacturing capacity or require expensive, time-consuming development efforts to adapt and integrate new equipment or processes. In the event of technology changes, delivery delays, labor stoppages or shortages, or shortages of, or increases in price for these items, sales may decrease and our business and prospects may be harmed.

28


We use distributors for a portion of the importation, marketing and sales efforts related to our products and services, which exposes us to risks to our sales and operations, including the risk that these distributors do not comply with applicable laws or our internal procedures.

In addition to our direct sales force, we have and expect to continue to use distributors to import, market, sell, service and support our products. Our agreements with these distributors are generally non-exclusive and terminable by either party with little notice. If alternative distributors must be quickly found and trained in the use, marketing, sales and support of our products and services, our revenues and ability to sell or service our products in markets key to our business could be adversely affected. These distributors may also choose to sell alternative or competing products or services. In addition, we may be held responsible for the actions of these distributors and their employees and agents for compliance with laws and regulations, including fair competition, bribery and corruption, trade compliance, safety, data privacy and marketing and sales activities. A distributor may also affect our ability to effectively market our products in certain foreign countries or regulatory jurisdictions if it holds the regulatory authorization in such countries or within such regions and causes, by action or inaction, the suspension of such marketing authorization or sanctions for non-compliance or prevents us from taking control of any such authorization. It may be difficult, expensive, and time-consuming for us to re-establish market access or regulatory compliance.

A disruption in the operations of a primary freight carrier, higher shipping costs or shipping delays could disrupt our supply chain and impact our revenues or gross margin.

We are dependent on commercial freight carriers, primarily UPS, to deliver our products. If the informationoperations of carriers are disrupted, we relymay be unable to timely deliver our products to our customers who may choose alternative products which could cause our net revenues and gross margin to materially decline. For example, after Russia's military attacks in Ukraine in 2022, UPS ceased shipments to Russia and we suspended new product sales there. Moreover, when fuel costs increase, our freight costs generally do so as well. In 2022, due to increased fuel costs, we experienced a material increase in freight costs. In addition, we earn an increasingly larger portion of our total revenues from international sales, which carry higher shipping costs that could negatively impact our gross margin and results of operations. If freight costs materially increase and we are unable to successfully pass all or significant portions of the increases along to our customers, or we cannot otherwise offset such increases in our cost of net revenues, our gross margin and financial results could be materially affected.

Our success depends largely on the talents and efforts of our personnel, and if we are unable to runattract, motivate, train or retain our businesses werepersonnel, it may be more difficult to grow effectively and pursue our strategic priorities, and could materially effect on our results of operations.

We are highly dependent on the talent and effort of our personnel, including highly skilled personnel like orthodontists and production technicians in our treatment planning facilities, and employees on our clinical engineering, technology development and sales teams. As a result, we strive to retain our personnel, by providing competitive compensation and benefits, development opportunities and training, flexible work options, and an inclusive corporate culture. However, there is substantial competition in our industry for highly-skilled personnel, in particular significantly higher demand for technical and digital talent. Furthermore, our compensation and benefit arrangements, such as our equity award programs, may not always be foundsuccessful in attracting new employees and retaining and motivating existing employees. In addition, other internal and external factors can impact our ability to hire and retain talent, including insufficient advancement or career opportunities and restrictive immigration policies. The loss of any of our key personnel, particularly executive management, key research and development personnel or key sales team personnel, could harm our business and prospects and could impede the achievement of our research and development, operational or strategic objectives.

We provide significant training to our personnel and our business will be inaccurateimpacted if our training fails to properly prepare our personnel to perform the work required, we are unable to successfully instill technical expertise in new and existing personnel or unreliable, if our techniques prove unsuccessful or not cost-effective. Moreover, for certain roles, this training and experience can make key personnel, such as our sales personnel, highly desirable to competitors and lead to increased attrition. The loss of the services and knowledge from our highly-skilled employees may significantly delay or prevent the achievement of our development and business objectives and could harm our business. For example, it can take up to twelve months or more to train sales representatives to successfully market and sell our products and for them to establish strong customer relationships.

Additionally, facilitating seamless leadership transitions for key positions is a critical factor in sustaining the culture and maintaining the success of our organization. If our succession planning efforts are not effective, it could adversely impact our business. We continue to assess the key personnel that we believe are essential to our long-term success, as future organizational changes could also cause our employee attrition rate to increase. If we fail to properly maintaineffectively manage any organizational or strategic changes, our information systemsfinancial condition, results of operations, and datareputation, as well as our ability to successfully attract, motivate and retain key employees, could be harmed.

In 2022, we gradually reopened many of our offices that had been substantially closed to employees during the COVID-19 pandemic. Where our offices have reopened, we have adopted a hybrid work schedule that allows many of our employees the opportunity to collaborate and connect with others in our offices for some days of the week while having the
29


option to work remotely other days. This hybrid work approach that we have adopted may materially increase our costs or create unforeseen challenges or complications, including:

difficulties maintaining our corporate culture, disruption of morale or decreased loyalty;
difficulties with hiring and retention, particularly if we must compete against other companies that offer generous or broad remote working policies;
negative impacts to collaboration, performance and productivity;
increased stress, fatigue or “burn out” by employees unable to disengage their work life from home life;
increased operational, governance, compliance, and tax risks;
increased attrition or limits to our ability to attract employees who prefer to continue working remotely full time, or in offices or geographies different from where they were hired or are expected to work;
problems managing office space requirements;
concerns regarding favoritism or discrimination;
strains to our business continuity plans and difficulties achieving our strategic objectives; and
increased labor and employment claims and litigation.

Also, we believe a key factor in our success has been the culture we have created that emphasizes a shared vision and values focusing on agility, customer success and accountability. We believe this culture fosters an environment of integrity, innovation, creativity, and teamwork. We have experienced and may continue to experience in the future, difficulties attracting and retaining employees that meet the qualifications, experience, compliance mindset and values we expect. If we are unable to attract and retain personnel that meet our selection criteria or relax our standards in order to meet the demands of our growth or if we fail to develop new capabilities to meet our business needs in a timely


manner, we could suffer operational disruptions, have customer disputes, fail to produce timely and accurate reports, have regulatory or other legal problems, experience increases in operating and administrative expenses, lose existing customers, have difficulty in attracting new customers or in implementing our growth strategies, or sufferis not managed effectively, our corporate culture, ability to achieve our strategic objectives, and our compliance with obligations under our internal controls and other adverse consequences. In addition, experienced computer programmers and hackersrequirements may be able to penetrate our network security or our cloud-based software servers hosted by third parties and misappropriate our confidential information or that of third parties, create system disruptions or cause shutdowns. Furthermore, sophisticated hardware and operating system software and applications that we either internally develop or procure from third parties may contain defects in design and manufacture, including “bugs” and other problems that can unexpectedly interfere with the operation of the system. The costs to eliminate or alleviate security problems, viruses and bugsharmed. This could be significant, and the efforts to address these problems could result in interruptions that may have a material adverse impacteffect on our results of operations net revenues and our ability to maintain market share.

We are dependent on our marketing activities to deepen our market penetration and raise awareness of our brand and products, which may not prove successful or may become less effective or more costly to maintain in the long term.

Our marketing efforts and costs are significant and include national and regional campaigns in multiple countries involving television, print and social media and, more recently, alliances with professional sports teams, social media influencers and other strategic partners. We attempt to structure our advertising campaigns to increase brand awareness, adoption and goodwill; however, there is no assurance our campaigns will achieve the returns on advertising spend desired, increase brand or product awareness sufficiently or generate goodwill and positive reputational goals. Moreover, should any entity or individual endorsing us or our products take actions, make or publish statements in support of, or lend support to events or causes which may be perceived by a portion of society negatively, our sponsorships or support of these entities or individuals may be questioned, boycotts of our products announced, and our reputation may be harmed, any of which could have a material effect on our gross margin and business overall.

In addition, various countries prohibit certain types of marketing activities. For example, some countries restrict direct to consumer advertising of medical devices. We could run afoul of restrictions and be ordered to stop certain marketing activities. Moreover, competitors do not always follow these restrictions, creating an unfair advantage and making it more difficult and costly for us to compete.

Additionally, we rely heavily on data generated from our campaigns to target specific audiences and evaluate their effectiveness, particularly data generated from internet activities on mobile devices. To obtain this data, we are dependent on third parties and popular mobile operating results.systems, networks, technologies, products, and standards that we do not control, such as the Android and iOS operating systems and mobile browsers. Any changes in such systems that degrade, reduce or eliminate our ability to target or measure the results of ads or increase costs to target audiences could adversely affect the effectiveness of our campaigns. For example, Apple has released mobile operating systems that include significant data privacy changes that may limit our ability to interpret, target and measure ads effectively.

Furthermore,Legal, Regulatory and Compliance Risks

We are subject to antitrust and competition regulatory activity, litigation and enforcement actions that may result in fines, penalties, restrictions on our business requirespractices, and product or operational changes which could materially impact our business.

We are and may be in the secure transmission of confidential patient health information over public networks. Because we storefuture subject to antitrust or competition related investigations, enforcement actions, and transmit sensitive information including protected patient health information, security breachessettlements, by governmental agencies, competitors, consumers, customers, and others which could exposecause us to incur substantial costs or require us to change our business practices in a riskmanner materially adverse to our business. Governments, enforcement
30


authorities and other legislative bodies are actively developing new competition laws and regulations aimed at the technology sector, artificial intelligence and digital platforms, coordinating globally, and enforcing competition laws and regulations, and this includes scrutiny in potentially large markets such as the EU, U.S., and China. Government regulatory actions and court decisions may result in fines or hinder our ability to provide certain benefits to our consumers, reducing the attractiveness of regulatory action, litigation, possible liabilityour products and loss. Wethe revenue that comes from them. Other companies and government agencies have experienced breaches in the past and may in the future allege that our security measuresactions violate the antitrust or competition laws or otherwise constitute unfair competition. Such claims and investigations, even if without foundation, may be inadequatevery expensive to prevent future security breaches,defend, involve negative publicity and substantial diversion of management time and effort and could result in significant judgments against us or require us to change our business practices, any of which may materially impact our results of operations.

Obtaining approvals and complying with governmental regulations, particularly those related to personal healthcare information, financial information, quality systems, anti-corruption and anti-bribery are expensive and time-consuming. Any failure to obtain or maintain approvals or comply with regulations regarding our products or services or the products and services of our suppliers or customers could materially harm our sales, result in substantial penalties and fines and cause harm to our reputation.

We and many of our healthcare provider customers, suppliers and distributors are subject to extensive and frequently changing regulations under numerous federal, state, local and foreign laws, including those regulating:

the storage, transmission and disclosure of medical information and healthcare records;
prohibitions against the offer, payment or receipt of remuneration to induce referrals to entities providing healthcare services or goods or to induce the order, purchase or recommendation of our products; and
the design, manufacture marketing and advertising of our products.

The healthcare and technology markets are also highly regulated and subject to changing political, economic and regulatory influences. Global regulators are expanding and changing the regulations and guidance for products, which can limit the potential benefits of products and result in protracted review timelines for new product introductions. We are also incorporating artificial intelligence into our software to make it more effective for us, our customers, suppliers and consumers; however, this subjects us to risks of compliance with the expanding and changing regulations regarding the use artificial intelligence. Our critical vendors and service providers are similarly subject to various regulations. Our failure or the failure of our suppliers, customers, advertisers and influencers to strictly adhere to clearances or approvals in the labeling, marketing and sales of our products and services could subject us to claims or litigation, including actions alleging false or misleading advertising or other violations of laws or regulations, which may result in costly investigations, fines, penalties, as well as material judgments, settlements or decrees. We are also subject to complex and changing environmental and health and safety regulations. Additionally, a large portion of our revenues are derived from international sales and we are dependent on our international operations, and profitability would be adversely affectedwhich exposes us to additional foreign regulations not otherwise described herein, including without limitation, pricing regulations imposed by among other things, loss of customers and potential criminal and civil sanctions if they are not prevented.

governments like the volume-based procurement regulations in China. There can be no assurance that we will adequately address the business risks associated with the implementation and compliance with such laws and our process of improving existing systems, developing new systemsinternal processes and procedures to support our expanding operations, integrating new systems, protecting confidential patient health information, and improving service levels will not be delayedcomply with such laws or that additional systems issueswe will not arisebe able to take advantage of any resulting business opportunities.

Furthermore, in general before we can sell a new medical device or market a new use of or claim for an existing product, we must obtain clearance or approval before marketing the product unless an exemption applies. For instance, in the future.U.S., FDA regulations are wide ranging and govern, among other things, product design, development, manufacturing and testing; product labeling and product storage. It takes significant time, effort and expense to obtain and maintain clearances or approvals of products and services from governmental regulators such as the FDA, and there is no guarantee we will successfully or timely obtain or maintain approvals in all or any of the countries in which we do business. In other countries, the requirements, time, effort and expense to obtain and maintain similar marketing authorizations may differ materially from those of the FDA. Moreover, these laws may change, resulting in additional time and expense or loss of market access. If approvals to market our products or services are delayed, we may be unable to offer them in markets we deem important to our business. Additionally, failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements could result in enforcement actions with sanctions including, among other things, fines, civil penalties and criminal prosecution. Failure or delays to obtain or maintain regulatory approvals or to comply with regulatory requirements may materially harm our domestic or international operations, and adversely impact our business.

We and certain of our vendors must also comply with facility registration and product listing requirements of regulators and adhere to applicable Quality System regulations. The FDA enforces its Quality System regulations through periodic unannounced inspections. Failure to adequately protect and maintain the integrity of our information systems and data maysatisfactorily correct an adverse inspection finding or to comply with applicable manufacturing regulations can result in enforcement actions, we may be required to find alternative manufacturers, which could be a long and costly process and may cause reputational harm. Enforcement actions by regulators could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, resultsbusiness.

31


We are also subject to anti-corruption and anti-bribery (“ABAC”) laws such as the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act ("FCPA") and the U.K. Bribery Act of operations2010, which generally prohibit corrupt payments to foreign officials for the purpose of obtaining or keeping business, securing an advantage and cash flows.directing business to another. To comply with ABAC laws, regulators require the maintenance of accurate books and records and a system of internal accounting controls. Under the FCPA, we may be held liable for any corrupt actions taken by directors, officers, employees, agents, or other strategic or local partners or representatives.

If the security ofIn addition, while we have policies requiring our customer and patient information is compromised or we are unablepersonnel to comply with applicable laws and regulations and we provide significant training to foster compliance, they may not properly adhere to our policies or applicable laws or regulations, including such as our policies on the use of certain electronic communications and maintaining accurate books and records. If our personnel or the personnel of our agents or suppliers fail to comply with any laws, regulations, policies or procedures, or we fail to audit and enforce compliance, it could subject us to harm to our reputation, loss of customers, loss or revenues, or regulatory investigations, actions and fines.

Security breaches, data breaches, cyber attacks, other cybersecurity incidents or the failure to comply with privacy, security and data protection laws could materially impact our operations, patient care could suffer, and we could be liable for related damages, and our business, operations and reputation could be impaired.harmed.

We retain confidential customer personal and financial, as well as patient health information and our own proprietary information and data essential to our business operations. We rely upon the effective operation of our IT systems, and those of our service providers, vendors, and other third parties to safeguard the information and data. Additionally, our success may be dependent on the success of healthcare providers, many of whom are comprised of individual or small operations with limited IT experience and inadequate or untested security protocols, in our processing centers. Therefore, itmanaging data privacy and data security requirements. It is critical that the facilities, infrastructure and IT systems on which we depend to run our facilitiesbusiness and infrastructurethe products we develop remain secure and are alsobe perceived by the marketplace and our customers to be secure. Despite the implementation of security features in our products and security measures we have experienced breaches in the pastour IT systems, we and our infrastructure mayservice providers, vendors, and other third parties continue to be vulnerabletargeted by or subject to physical break-ins, computer viruses or other malicious code, unauthorized or fraudulent access, programming errors or other technical malfunctions, hacking or phishing attacks, by third parties,malware, ransomware, employee error or malfeasance, cyber attacks, and other breaches of IT systems or similar disruptive problems. Ifactions, including by organized groups and nation-state actors. For example, we failhave experienced, and may again experience in the future, cybersecurity incidents and unauthorized internal employee exfiltration of company information.

Further, the frequency of third-party cyber-attacks has increased over the last several years.The military conflict in Ukraine may cause nation-state actors or hackers sympathetic to meeteither side of the conflict to carry out cyber-attacks to achieve their goals, which may include espionage, information gathering operations, monetary gain, ransomware, disruption, and destruction. To respond to potential increases in cyber-attacks, in 2022, we increased efforts to identify and respond to any attacks, including placing our customercybersecurity operations team on high alert. Significant service disruptions, breaches in our infrastructure and patients’ expectations regarding the security of customer and patient information, weIT systems or other cybersecurity incidents could be liable for damages andexpose us to litigation or regulatory investigations, impair our reputation and competitive position, could be impaired.distracting to our management, and require significant time and resources to address. Affected parties or regulatory agencies could initiate legal or regulatory action against us, which could prevent us from resolving the issues quickly or force us to resolve them in unanticipated ways, cause us to incur significant expense and liability, or result in judicial or governmental orders forcing us to cease operations or modify our business practices.practices in ways that could materially limit or restrict the products and services we provide. Concerns over our privacy practices could adversely affect others’ perception of us and deter customers, advertiserspatients and partners from using our products. In addition, patient care could suffer, and we could be liable if our products or IT systems fail to deliver correctaccurate and complete information in a timely manner. We have internal monitoring and detection systems as well as cybersecurity and other forms of insurance coverage related to a breach event covering expenses for notification, credit monitoring, investigation, crisis management, public relations and legal advice. The policy also provides coverage for regulatory action defense including fines and penalties, potential payment card industry fines and penalties and costs related to cyber extortion; however, damageHowever, damages and claims arising from such incidents may not be covered or may exceed the amount of any coverage.coverage and do not cover the time and effort we may incur investigating and responding to any incidents, which may be material.The costs to eliminate, mitigate or recover from security problems and cyber attacks and incidents could be material and depending on the nature and extent of the problem and the networks or products impacted, may result in network or systems interruptions, decreased product sales, or data loss that may have a material impact on our operations, net revenues and operating results.

Additionally, our globally-dispersed installed base of iTero intraoral scanners at customer, strategic business partner or other locations may be independently or collectively the target of a cybersecurity incident or attack or subject to the intrusion of a virus, bug, or other similar negative intruder. Due to the large and growing number of these decentralized locations, we may not be able to, or not have the capacity, knowledge, or infrastructure to, respond to or remedy a cybersecurity issue in a timely manner, which may cause loss or damage to us or our customers or strategic business partners or may cause further malfunctions in, or damage to, our servers, databases, systems or products and services, loss or damage of our data, interruption or temporary cessation of our operations, or an overall negative impact to our business or reputation.

32


We are also subject to federal, state and foreign laws and regulations, including regulations affecting the security and privacy of patient healthcare information applicable to healthcare providers and their business associates, such as HIPAA, ones relating to privacy, data security and protection, content regulation, and consumer protection.protection, among others. We may be or becomeare subject to various national and regional data localization or data residency laws such as the General Data Protection Regulation in the EU and analogous laws in China which generally require that certain types of data collected within a country be stored and processed only within that country or approved countries. Some countries including Russia and China, have enacted, and othersother countries are considering enacting similar data localization or data residency laws. If countriesWe have and likely will again in which we have customers adopt data localization or data residency laws, we couldthe future be required to implement new or expand existing data storage protocols, build new storage facilities, and/or devote additional resources to comply with the requirements of such laws, any of which could have significant cost implications.be costly. We mayare also be subject to data export restrictions orand international transfer laws which prohibit or impose conditions upon the transfer of such data from one country to another. These laws and regulations are constantly evolving and may be interpreted, applied, created or amended in a manner that could adversely affect our business.

In addition,Our business exposes us to potential liability for the quality and safety of our products and services, how we mustadvertise and market those products and services and how and to whom we sell them, and we may incur substantial expenses or be found liable for substantial damages or penalties if we are subject to claims or litigation.

Our products and services involve an inherent risk of claims concerning their design, manufacture, safety and performance, how they are marketed and advertised in a complex framework of highly regulated domestic and international laws and regulations, how we package, bundle or sell them to customers who may be private individuals or companies or public entities such as hospitals and clinics and how we train and support doctors, their staffs and patients who administer or use our products. Moreover, consumer products and services are routinely subject to claims of false, deceptive or misleading advertising, consumer fraud and unfair business practices. Additionally, we may be held liable if any product we develop or manufacture or services we offer or perform causes injury or is otherwise found unhealthy. If our products are safe but they are promoted for use or used in unintended or unexpected ways or for which we have not obtained clearance or approvals (“off-label” usage), we may be investigated, fined or have our products or services enjoined or approvals rescinded or we may be required to defend ourselves in litigation. Although we maintain insurance for product liability, business practices and other types of activities we make or offer, coverage may not be available on acceptable terms, if at all, and may be insufficient for actual liabilities. Any claim for product liability, sales, advertising and business practices, regardless of its merit or eventual outcome, could result in material legal defense costs and damage our reputation, increase our expenses and divert management’s attention.

Increased focus on current and anticipated environmental, social and governance (“ESG”) laws and increased scrutiny of our ESG policies and practices may materially increase our costs, expose us to potential liability, adversely impact our reputation, employee retention, willingness of customers and suppliers to do business with us and willingness of investors to invest in us.

Our operations are subject to a variety of existing local, regional and global ESG laws and regulations, and we will likely be required to comply with numerous data protectionnew, broader, more complex and more costly laws and regulations that focus on ESG matters. Our compliance obligations will likely span all aspects of our business and operations, including product design and development, materials sourcing and other procurement activities, product packaging, product safety, energy and natural resources usage, facilities design and utilization, recycling and collection, transportation, disposal activities and workers’ rights.

Environmental regulations related to greenhouse gases are expected to have an increasingly larger impact on our or our suppliers’ energy sources. Many U.S. and foreign regulators have enacted or are considering enacting new or additional disclosure requirements or limits on the emissions of greenhouse gases, including, but not limited to, carbon dioxide and methane, from power generation units using fossil fuels. The effects of greenhouse gas emission limits on power generation are subject to significant uncertainties, including the timing of any new requirements, levels of emissions reductions and the scope and types of emissions regulated. These limits may have the effect of increasing our costs and those of our suppliers and could result in manufacturing, transportation and supply chain disruptions and delays if clean energy alternatives are not readily available in adequate amounts when required. Moreover, alternative energy sources, coupled with reduced investments in traditional energy sources and infrastructure, may fail to provide the predictable, reliable, and consistent energy that span from individual statewe, our suppliers and national lawsother businesses need for operations.

Regulations related to sourcing of certain metals may have an impact on our business. For instance, the sourcing and availability of metals that may be used in the U.S. to multinational requirementsmanufacture of, or contained in, the EU. In the EU, we must comply with the General Data Protection Regulation (“GDPR”) which serves as a harmonization of European data-privacy laws. We believe we have designed our product and service offerings toproducts may be compliant with the requirements of applicable data protectionaffected by laws and regulations. Maintaining systemsregulations regarding the use of minerals obtained from certain regions of the world like the Democratic Republic of Congo and adjoining countries. Although we do not believe that we or our suppliers source minerals from this region, these laws and regulations may decrease the number of suppliers capable of supplying our needs for certain metals, thereby negatively affecting our ability to manufacture products in sufficient quantities or at competitive prices, leading customers to potentially choose competitive goods and services.

33


Meeting our obligations under existing ESG laws, rules, or regulations is already costly to us and our suppliers, and we expect those costs to increase as new laws are compliantenacted, possibly materially. Additionally, we expect regulators to perform investigations, inspections and periodically audit our compliance with these laws and regulations, isand we cannot provide assurance that our efforts or operations will be compliant. If we fail to comply with any requirements, we could be subject to significant penalties or liabilities and we may be required to implement new and materially more costly processes and procedures to come into compliance. Further these laws are subject to unpredictable changes. Even if we successfully comply with these laws and regulations, our suppliers may fail to comply. We may also suffer financial and reputational harm if customers require, and we are unable to deliver, certification that our products are conflict free. In all of these situations, customers may stop purchasing products from us, and may take legal action against us, which could require complex changesharm our reputation, revenues and results of operations.

Investor advocacy groups, institutional investors, investment funds, proxy advisory services, stockholders, and customers are also increasingly focused on corporate ESG practices. Additionally, public interest and legislative pressure related to public companies’ ESG practices continues to grow. If our ESG practices fail to meet investor or other industry stakeholders' evolving expectations and standards, including environmental stewardship, support for local communities, board of director and employee diversity, human capital management, employee health and safety practices, product quality, supply chain management, corporate governance and transparency and employing ESG strategies in the way weour operations, our brand, reputation and employee retention may be negatively impacted, customers and suppliers may be unwilling to do business or provide services to our customerswith us and their patients. Additionally, our successinvestors may be dependent on the success of healthcare providersunwilling to invest in managing data protection requirements.



us. In orderaddition, as we work to deepenalign our market penetration and raise awareness of our brand and products,ESG practices with industry standards, we have increasedexpanded and will likely continue to expand our disclosures in these areas. We also expect to incur additional costs and require additional resources to monitor, report, and comply with our various ESG practices. If we fail to adopt ESG standards or practices as quickly as stakeholders desire, report on our ESG efforts or practices accurately, or satisfy the amount we spend on marketing activities, which may not ultimately prove successful or an effective use of our resources.

To increase awareness of our products and services domestically and internationally, we have increased the amount we spend, and anticipate spending in the future on marketing activities. Our marketing efforts and costs are significant and include national and regional campaigns involving television, print media, social media and, more recently, alliances with professional sports teamsdisclosure and other strategic partners. We attempt to structureexpectations of stakeholders, our advertising campaigns in ways we believe most likely to increase brand awarenessreputation, business, financial performance, growth, and adoption; however, there is no assurance our campaigns will achieve the returns on advertising spend desired or successfully increase brand or product awareness sufficiently to sustain or increase our growth goals, which could have an adverse effect on our gross margin and business overall.stock price may be adversely impacted.

Intellectual Property Risks

Our success depends in part on our proprietary technology, and if we are unablefail to successfully obtain or enforce our intellectual property (“IP”) rights, our competitive position may be harmed. Litigating claims of this type is costly and could distract our management and cause a decline in our results of operations and stock price.


Our success depends in part on our ability to maintain existing intellectual propertyIP rights and to obtain and maintain further intellectual propertyIP protection for our products, both in the U.S. and in other countries.products. Our inability to do so could harm our competitive position.
For further details concerning our patents and other intellectual property, please see “Intellectual Property” in Part I, Item 1. Business” of this annual report on Form 10-K.

We intend to rely on our portfolio of issued and pending patent applications in the U.S. and in other countries to protect a large part of our intellectual propertyIP and our competitive position; however, these patents may be insufficient to protect our currently pending or future patent filings may not result in the issuance of patents. Additionally, anyIP rights because our patents issued to us may be challenged, invalidated, held unenforceable, circumvented, or may not be sufficiently broad to prevent third parties from producing competing products similar in design to our products. In addition, any protection afforded byproducts and foreign patents protections may be more limited than thatthose provided under U.S. patents and intellectual propertyIP laws. CertainAdditionally, international IP rights laws are typically less protective than the protections afforded under the laws of the U.S.

Additionally, we may fail to timely file a patent application, or any of our keypatent applications may not result in an issued patent or the scope of the patent ultimately issued may be narrower than we initially sought. We may not be afforded the protection of a patent if our currently pending or future patent filings do not result in the issuance of patents beganor we fail to expire in 2017, which have resulted in increased competitionapply for patent protection. We may fail to apply for a patent if our personnel fail to disclose or recognize new patentable ideas or innovations. Remote working can decrease the opportunities for our personnel to collaborate, thereby reducing the opportunities for effective invention disclosures and less expensive competitive products. patent application filings. We may choose not to file a foreign patent application if the limited protections provided by a foreign patent do not outweigh the costs to obtain it.

We also rely on protection ofprotect our IP through copyrights, trademarks, trade secrets, know-how and proprietary information.confidentiality obligations. We generally enter into confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants and our collaborative partners upon commencement of a relationship with us; however,us. However, despite the existence of these protections, we have experienced incidents in which our proprietary information has been misappropriated and believe it could be misappropriated again in the future. If these agreements maydo not provide meaningful protection against the unauthorized use or disclosure of our trade secrets or other confidential information, and adequate remedies may not exist ifto prevent unauthorized useuses or disclosure were to occur. disclosures.

Our inability to maintain the proprietary nature of our technology through patents, copyrights or trade secrets would impair our competitive advantages and could have a material adverse effect on our operating results, financial condition and future growth prospects. In particular, a failure to protect our proprietaryIP rights might allow competitors to copy our technology or create counterfeit or pirated versions of our products, which could adversely affect our reputation, pricing and market share. In addition, in an effort

Litigation regarding our IP rights, rights claimed by third parties, or IP litigation by any vendors on whose products or services we rely for our products and services may impact our ability to protect our intellectual property we are currently, have in the past been, and may in the future be involved in litigation. The potential effects ongrow our business, adversely impact our results of operations resulting fromand adversely impact our reputation.

34


Extensive litigation that we may participateover patents and other IP rights is common in the future, whether or not ultimately determined inmedical device, optical scanner, 3D printing and other technologies and industries on which our favor or settled by us,products and services are costly and divert the efforts and attention of our management and technical personnel from normal business operations.

based. Litigation, interferences, oppositions, re-exams, inter partes reviews, post grant reviews or other proceedings are, have been necessary and maywill likely be needed in the future be necessary in some instances to determine the validity and scope of certain of our proprietaryIP rights and in other instancesthe IP rights claimed by third parties. These proceedings are used to determine the validity, scope or non-infringement of certain patent rights claimed by third parties to be pertinent to the manufacture, use or sale of our products. Litigation, interference, oppositions, re-exams, inter partes reviews, post grant reviews, administrative challengesproducts and the products of competitors. We have been sued for infringement of third parties’ patents in the past and we are currently defending patent infringement lawsuits and other legal claims. In addition, we periodically receive letters from third parties drawing our attention to their IP rights and there may be other third-party IP rights of which we are presently unaware. Asserting or other similardefending these types of proceedings arecan be unpredictable, and may be protracted, time-consuming, expensive and distracting to management. The outcome of such proceedingsmanagement and technical personnel. Their outcomes could adversely affect the validity and scope of our patent or other proprietaryIP rights, hinder our ability to manufacture and market our products, require us to seek a license for the infringed productinfringing products or technologytechnologies or result in the assessment of significant monetary damages. An unfavorable ruling could include monetary damages, or, in cases where injunctive relief is sought, an injunction prohibiting us from selling our products. Anyproducts, or an exclusion order preventing us from importing our products in one or more countries. Moreover, independent actions by competitors, customers or others have been brought alleging that our efforts to enforce our patent or other IP rights constitute unfair competition or violations of these resultsantitrust laws in the U.S. and other jurisdictions and investigations and additional litigation based on the same or similar claims may be brought in the future. The potential effects on our business operations resulting from litigation, whether or not ultimately determined in our litigationfavor or settled by us, are costly and could adverselymaterially affect our results of operations and stock price.reputation.

Obtaining approvalsFinancial, Tax and complying with regulations enforced by the FDA and foreign regulatory authorities is an expensive and time-consuming process, and any failure to obtainAccounting Risks

If our goodwill or maintain approvals for our products or services or failure to comply with regulations could materially harm our sales, result in substantial penalties and cause harm to our reputation.

Our products are considered medical devices and are subject to extensive and widely varying regulations in the U.S. and internationally. Before we can sell a new medical device in the U.S., or market a new use of or claim for an existing product, we must obtain FDA clearance or approval unless an exemption applies. Internationally, similar requirements apply on a country by country basis. In the U.S., FDA regulations are wide ranging and govern, among other things:

product design, development, manufacturing and testing;


product labeling;
product storage;
pre-market clearance or approval;
complaint handling and corrective actions;
advertising and promotion; and
product sales and distribution.

It takes significant time, effort and expense to obtain and maintain FDA approvals of our products and services. In other countries, the requirements to obtain and maintain similar approvals may differ materially from those of the FDA. Moreover, there is no guarantee we will successfully obtain or maintain approvals in all or any of the countries in which we do business now or in the future. Even if we are successful, the time and effort may take significantly longer, and costs may be significantly greater.  If approvals to market our products or services are delayed, whether in the U.S. or other countries, we may be unable to market our products or services in markets we deem important to our business. Were any of these risks to occur, our domestic or international operations may be materially harmed, and our business as a whole adversely impacted.

In addition, our failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements could result in enforcement actions in the U.S. and other countries. For example, enforcement actions by the FDA may include any of the following sanctions:

warning letters, fines, injunctions, consent decrees and civil penalties;
repair, replacement, refunds, recall or seizure of our products;
operating restrictions or partial suspension or total shutdown of production;
refusing our requests for 510(k) clearance or pre-market approval of new products, new intended uses, or modifications to existing products;
withdrawing clearance or pre-market approvals that have already been granted; and
criminal prosecution.

We must also comply with facility registration and product listing requirements of the FDA and adhere to applicable Quality System regulations. The FDA enforces its Quality System regulations through periodic unannounced inspections. Our failure to take satisfactory corrective action in response to an adverse inspection or the failure to comply with applicable manufacturing regulations could result in enforcement action, andlong-lived assets become impaired, we may be required to find alternative manufacturers,record a material charge to earnings.

Under U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Practices (“GAAP”), we review our goodwill and long-lived asset group for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. Additionally, goodwill must be tested for impairment at least annually. The qualitative and quantitative analysis used to test goodwill are dependent upon various assumptions and reflect management’s best estimates. Changes in certain assumptions, including revenue growth rates, discount rates, earnings multiples and future cash flows may cause a change in circumstances indicating that the carrying value of goodwill or the asset group may be impaired and assessing these assumptions and predicting and forecasting future events can be difficult. Goodwill and purchased assets require periodic fair value assessments to determine if they have become impaired. Consequently, we may be required to record a material charge to earnings in the financial statements during the period in which any impairment of goodwill or long-lived asset group is determined.

Changes in, or interpretations of, accounting rules and regulations, could be a long and costly process. Any enforcement actionresult in unfavorable accounting charges.

We prepare our consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP. These principles are subject to interpretation by the FDASEC and various bodies formed to interpret and create appropriate accounting policies. A change in these policies or foreign governmentsin the way these policies are interpreted by us or regulators could have a material adverse effect on us.our reported results and may even retroactively affect previously reported financial statements.

The sourcing and availability of metals used in the manufacture of a limited number of parts (if any) contained in our products may be affected by laws and regulations in the U.S. or internationally regarding the use of minerals obtained from certain regions of the world like the Democratic Republic of Congo and adjoining countries. These laws and regulations may decrease the number of suppliers capable of supplying our needs for certain metals, thereby negatively affecting our ability to obtain products in sufficient quantities or at competitive prices. We may furthermore suffer financial and reputational harm if customers require, and we are unable to deliver, certification that our products are conflict free. Regardless, we will incur additional costs associated with compliance with these laws and regulations, including time-consuming and costly efforts to determine the source of any conflict minerals used in our products.

We are required to annually assess our internal control over financial reporting and any future adverse results from such assessment couldmay result in a loss of investor confidence in our financial reports and have an adverseadversely effect on our stock price.

We have implemented and routinely assess, update and refine our internal control over financial reporting for its effectiveness. Pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC, we are required to furnish in our Form 10-K a report by our management regarding the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. The reportreporting that includes, among other things, an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of the end of our fiscal year, including a statement as to whether or not our internal control over financial reporting is effective. This assessment must include disclosure of any material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting identified by management. Our internal controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions including changes in personnel, updates and upgrades to existing software, including our ERP software system,failure to maintain accurate books and records, changes in accounting standards or interpretations of existing standards, and, as a result, the degree of compliance of our internal control over financial reporting with the existing policies or procedures may become ineffective. Establishing, testing and maintaining an effective system of internal control over financial reporting requires significant resources and time commitments on the part of our management and our finance staff, may require additional staffing and infrastructure investments and increases our costs of doing business. If we are unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective in any future period (or if our auditors are unable to express an opinion on the effectiveness of our internal controls or conclude that our internal controls are ineffective), the timely filing of our financial reports could be delayed or we could be required to restate past reports, and cause us to lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness


of our financial reports in the future, which could have an adverse effect on our stock price.
If we lose our key personnel or are unable to attract and retain key personnel, we may be unable to pursue business opportunities or develop our products.

We are highly dependent on the key employees in our clinical engineering, technology development, sales, training and marketing personnel and management teams. The loss of the services provided by those individuals may significantly delay or prevent the achievement of our product development and other business objectives and could harm our business. Our future success will also depend on our ability to identify, recruit, train and retain additional qualified personnel, including orthodontists and production technicians in our treatment planning facilities. Few orthodontists are accustomed to working in a manufacturing environment since they are generally trained to work in private practices, universities and other research institutions. Thus, we may be unable to attract and retain personnel with the advanced qualifications necessary for the further development of our business. Furthermore, we may not be successful in retaining our key personnel or their services. If we are unable to attract and retain key personnel, our business could be materially harmed.

If we infringe the patents or proprietary rights of other parties or are subject to a patent infringement claim, our ability to grow our business may be severely limited.

Extensive litigation over patents and other intellectual property rights is common in the medical device industry. We have been sued for infringement of third party’s patents in the past and we may be the subject of patent or other litigation in the future. We periodically receive and may in the future receive letters from third parties drawing our attention to their patent rights. While we do not believe we infringe upon any valid and enforceable rights that have been brought to our attention, there may be other more pertinent rights of which we are presently unaware. The defense and prosecution of intellectual property suits, interference proceedings and related legal and administrative proceedings could result in substantial expense to us and significant diversion of effort by our technical and management personnel. An adverse determination of any litigation or interference proceeding to which we may become a party could subject us to significant liabilities. An adverse determination of this nature could also put our patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly or require us to seek licenses from third parties. Licenses may not be available on commercially reasonable terms or at all, in which event, our business would be materially adversely affected.

We maintain single supply relationships for certain key machines and materials, and our business and operating results could be harmed if supply is restricted or ends or the price of raw materials used in our manufacturing process increases.

We are highly dependent on manufacturers of specialized scanning equipment, rapid prototyping machines, resin and other advanced materials, as well as the optics, electronic and other mechanical components of our intraoral scanners. We maintain single supply relationships for many of these machines and materials technologies. In particular, our CT scanning and stereolithography equipment used in our aligner manufacturing and many of the critical components for the optics of our scanners are provided by single suppliers. We are also committed to purchasing the vast majority of our resin and polymer, the primary raw materials used in our manufacturing process for clear aligners, from a single source. If these or other suppliers encounter financial, operating or other difficulties or if our relationship with them changes, we may be unable to quickly establish or qualify replacement sources of supply and could face production interruptions, delays and inefficiencies. In addition, technology changes by our vendors could disrupt access to required manufacturing capacity or require expensive, time consuming development efforts to adapt and integrate new equipment or processes. Our growth may exceed the capacity of one or more of these manufacturers to produce the needed equipment and materials in sufficient quantities to support our growth. Conversely, in order to secure supplies for production of products, we sometimes enter into non-cancelable minimum purchase commitments with vendors, which could impact our ability to adjust our inventory to reflect declining market demands. If demand for our products is less than we expect, we may experience additional excess and obsolete inventories and be forced to incur additional charges and our profitability may suffer. In the event of technology changes, delivery delays, or shortages of or increases in price for these items, our business and growth prospects may be harmed.

We depend on a single contract manufacturer and supplier of parts used in our iTero scanner and any disruption in this relationship may cause us to fail to meet the demands of our customers and damage our customer relationships.

We rely on a third-party manufacturer to supply key sub-assemblies for our iTero Element scanner. As a result, if this manufacturer fails to deliver its components, if we lose its services or if we fail to negotiate or maintain acceptable terms, we may be unable to deliver our products in a timely manner and our business may be harmed. Furthermore, any difficulties encountered by this manufacturer with respect to hiring personnel and maintaining acceptable manufacturing standards, controls, procedures and policies could disrupt our ability to timely deliver our products. Finding a substitute manufacturer may be expensive, time-consuming or impossible and could result in a significant interruption in the supply of our intraoral scanning products. Any failure by our contract manufacturer that results in delays in our fulfillment of customer orders may cause us to lose revenues and suffer damage to our customer relationships.



We primarily rely on our direct sales force to sell our products, and any failure to train and maintain our direct sales force could harm our business.

Our ability to sell our products and generate revenues primarily depends upon our direct sales force within our Americas and International markets. We do not have any long-term employment contracts with our direct sales force and the loss of the services provided by these key personnel may harm our business. In order to provide more comprehensive sales and service coverage, we continue to increase the size of our sales force to pursue growth opportunities within and outside of our existing geographic markets. Moreover, as we focus on market penetration, we have begun to segregate sales personnel to focus on specific markets such as orthodontists and GPs. To adequately train new representatives to successfully market and sell our products and for them to establish strong customer relationships can take up to twelve months or more. As a result, if we are unable to retain our direct sales personnel or quickly replace them with individuals of equivalent technical expertise and qualifications, if we are unable to successfully instill technical expertise in new and existing sales representatives, if we fail to establish and maintain strong relationships with our customers, or if our efforts at specializing our selling techniques do not prove successful and cost-effective, our net revenues and our ability to maintain market share could be materially harmed. In addition, due to our large and fragmented customer base, we may not be able to provide all of our customers with product support immediately upon the launch of a new product. As a result, adoption of new products by our customers may be slower than anticipated and our ability to grow market share and increase our net revenues may be harmed.

As compliance with healthcare regulations becomes more costly and difficult for us or our customers, we may be unable to grow our business.

Participants in the healthcare industry are subject to extensive and frequently changing regulations under numerous laws administered by governmental entities at the federal, state and local levels, some of which are, and others of which may be, applicable to our business.

Furthermore, our healthcare provider customers are also subject to a wide variety of laws and regulations that could affect the nature and scope of their relationships with us. The healthcare market itself is highly regulated and subject to changing political, economic and regulatory influences. Regulations implemented pursuant to the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (“HIPAA”), including regulations affecting the security and privacy of patient healthcare information held by healthcare providers and their business associates may require us to make significant and unplanned enhancements of software applications or services, result in delays or cancellations of orders, or result in the revocation of endorsement of our products and services by healthcare participants. The effect of HIPAA and newly enforced regulations on our business is difficult to predict, and there can be no assurance that we will adequately address the business risks created by HIPAA and its implementation or that we will be able to take advantage of any resulting business opportunities.

Extensive and changing government regulation of the healthcare industry may be expensive to comply with and exposes us to the risk of substantial government penalties.

In addition to medical device laws and regulations, numerous state and federal healthcare-related laws regulate our business, covering areas such as:

storage, transmission and disclosure of medical information and healthcare records;
prohibitions against the offer, payment or receipt of remuneration to induce referrals to entities providing healthcare services or goods or to induce the order, purchase or recommendation of our products; and
the marketing and advertising of our products.

Complying with these laws and regulations could be expensive and time-consuming and could increase our operating costs or reduce or eliminate certain of our sales and marketing activities or our revenues.

Our business exposes us to potential product liability claims, and we may incur substantial expenses if we are subject to product liability claims or litigation.

Medical devices involve an inherent risk of product liability claims and associated adverse publicity. We may be held liable if any product we develop or any product that uses or incorporates any of our technologies causes injury or is otherwise found unhealthy or unsuitable. Although we intend to continue to maintain product liability insurance, adequate insurance may not be available on acceptable terms, if at all, and may not provide adequate coverage against potential liabilities. A product liability claim, regardless of its merit or eventual outcome, could result in significant legal defense costs and damage our reputation. These costs would have the effect of increasing our expenses and diverting management’s attention away from the operation of our business and could harm our business.



Business disruptions could seriously harm our future revenue and financial condition and increase our costs and expenses.

Our global operations may be disrupted by natural or human induced disasters including, earthquakes, tsunamis, floods, drought, hurricanes, typhoons, wildfires, extreme weather conditions, power shortages, telecommunications failures, materials scarcity and price volatility, and medical epidemics or health pandemics. Climate change may increase both the frequency and severity of natural disasters and, consequently, risks to our operations and growth. The occurrence of business disruptions could harm our growth and expansion, result in significant losses, seriously harm our revenue, profitability and financial condition, adversely affect our competitive position, increase our costs and expenses, and require substantial expenditures and recovery time in order to fully resume operations. Our digital dental modeling is primarily processed in our facility located in San Jose, Costa Rica. The operations team in Costa Rica creates ClinCheck treatment plans using sophisticated computer software. In addition, our customer facing operations are located in Costa Rica. Our aligner molds and finished aligners are fabricated in Juarez, Mexico and, we have and are building additional facilities in China. Both locations in Costa Rica and Mexico are in earthquake zones and may be subject to other natural disasters. If there is a major earthquake or any other natural disaster in a region where one of these facilities is located, our ability to create ClinCheck treatment plans, respond to customer inquiries or manufacture and ship our aligners could be compromised which could result in our customers experiencing significant delays receiving their aligners and a decrease in service levels for a period of time. Additionally, our sales and operations in China have been impacted and are likely to continue to be disrupted as a result of the Novel Coronavirus outbreak. Moreover, our corporate headquarters and a portion of our research and development activities are located in California, which suffers from earthquakes, periodic droughts, and wildfires affecting the health and safety of our employees. Any such business interruptions could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Changes in, or interpretations of, accounting rules and regulations, could result in unfavorable accounting charges.

We prepare our consolidated financial statements in conformity with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in the U.S. ("GAAP"). These principles are subject to interpretation by the SEC and various bodies formed to interpret and create appropriate accounting policies. A change in these policies or in the way these policies are interpreted by us or regulators can have a significant effect on our reported results and may even retroactively affect previously reported transactions.

If we fail to manage our exposure to global financial and securities market riskrisks successfully, our operating results and financial statements could be materially impacted.

The primary objective of our investment activities is to preserve principal. To achieve this objective, aA majority of our marketable investments are investment grade, liquid, fixed-income securities and money market instruments denominated in U.S. dollars. If the carrying value of our investmentsan investment exceeds the fair value, and the decline in fair value is deemed to be other-than-temporary, we will beare required to write down the value of our investments,the investment, which could materially harm our results of operations and financial condition. Moreover, the performance of certain securities in our investment
35


portfolio correlates with the credit condition of the U.S. financial sector. In an unstable credit or economic environment, it is necessary to assess the value of our investments more frequently and we might incur significantmaterial realized, unrealized or impairment losses associated with these investments.

If our goodwill or long-lived assets become impaired, we may be required to record a significant charge to earnings.

Under GAAP, we review our goodwill and long-lived asset group for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. Additionally, goodwill is required to be tested for impairment at least annually. The qualitative and quantitative analysis used to test goodwill are dependent upon various assumptions and reflect management’s best estimates. Changes in certain assumptions including revenue growth rates, discount rates, earnings multiples and future cash flows may cause a change in circumstances indicating that the carrying value of goodwill or the asset group may be impaired. We may be required to record a significant charge to earnings in the financial statements during the period in which any impairment of goodwill or asset group are determined.

We may experience unexpected issues and expenses associated with our corporate structure reorganization, including the relocation of our EMEA regional headquarters to Switzerland.

We reorganized our corporate structure and intercompany relationships in January 2020 in an effort to more closely align our international business activities and to achieve financial and operational efficiencies. The implementation of this reorganization plan included the move of our EMEA regional headquarters from the Netherlands to Switzerland, has been time-consuming and costly, may be disruptive to our business, and, following completion of the reorganization plan, may not be more efficient or effective. This relocation is accompanied by a number of risks and uncertainties that may affect our results of operations and statement of cash flows, including:



failure to retain key employees who possess specific knowledge or expertise and upon whom we are depending upon for the timely and successful transition; 
difficulties in hiring employees in Switzerland with the necessary skills and expertise; and
increased costs as we transition the operations to Switzerland along with higher costs of doing business in Switzerland.

If any of these risks materialize in the future, our operating results, statement of operations and cash flows may be adversely affected.

Our effective tax rate may vary significantly from period to period.

Align operates globally and is subject to taxes in the U.S. and foreign countries. Various internal and external factors may have favorable or unfavorable effects onaffect our future effective tax rate. These factors include but are not limited to, changes in the global economic environment, changes in our legal entity structure and/or activities performed within our entities, changes in our business operations, changes in tax laws, regulations and/or rates, new or changes to accounting pronouncements, changing interpretations of existing tax laws or regulations, changes in the relative proportions of revenues and income before taxes in the various jurisdictions in which we operate that have differing statutory tax rates, changes in overall levels of pretax earnings, the future levels of tax benefits of stock-based compensation, settlement of income tax audits and non-deductible goodwill impairments. For example, our

Our effective tax rate willis also dependent in part on forecasts of full year results which can vary significantly in our first quarter of fiscal 2020 due to the relocation of our EMEA regional headquarters from the Netherlands to Switzerland effective January 1, 2020. Also,materially. Furthermore, we may continue to experience significant variation in our effective tax rate related to excess tax benefits on stock-based compensation, particularly in the first quarter of each year when the majority of our equity awards vest.

Changes inNew tax laws and practices, changes to existing tax laws and practices, or disputes regarding the positions we take regarding tax rulingslaws, could negatively impactaffect our provision for income tax provision and net income.taxes as well as our ongoing operations.

As a U.S. multinational corporation, weWe are subject to changing tax laws both within and outside of the U.S. requiring significant judgment in determining our worldwide provision for income taxes. Changes in tax laws or tax rulings, or changes to how those laws are applied to our business in interpretations of existing tax laws,practice, could affect our incomethe amount of tax provisionto which we are subject and net income or require us to change the manner in which we operate our business. In addition, governmental tax authorities are increasingly scrutinizing the tax positions of companies. Many countries in Europe, as well as a number of other countries and organizations, have recently proposed or recommended changes to existing tax laws or have enacted new laws. For example,operate. Additionally, the Organization for Economic Cooperation and DevelopmentDevelopment’s (“OECD”) has been working on a “BaseBase Erosion and Profit Shifting Project,” which is focused on a number of issues, including the shifting of profits between affiliated entities(“BEPS”) project has resulted in different tax jurisdictions.considerable new reporting obligations worldwide as OECD member countries have implemented its guidance. The OECD has issuedcontinues to publish guidance pursuant to the BEPS and is expected to continue to issue, guidelines and proposals thatother projects which, if adopted by member countries, may change various aspects of the existing framework under whichaffect our tax obligations are determinedpositions in many of the countries in which we do business.

WeMoreover, the application of indirect taxes (such as sales and use tax (“SUT”), value-added tax (“VAT”), goods and services tax (“GST”), and other indirect taxes) to our operations is complex and evolving. U.S. states, local and foreign taxing jurisdictions have differing rules and regulations governing differing types of taxes, and these rules and regulations are subject to risks associated withvarying interpretations and exemptions that may change over time. We collect and remit SUT, VAT, GST and other taxes in many jurisdictions and we are routinely subject to audits. We are also routinely subject to audits regarding our strategic investments. Impairments in the value of our investmentstax reporting and unsecured promissory note could negatively impact our financial results.

We have invested in privately held companies for strategic reasonsremissions by local and to support key business initiatives,national government, and we may also be subject to audits in U.S. states, local and foreign jurisdictions for which we have not realize a return on our strategic investments. Many of such companies generate net losses andaccrued tax liabilities. The positions we take regarding taxes as well as the market for their products, servicesamounts we collect or technologiesremit may be slow to develop. Further, valuations of privately held companies are inherently complex due to the lack of readily available market data. If we determine that our investments have experienced a decline in value or are determined to be uncollectible,challenged and we may be requiredliable for failing to record impairmentscollect or remit all or any portion of taxes deemed owed or the taxes could exceed our estimates. One or more U.S. states or countries may seek to impose incremental or new sales, use, or other tax collection obligations on us or may determine that such taxes should have but have not been paid by us. If we dispute rulings or positions taken by tax authorities, we may incur expenses and expend significant time and effort to defend our positions, which couldmay be materialcostly.

On August 16, 2022, the Inflation Reduction Act of 2022 (“IRA”) was enacted. It contains numerous new U.S. federal tax law provisions, including a corporate alternative minimum tax on adjusted financial statement income and could have an adverseexcise tax on corporate stock repurchases, both effective after December 31, 2022. We continue to evaluate the IRA’s impact on our financial results.

Risks Related to our Common Stockbusiness, which may be material.

The application of existing, new, or future tax laws, and results of audits, whether in the U.S. or internationally, could harm our business. Furthermore, there have been and will continue to be substantial ongoing costs associated with complying with the various tax requirements and defending our positions in the numerous markets in which we conduct or will conduct business.

Historically, the market price for our common stock has been volatile.

The market price of our common stock could beis subject to widerapid and large price fluctuations in responseattributable to various factors, many of which are beyond our control. The factors include:

quarterly variations in our results of operations and liquidity or changes in our forecasts and guidance;
our ability to regain or sustain our historical growth rates;
changes in recommendations by the investment community or in their estimates of our net revenues or operating results;
speculation in the press or investment community concerningregarding estimates of our business andnet revenues, operating results of operations;or other performance indicators;
announcements by competitors or new market entrants;
strategic actions by us or our competitors such asor new market entrants, including strategic actions, management changes, and material transactions or acquisitions;
36


technical factors in the public trading markets for our stock that may produce price movements that may or may not comport with macro, industry or company-specific fundamentals, including, without limitation, the sentiment of retail investors (including as it may be expressed on financial trading and other social media sites), the amount and status of short interest in our securities, access to margin debt, trading in options and other derivatives on our common stock, fractional share trading, and other technical trading factors or strategies;
announcements regarding stock repurchases, sales or purchases of our common stock by us, our officers or directors, credit agreements and debt issuances;
announcements of technological innovations, new, additional or newrevised programs, business models, products or product offerings by us, our customers or competitors;
key decisions in pending litigation, new litigation, settlements, judgments or decrees; and
sales of stock by us, our officers or directors; and
general economic market conditions.conditions, including rising interest rates, inflationary pressures, recessions, consumer sentiment and demand, global political conflict and industry factors unrelated to our actual performance.



In addition, the stock market in general, and the market for technology and medical device companies, in particular, have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated to or disproportionate to thecorporate operating performance of those companies.performance. These broad market and industry factors may seriously harminclude market expectations of, or actual changes in, monetary policies that have the market pricegoal of our common stock, regardlesseasing or tightening interest rates such as the U.S. federal funds rate and austerity measures of our operating performance.governments intended to control budget deficits. Historically, securities litigation, including securities class action litigationlawsuits and securities derivative lawsuits, is often brought against an issuing companyissuer following periods of volatility in the market price of a company’sits securities and we have not been exceptedexempt from such litigation.

We cannot guarantee that we will continue to repurchase our common stock in the future, and any repurchases that we may make may not achieve our desired objectives.

We have a history of recurring stock repurchase programs intended to return capital to our investors. Any authorization or continuance of our shareFuture stock repurchase programs isare contingent on a variety of factors, including our financial condition, results of operations, business requirements, and our boardBoard of directors'Directors' continuing determination that sharestock repurchases are in the best interests of our stockholders and in compliance with all applicable laws and agreements. There is no assurance that we will continue to repurchaserepurchasing our common stock in the future, consistent with historical levels or at all, or that our stock repurchase programs will have a beneficial impact on our stock price. Additionally, the IRA, among other things, imposes a 1% excise tax on any domestic corporation that repurchases its stock after December 31, 2022, which will increase our cost to make repurchases and may impact if and how much stock we choose to repurchase in the future.

Future sales of significant amounts of our common stock may depress our stock price.

A largesignificant percentage of our outstanding common stock is currently owned by a small number of significant stockholders. These stockholders have sold in the past, and may sell in the future, large amounts of commonour stock over relatively short periods of time. Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market by our existing stockholders may adversely affect the market price of our common stock. Such sales could create publicstock by creating the perception of difficulties or problems with our business andthat may depress our stock price.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments.

None.

37


ITEM 1B.Item 2.UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTSProperties.

None.

ITEM 2.PROPERTIES

We occupy several leased and owned facilities. AtAs of December 31, 2019,2022, the significant facilities occupied were as follows:
LocationLease/OwnPrimary UseExpiration of Lease
Tempe, Arizona, U.S.A.LeaseOffice for corporate headquarters
San Jose, California, U.S.A.OwnOwnOffice for corporate headquarters, research & development and administrative personnelN/A
Raleigh, North Carolina, U.S.AU.S.A.OwnOwnOffice for Americas regional headquartersN/A
San Jose, Costa RicaLease and OwnOffice for administrative personnel, treatment personnel, and customer care
July 2023

Moscow, RussiaWroclaw, PolandLeaseOffice for research & developmentMarch 2024
Or Yehuda, Israel

Lease and OwnManufacturing and office for treatment and administrative personnel
Petah Tikva, IsraelLease and OwnManufacturing and office for research & development and administrative personnelFebruary 2022
Rotkreuz, SwitzerlandLeaseLeaseOffice for EMEA regional headquarters sales and marketing and administrative personnelJuly 2024
Juarez, MexicoOwnOwnManufacturing and office for administrative personnelN/A
Ziyang, ChinaLease and OwnOwnManufacturing and office for administrative personnelMay 2021

We believe our existing facilities are in good operating condition and are suitable for the conduct of our business. The facilities noted above are used mostly by all our reportable segments.

Item 3.Legal Proceedings.

For a discussion of legal proceedings, refer to Note 7 "Legal Proceedings" of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

ITEM 3.Item 4.LEGAL PROCEEDINGSMine Safety Disclosures.

ForNot applicable.
38


PART II

Item 5.Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.

Market Information

Our common stock is traded on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol ALGN. As of February 20, 2023, there were approximately 53 holders of record of our common stock. Because the majority of our shares of outstanding common stock are held by brokers and other institutions on behalf of stockholders, we are unable to estimate the total number of stockholders represented by these record holders.

Performance Graph

Notwithstanding any statement to the contrary in any of our previous or future filings with the SEC, the following information relating to the price performance of our common stock shall not be deemed “filed” with the SEC or “Soliciting Material” under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or subject to Regulation 14A or 14C, or to liabilities of Section 18 of the Exchange Act except to the extent we specifically request that such information be treated as soliciting material or to the extent we specifically incorporate this information by reference.

The graph below matches our cumulative 5-year total stockholder return on common stock with the cumulative total returns of the NASDAQ Composite index, the S&P 500 index and the S&P 1500 Composite Health Care Equipment & Supplies index. The graph tracks the performance of a discussion$100 investment in our common stock and each index (with the reinvestment of legal proceedings, referall dividends) from December 31, 2017 to December 31, 2022.
algn-20221231_g13.jpg
39


Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities

None.

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

The following table summarizes the stock repurchase activity for the three months ended December 31, 2022:

PeriodTotal Number of Shares PurchasedAverage Price Paid per ShareTotal Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Programs
Approximate Dollar Value of Shares that May Yet Be Purchased Under the Programs(1)
October 1, 2022 through October 31, 2022848,266 $188.62 848,266 $249,926,094 
November 1, 2022 through November 30, 2022— $— — $249,926,094 
December 1, 2022 through December 31, 2022— $— — $249,926,094 
Total848,266 848,266 

1 May 2021 Repurchase Program. On May 13, 2021, we announced that our Board of Directors had authorized a plan to repurchase up to $1.0 billion of our common stock. See Note 9 "Legal Proceedings"10 Common Stock Repurchase Programs” of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

for details on the May 2021 Repurchase Program.
ITEM 4.MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.Item 6.[Reserved]



PART II

ITEM 5.MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Market Information

As of February 21, 2020, there were approximately 70 holders of record of our common stock. Because the majority of our shares of outstanding common stock are held by brokers and other institutions on behalf of stockholders, we are unable to estimate the total number of stockholders represented by these record holders.

Performance Graph

Notwithstanding any statement to the contrary in any of our previous or future filings with the SEC, the following information relating to the price performance of our common stock shall not be deemed “filed” with the SEC or “Soliciting Material” under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or subject to Regulation 14A or 14C, or to liabilities of Section 18 of the Exchange Act except to the extent we specifically request that such information be treated as soliciting material or to the extent we specifically incorporate this information by reference.

The graph below matches our cumulative 5-year total stockholder return on common stock with the cumulative total returns of the NASDAQ Composite index, the S&P 500 and the S&P 1500 Composite Health Care Equipment & Supplies index. The graph tracks the performance of a $100 investment in our common stock, in the peer group, and the index (with the reinvestment of all dividends) from December 31, 2014 to December 31, 2019.


performancegrapha07.jpg


UNREGISTERED SALES OF EQUITY SECURITIES AND USE OF PROCEEDS

Following is a summary of stock repurchases for the three months ended December 31, 2019:
Period Total Number of Shares Repurchased Average Price Paid per Share Total Number of Shares Repurchased as Part of Publicly Announced Program 
Approximate Dollar Value of Shares that May Yet Be Repurchased Under the Program 1
October 1, 2019 through October 31, 2019 
 $
 
 $200,500,000
November 1, 2019 through November 30, 2019 388,510
 $258.67
 388,510
 $100,000,000
December 1, 2019 through December 31, 2019 
 $
 
 $100,000,000

1
In November 2019, we repurchased $100.5 million of our common stock on the open market. As of December 31, 2019, we have $100.0 million available for repurchase under the $600.0 million repurchase program authorized by our Board of Directors in May 2018 (Refer to Note 12 “Common Stock Repurchase Programs” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements).


ITEM 6.SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following selected consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes and Item 7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.  Operations.
 Fiscal Year
  2019 2018 
2017 2
 
2016 2
 2015
 (in thousands, except per share data)
Statement of Operations Data:         
Net revenues 
$2,406,796
 $1,966,492
 $1,473,413
 $1,079,874
 $845,486
Gross profit1,743,897
 1,447,867
 1,116,947
 815,294
 640,110
Income from operations 
542,493
 466,564
 353,611
 248,921
 188,634
Interest income12,482
 8,576
 6,948
 4,213
 2,938
Other income (expense), net7,676
 (8,489) 4,240
 (10,568) (5,471)
Net income before provision for income taxes and equity in losses of investee 
562,651
 466,651
 364,799
 242,566
 186,101
Provision for income taxes112,347
 57,723
 130,162
 51,200
 42,081
Equity in losses of investee, net of tax7,528
 8,693
 3,219
 1,684
 
Net income$442,776
 $400,235
 $231,418
 $189,682
 $144,020
Net income per share:         
Basic$5.57
 $5.00
 $2.89
 $2.38
 $1.80
Diluted$5.53
 $4.92
 $2.83
 $2.33
 $1.77
Shares used in computing net income per share:         
Basic79,424
 80,064
 80,085
 79,856
 79,998
Diluted80,100
 81,357
 81,832
 81,484
 81,521
Financial Position Data:         
Working capital 1
$662,449
 $610,406
 $658,316
 $597,772
 $460,338
Total assets2,500,702
 2,052,458
 1,784,009
 1,402,305
 1,158,633
Total long-term liabilities183,563
 107,494
 129,670
 46,427
 39,035
Stockholders’ equity$1,346,169
 $1,252,891
 $1,154,288
 $999,307
 $847,926

1
Working capital is calculated as the difference between total current assets and total current liabilities.

2
Balances have been recast to reflect the adoption of ASC 606. We recognized a $3.9 million cumulative effect upon adoption as an adjustment to our opening balance of retained earnings as of January 1, 2016 in our Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity. Refer to Note 1 "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for details).


ITEM 7.MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read together with “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

A discussion regarding our financial condition and results of operations for fiscal 20192022 compared to fiscal 20182021 is presented under Results of Operations of this Form 10-K. Discussions regarding our financial condition and results of operations for fiscal 20182021 compared to 20172020 have been omitted from this Annual Report on Form 10-K, but can be found in "Item"Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018,2021, filed with the SEC on February 28, 2019,25, 2022, which is available without charge on the SEC's website at www.sec.gov and on our investor relations website at investor.aligntech.com.

Overview

investor.aligntech.com.

Executive Overview of Results

Trends and Uncertainties

Our goalsbusiness strategic priorities remain focused on four principal pillars for growth: (i) international expansion; (ii) GP adoption; (iii) patient demand and conversion; and (iv) orthodontic utilization. Our growth strategy depends on our ability to facilitate the digital transformation of dentistry happening around the world, our continuous focus on innovation, and expansion to meet and exceed evolving customer expectations as the array of products and services available to them increases.

We strive to deliver on each of our strategic growth drivers through a variety of interrelated enterprise-wide efforts including:

Continuing penetration and adoption of Invisalign products, intraoral scanners and CAD/CAM solutions in international markets by investing in manufacturing operations, research and development, clinical treatment planning, sales and marketing and building our quality and regulatory capabilities in existing and emerging markets globally. For instance, in 2022, we opened a new aligner fabrication facility in Wroclaw, Poland as a part of our strategy to bring operational facilities closer to customers to serve them more quickly and respond to their needs more effectively as well as new treatment planning operations in targeted regional geographies. We also diversified our research and development activities throughout Europe in 2022, which has created a longer term, more stable environment for consistent hiring, retention and innovation in a variety of high technology sectors.

Targeting growth opportunities with international orthodontists and GP customers, particularly with adopters of digital dentistry platforms by tailoring our sales and marketing strategies, manufacturing operations and resources around the
40


unique needs of each customer channel. As we continue growing, we intend to opportunistically expand our research, development, manufacturing, treatment planning, and sales and marketing operations to meet local and regional demand thoughtfully and deliberately. Over the longer-term, we expect international revenues to grow faster than Americas' revenues as a result of growing international demand, our continued investment in international market expansion, the size of the market opportunities and our relatively low market penetration in these regions.

Building confidence within the GP and orthodontic communities through training and education efforts to increase their adoption and utilization of digital dental practice transformation and clear aligner treatment. Accordingly, we continue to expand our Invisalign customer base by educating new doctors on the benefits of digital dentistry through the Invisalign system and demonstrating to GPs and orthodontists how the iTero portfolio of intraoral scanners and CAD/CAM restorative services and workflows can increase revenues and profitability for their dental practices by enhancing patient experiences and creating operation practice efficiencies.

Investing in research and development that allows us to innovate, develop and bring to market products and solutions that deliver the ever-increasing clinical precision and predictability that doctors expect with the speed and convenience their patients require.

Creating demand and enabling patient conversion through targeted investments in advertising and public relations through social media, influencers and other forms of digital communications to encourage treatment by Invisalign trained doctors. We believe that well-designed, targeted sales and marketing promotions that build on our strong brand awareness allow us to differentiate our products and solutions from traditional and emerging competitors. In 2022, we continued to build on the success of the “Invis-is” consumer advertising campaign with creative content and influencers focused on teens and young adults. We expect to make further investments to create additional demand for Invisalign system treatment driving more consumers to dental professionals for those treatments.

Pursuing new product lines that complement our doctor-prescribed principal products currently available in certain e-commerce and retail channels in the U.S. Similarly, in 2023 we expect to continue to focus on our doctor subscription plan and grow our underpenetrated share of the retainer business through strategic marketing campaigns focused on driving adoption and increasing market share in the U.S.

Increasing global orthodontic utilization rates as doctors’ clinical confidence in the efficacy and predictability of the Invisalign system increases with advancements in products and technology and as patients and doctors demand treatments that emphasize convenience and safety through fewer visits and less invasive and quicker treatments. In addition, the teenage and younger market makes up 75% of the approximately 21 million total annual global orthodontic case starts each year. As we continue to emphasize the benefits of the Invisalign system for teenage and younger patient treatments through education, training and sales and marketing programs, we expect utilization rates to rise. However, our utilization rates will fluctuate from period to period due to a variety of factors, which may include seasonal trends in our business, consumer demand due to macroeconomic factors, office closures or slowdowns related to COVID-19-and adoption rates for new products and features.

Macroeconomic Challenges and Military Conflict in Ukraine

Our revenues are susceptible to establishfluctuations in macroeconomic conditions, in line with inflation, rising interest rates, threats of or actual recessions, fluctuations in currency exchange rates, supply chain challenges, market volatility, wars and military actions, and other factors, each of which impact customer confidence, consumer sentiment and demand. Many of these same factors are also impacting our costs through higher raw material prices, transportation costs, labor costs, supply and distribution operations and the operations of our suppliers. Additionally, many of our international operations are denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar and in 2022 were impacted, and may continue to be impacted, by macroeconomic slowing or contraction causing weakening against the U.S. dollar, which is negatively impacting our financial condition and results of operations. While we expect moderation of the strength of the dollar, we also expect the dollar to remain historically strong against many of these currencies. The nature and extent of the impact of these factors varies by time and region and remains uncertain and unpredictable.

The military conflict between Russia and Ukraine increased the unpredictability of the already uncertain macroeconomic conditions during 2022 and may continue to impact this unpredictability. While we continue to employ research and development personnel in Russia as well as certain sales, marketing and administrative personnel, the total number of employees in Russia was significantly reduced in 2022, complementing programs previously underway aimed at maintaining and growing our research and development operations and diversifying the facilities at which our personnel are located.

41


Although immaterial to our consolidated financial statements, our commercial business operations in Russia were significantly impacted by the conflict in 2022. Although we remain committed to providing continuity of care consistent with our values and ethical responsibility to patients who are in Invisalign treatment in Russia, we deemed it prudent to align the size of our commercial operations with the ongoing resources needed to perform those functions. Accordingly, in the fourth quarter of 2022, we initiated a restructuring plan to increase efficiencies across the organization and lower our overall cost structure, which reduced the number of employees and our commercial business operations in Russia. Refer to Note 16 “Restructuring and Other Chargesof the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further details.

Our Board of Directors and its applicable committees receive regular updates from management regarding the military conflict between Russia and Ukraine and continue to provide oversight of the risks to our personnel, operations and other areas of strategic importance. Our management continues to closely monitor the situation and evaluate additional ways in which we can support our employees and operations.

COVID-19 Pandemic Update

Although there remains significant uncertainty surrounding the COVID-19 pandemic for regional economies, its global impact has gradually declined. During 2022, we experienced the impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic primarily in the Asia Pacific region, particularly in China, where lockdowns decreased economic activity throughout most of the year. With the easing of the restrictions in China in 2023 and the increased rate of infections, the impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic are likely to persist into 2023 and remain unpredictable, but we expect it to be at a lesser extent than in 2022. Nevertheless, comparing our financial results for the reporting periods of 2023 to the same reporting periods of 2022 or earlier may not be a useful means by which to evaluate our business and results of operations due to volatility in regional business environments caused by the pandemic.

Changing Product Preferences

As the markets for clear aligners and digital processes and workflows used to transform the practice of dentistry continue to mature, we anticipate customer and patient expectations and demands will evolve. We expect to meet customer demands with innovative treatment options that include more choices to address a wider scope of treatment goals and budgets based on our existing and new products. This may result in larger and unpredictable variations in geographic and product mix and selling prices with uncertain implications on our financial statements and business operations.

We strive to manage the challenges from the macroeconomic conditions, the conflict in Ukraine, COVID-19 and the evolution of our target markets by focusing on improving our operations, building flexibility and efficiencies in our processes, adjusting our business models to changing circumstances and offering products that meet market demand. Specifically, we are managing cost impacts through pricing actions, implementing cost saving measures and slowing hiring. We also continue to innovate and introduce new and enhanced products that augment our doctor customer and patient experiences.

Further discussion of the impact of these challenges on our business may be found in Part I, Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K under the heading “Risk Factors.”

Key Financial and Operating Metrics

We measure our performance against these strategic priorities by the achievement of key financial and operating metrics. For the year ended December 31, 2022, our business operations reflect the following:

Revenues of $3,734.6 million, a decrease of 5.5% year-over-year;
Clear Aligner revenues of $3,072.6 million, a decrease of 5.4% year-over-year;
Americas Clear Aligner revenues of $1,458.8 million, a decrease of 5.6% year-over-year;
International Clear Aligner revenuesof $1,349.0 million, a decrease of 10.0% year-over-year;
Clear Aligner volume decrease of 7.4% year-over-year and Clear Aligner volume decrease for teenage patients of 0.2% year-over-year;
Imaging Systems and CAD/CAM Services revenues of $662.1 million, a decrease of 6.2% year-over-year;
Income from operations of $642.6 million and operating margin of 17.2%;
Effective tax rate of 39.6%;
Net income of $361.6 million with diluted net income per share of $4.61;
Cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities of $1,041.6 million as the standard method for treating malocclusion which,of December 31, 2022;
Operating cash flow of $568.7 million;
Capital expenditures of $291.9 million, predominantly related to date,increases in our manufacturing capacity and facilities; and
42


Number of employees was 23,165 as of December 31, 2022, an increase of 2.8% year-over-year.

Other Statistical Data and Trends

As of December 31, 2022, over 814 million people worldwide have been treated with our Invisalign System,system. Management measures these results by comparing to the millions of people who can benefit from straighter teeth and uses this data to establishtarget opportunities to expand the iTero intraoral scanner as the preferred scanning devicemarket for 3D digital scans, ultimately driving increased clear aligner and other product adoptionorthodontics by dental professionals. We intend to achieve these goals by continued focus and execution of our strategic growth drivers set forth in the Business Strategy section of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

The successful execution of our business strategy in 2020 and beyond may be affected by a number of factors including:

New Invisalign Products and Feature Enhancements. We believe product innovation drives greater treatment predictability, clinical applicability and ease of use for the dental professionals we serve customers which supports adoption of Invisalign treatment in their practices. Our focus is to develop solutions and features to treat a wide range of cases from simple to complex.

We rolled out Invisalign treatment with Mandibular Advancement, the first clear aligner solution for Class II correction in growing tween and teen patients in multiple regions and countries throughout 2018. This offering combineseducating consumers about the benefits of our clear aligner system with features for moving the lower jaw forward while simultaneously aligning thestraighter teeth without the need for elastics typically used to treat teen Class II patients.

In April 2018, we announced Invisalign Go product with more user-friendly iTero digital chairside experience and greater flexibility to treat a wider range of mild to moderate cases. Invisalign Go also incorporates new data-driven clinical protocols for predictable tooth movement and automated case assessments that leverages our Invisalign patients treated to date. These improvements make it easier for general practitioner (“GP”) dentists to tailor their treatment plans to the individual needs of each patient.

In July 2018, we announced Invisalign First clear aligners which are a treatment option designed with features specifically for younger patients with early mixed dentition with a mixture of primary/baby and permanent teeth. Phase 1 treatment is an early interceptive orthodontic treatment for young patients, traditionally done through arch expanders, or partial metal braces, before all permanent teeth have erupted, typically at ages seven through ten years. Invisalign First clear aligners are designed specifically to address a broad range of younger patients’ malocclusions, including shorter clinical crowns, management of erupting dentition and predictable dental arch expansion.

In October 2019, we launchedusing the Invisalign Moderate Package for the treatment of mild to moderate malocclusion. The Invisalign Moderate treatment includes all the features of Invisalign treatment, plus additional features that address the orthodontic needs of teenage patients such as compliance indicators and compensation for tooth eruption. system.

New iTero Products and Technology Innovation. The iTero scanner is an important component to our customer experience and is central to a digital approach as well as overall customer utilization of Invisalign.

In April 2018, we expanded the iTero Element portfolio with the launch of the iTero Element 2 and the iTero Element Flex scanners, building on the existing high precision, full-color imaging and fast scan times of the iTero Element portfolio while streamlining orthodontic and restorative workflows. The next-generation iTero Element 2 is designed for greater performance with 2X faster start-up and 25% faster scan processing time compared to the iTero Element. The new iTero Element Flex wand-only configuration is a portable scanner for easy transport from office to office.


As we continue to expand our global presence, we expect to seek regulatory approvals to offer our iTero portfolio products in more countries, thereby tapping potential growth opportunities in underserved markets

In February 2019, we announced the launch of iTero Element 5D Imaging System for comprehensive, preventative and restorative oral care. The iTero Element 5D Imaging System provides a new comprehensive approach to clinical applications, workflows and user experience that expands the suite of existing high-precision, full color imaging and fast scan times of the iTero Element portfolio. The iTero Element 5D Imaging System is available in the majority of EMEA and select APAC countries. The iTero Element 5D Imaging System is pending regulatory approval and is not yet available in the U.S. or LATAM countries.

In June 2019, we announced the launch of iTero Element Foundation intraoral scanner with restorative software. The iTero Element Foundation extends Align’s portfolio of intraoral scanners with powerful 3D visualization to better meet the needs of doctors, labs and patients. The iTero Element Foundation is available in North America and will also be available in other select countries in 2020.

We believe that over the longterm, clinical solutions and treatment tools will increase adoption of Invisalign and increase sales of our intraoral scanners; however, it is difficult to predict the rate of adoption which may vary by region and channel.

The use of iTero and other digital scanners for Invisalign case submission in place of PVS impressions continues to grow and remains a positive catalyst for Invisalign utilization. For the fourth quarter of 2019,2022, total Invisalign cases submitted with a digital scanner in the Americas increased to 79.5%92.5%, up slightly from 78.8%89.1% in the thirdfourth quarter of 2019. International2021 and international scans increased to 64.7%86.8%, up from 62.6%80.8% in the thirdfourth quarter of 2019. We believe that over2021. For the longterm, technology innovation and added features and functionalityfourth quarter of our iTero scanners will increase adoption2022, 97.4% of Invisalign and increase sales of our intraoral scanners; however, it is difficult to predict the rate of adoption which may varycases submitted by region and channel.

Invisalign Adoption.North American orthodontists were submitted digitally. Our goal is to establish Invisalign as the treatment of choice for treating malocclusion ultimately driving increased product adoption and frequency of use by dental professionals, also known as “utilization rates.” Our annual utilization rates for the last three fiscal years are as follows:

chart-eee23ab254ac510fb3d.jpg

The total utilization rate in 2022 was 18.9 cases per doctor compared to 20.8 cases per doctor in 2021 and 16.1 cases per doctor in 2020. Our utilization rates have declined in 2022 due to the macroeconomic conditions, COVID-19 impacts, and other factors as described in the Trends and Uncertainties section above. In general, we expect utilization rates to rise over time although they are likely to fluctuate from period to period.

North America: The utilization rate among our North American orthodontist customers was 89.2 cases per doctor in 2022 compared to 98.1 cases per doctor in 2021 and 67.3 cases per doctor in 2020 and the utilization rate among our North American GP customers was 13.9 cases per doctor in 2022 compared to 14.3 cases per doctor in 2021 and 9.6 cases per doctor in 2020.

International: International doctor utilization rate was 16.2 cases per doctor in 2022 compared to 17.5 cases per doctor in 2021 and 14.5 cases per doctor in 2020.


algn-20221231_g14.jpg
* Invisalign utilization rates are calculated by the #number of cases shipped divided by the #number of doctors to whom cases were shipped. Our International region includes EMEAEurope, Middle East and APAC. Africa (EMEA) and Asia Pacific (APAC). Latin America (LATAM) is excluded from the above chart as itInternational region based on its immateriality to the year; however is immaterial.

Total utilization in 2019 increased to 15.9 cases per doctor compared to 15.7 cases in 2018.
North America: Utilization for both our North American orthodontist and GP customers increased in 2019 to 65.0 and 9.5 cases per doctor compared to 56.7 cases and 9.1 cases per doctor in 2018, respectively. The increase in utilization in 2019 reflects improvements in product and technology which continues to strengthen


our doctors’ clinical confidence such that they now utilize Invisalign more often and on more complex cases, including their teenage patients.
International: International doctor utilization remained relatively flat at 13.8 cases per doctor in 2019 compared to 13.9 cases in 2018.
We expect our utilization rates to gradually improve as a result of advancements in product and technology, which continue to strengthen our doctors’ clinical confidenceincluded in the use of Invisalign clear aligners. In addition, since the teenage and younger market makes up 75% of the approximately 12 million total orthodontic case starts each year, and as we continue to drive adoption of teenage and younger patients through sales and marketing programs, we expect our utilization rates to improve. Our utilization rates, however, may fluctuate from period to period due to a variety of factors, including seasonal trends in our business along with adoption rates of new products and features.Total utilization.

Number of New Invisalign Doctors Trained. We continue to expand our Invisalign customer base through the training of new doctors. In 2019, we trained 22,270 new Invisalign doctors of which 9,765 were trained in the Americas region and 12,505 in the International region.

International Invisalign Growth. We continue to focus our efforts towards increasing Invisalign clear aligner adoption by dental professionals in the EMEA and APAC markets. On a year-over-year basis, our International Invisalign volume increased 34.0% driven primarily by increased adoption as well as expansion of our customer base in both the EMEA and APAC regions. However, beginning in the second quarter of 2019, we experienced slower growth rates than prior periods in China primarily due to the US-China trade war and resulting economic uncertainty which caused headwind for consumer demand especially for consumption of luxury goods and considered purchases. We also believe there has been increased competitive activity from wires and bracket manufacturers and clear aligner suppliers. In addition, in the first quarter of 2020, the outbreak of the Novel Coronavirus (2019 NCov) in China has caused increased uncertainty and disruption to our employees, doctors’ practices, their patients and consumers. We expect the impact of the Novel Coronavirus and related efforts by the Chinese government to contain its spread, including travel restrictions, extension of the Lunar New Year and discouraging non-essential medical and dental procedures to adversely impact sales and operations in China for a currently indeterminate period of time. Notwithstanding these current issues in China, we continue to see growth from our international orthodontists and GP customers and are seeing more positive traction in the GP channel as we continue to segment our sales and marketing resources and programs specifically around each customer channel. In 2019, we continued to expand in our existing markets through targeted investments in sales coverage and professional marketing and education programs, along with consumer marketing in select country markets. We expect International revenues to continue to grow at a faster rate than the Americas for the foreseeable future due to our continued investment in international market expansion, the size of the market opportunities and our relatively low market penetration of these regions. Our future growth is dependent upon the continued growth of Invisalign adoption and international market penetration.

Increasing Competition. Starting in the second quarter of 2019, we began experiencing slower adult case growth from North American orthodontists, reflecting a more competitive environment especially for the young adult demographic. Given increased awareness for direct to consumer clear aligners and heavy advertising spend from direct to consumer companies, case starts may be shifting away from traditional practices. We also believe that doctors are sampling alternative products and/or taking advantage of wires and brackets bundles that essentially give clear aligners away for free or at low prices. In the third quarter of 2019, we increased investment in consumer demand with a new advertising campaign for North America and expanding marketing programs such as our Concierge Service, which connects potential patients with Invisalign doctors increasing conversion and loyalty. In addition, we launched new sales tools and professional marketing materials and we also expect to see increased productivity from the approximate 100 sales representatives we added in the first quarter of 2019. If, however, we are unable to compete effectively with existing products or respond effectively to any products developed by new or existing competitors, our business could be harmed.

Establish Regional Order Acquisition, Treatment Planning and Manufacturing Operations. We expect to continue establishing and expanding additional order acquisition, treatment planning and manufacturing operations closer to our international customers in order to improve our operational efficiency and increase doctors' confidence in Invisalign clear aligners. In the fourth quarter of 2018, we began fabricating our aligners in our manufacturing facility in Ziyang, China, our first aligner fabrication facility outside of Juarez, Mexico. In the third quarter of 2019, we opened our new order acquisition and treatment facility in Wroclaw, Poland and new treatment facility in Yokohama, Japan.

Corporate Structure Reorganization. In January 2020, we reorganized our corporate structure and intercompany relationships to more closely align with the international nature of our business activities with the goal of achieving financial and operational efficiencies. As part of this corporate structure reorganization, our EMEA regional headquarters


was moved from Amsterdam, the Netherlands to Rotkreuz, Switzerland. As a result, we will continue to incur expenses in the near term and expect to realize the related benefits in subsequent years. The implementation of this reorganization plan has been disruptive to our business, and may not ultimately be more efficient or effective. Moreover, our reorganization activities, including any related expenses and the impact from affected employees, could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, financial condition and effective tax rates.

Expenses. We expect expenses to increase in 2020 due in part to:

Investments in manufacturing capacity and facilities to enhance our regional capabilities;
Investments in international expansion;
Investments in expansion of number of direct sales force personnel;
Increase in sales, marketing and customer support resources including our new advertising campaign; and
Product and technology innovation to enhance product efficiency and operational productivity.

We believe that these investments will position us to increase our revenues and continue to grow our market share, but will negatively impact results of operations, particularly in the near term.

Stock Repurchases. During the year ended December 31, 2019, we repurchased $200.0 million of our common stock on the open market at an average price of $264.93 per share. We also entered into an accelerated stock repurchase agreement to repurchase $200.0 million of our common stock and received a total of 1.1 million shares for an average share price of $176.61. As of December 31, 2019, we have $100.0 million available for repurchase under the $600.0 million repurchase program authorized by our Board of Directors in May 2018 (Refer to Note 12 “Common Stock Repurchase Programs” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for details on our stock repurchase programs).

Results of Operations

43



Net Revenues by Reportable Segment

We group our operations into two reportable segments: Clear Aligner segment and ScannerSystems and Services segment.

Our Clear Aligner segment consists of Comprehensive Products, Non-Comprehensive Products and Non-Case revenues as defined below:

Comprehensive Products include, but are not limited to, Invisalign Comprehensive and Invisalign First.

Non-Comprehensive Products include, but are not limited to, Invisalign Moderate, Lite and Express packages and Invisalign Go in addition to revenues from the sale of aligners to SmileDirectClub (“SDC”) under our supply agreement that expired on December 31, 2019.and Invisalign Go Plus.

Non-Case includes,products include, but isare not limited to, Viveraretention products, Invisalign training, adjusting tools used by dental professionals during the course of treatment and Invisalign Accessory Products that are complementary to our doctor-prescribed principal products such as aligner cases (clamshells), teeth whitening products, cleaning solutions (crystals, foam and other material) and other oral health products available in certain e-commerce channels in select markets. We also offer in the U.S. and Canada, a Doctor Subscription Program which is a monthly subscription program based on the doctor’s monthly need for retention or limited treatment. The program allows doctors the flexibility to order both “touch-up” or retention aligners within their subscribed tier and is designed for a segment of experienced Invisalign trained doctors who are currently not regularly using our retainers along with our trainingor low-stage aligners.

Our Systems and ancillary products for treating malocclusion.  

Our ScannerServices segment consists of our iTero intraoral scanning systems, which includes a single hardware platform and restorative or orthodontic software options, additionaloptions. Our services include subscription software, disposables, rentals, leases, pay per scan services, as well as exocad’s CAD/CAM software solutions that integrate workflows to dental labs and ancillary products. This segment includes our iTero scanner and OrthoCAD services.dental practices.



Net revenues for our Clear Aligner and ScannerSystems and Services segments by region for the year ended December 31, 2019, 20182022, 2021 and 20172020 are as follows (in millions):
  Year Ended December 31,     Year Ended December 31,    
Net Revenues 2019 2018 Change 2018 2017 Change
Clear Aligner revenues:                
    Americas $1,022.1
 $903.3
 $118.8
 13.2% $903.3
 $754.1
 $149.2
 19.8%
    International 881.4
 684.2
 197.2
 28.8% 684.2
 473.5
 210.7
 44.5%
    Non-Case 122.3
 104.0
 18.3
 17.6% 104.0
 81.7
 22.3
 27.3%
Total Clear Aligner net revenues 
 $2,025.8
 $1,691.5
 $334.3
 19.8% $1,691.5
 $1,309.3
 $382.2
 29.2%
Scanner net revenues 381.0
 275.0
 106.0
 38.5% 275.0
 164.1
 110.9
 67.6%
Total net revenues $2,406.8
 $1,966.5
 $440.3
 22.4% $1,966.5
 $1,473.4
 $493.1
 33.5%
Changes and percentages are based on actual values. Certain tables may not sum or recalculate due to rounding.
Clear Aligner Case Volume by Region

Case volume data which represents Clear Aligner case shipments by region for the year ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 is as follows (in thousands):
  Year Ended December 31,     Year Ended December 31,    
Region 2019 2018 Change 2018 2017 Change
    Americas 867.3
 780.7
 86.6
 11.1% 780.7
 631.6
 149.1
 23.6%
    International 669.8
 499.9
 169.9
 34.0% 499.9
 344.8
 155.1
 45.0%
Total case volume 1,537.1
 1,280.6
 256.5
 20.0% 1,280.6
 976.4
 304.2
 31.2%
Changes and percentages are based on actual values. Certain tables may not sum or recalculate due to rounding.

Total net revenues increased by $440.3 million in 2019 as compared to 2018 primarily as a result of Invisalign case and scanner volume growth across all regions.

Clear Aligner - Americas

Americas net revenues increased by $118.8 million in 2019 as compared to 2018 due to Invisalign case volume growth across all channels and products which contributed to the net revenue growth by $100.2 million and higher average selling prices ("ASP") which increased net revenues by $18.7 million. Higher ASP was mainly the result of price increases across most products which increased net revenues by $35.1 million and $23.4 million increase in net revenues driven by a product mix shift towards Comprehensive products and less SDC revenues, which carry a lower ASP. We no longer manufacture aligners for SDC as our supply agreement with SDC expired by its terms on December 31, 2019. These ASP increases were partially offset by a reduction in net revenues of $23.1 million from higher promotional discounts and $17.6 million reduction in net revenues as a result of higher net revenue deferrals and unfavorable foreign exchange rates.

Clear Aligner - International

International net revenues increased by $197.2 million in 2019 as compared to 2018primarily driven by case volume growth across all channels and products which increased net revenues by $232.5 million. This increase was partially offset by lower ASP that reduced net revenues by $35.3 million. The ASP decline was mainly the result of higher promotional discounts which reduced net revenues by $45.0 million, unfavorable foreign exchange rates lowered net revenues by $37.2 million, and a product mix shift towards Non-comprehensive products reduced net revenues by $19.0 million. These ASP decreases were partially offset by a $47.8 million improvement in net revenues related to price increases across most products along with a benefit from going direct in several additional countries, and lower net revenue deferrals and sales credits that increased net revenues by $18.1 million.

Clear Aligner - Non-Case

Non-case net revenues, consisting of Vivera Retainers, training fees and other product revenues, increased by $18.3 million in 2019 compared to 2018 due to increased Vivera volume across all regions.



Scanner

Scanner and services net revenues increased by $106.0 million in 2019 as compared to 2018. This increase is primarily a result of scanner volume growth which increased net revenues by $58.4 million, and higher CAD/CAM services that increased net revenues by $37.7 million primarily due to a larger install base and increased scanner subscription services. Additionally, net revenues increased by $10.0 million due to an improvement in the scanner ASP mainly attributable to price increases in several regions.

Cost of net revenues and gross profit (in millions):
  Year Ended December 31,   Year Ended December 31,  
  2019 2018 Change 2018 2017 Change
Clear Aligner            
Cost of net revenues $526.0
 $411.0
 $115.0
 $411.0
 $289.7
 $121.3
% of net segment revenues 26.0% 24.3%   24.3% 22.1%  
Gross profit $1,499.7
 $1,280.5
 $219.2
 $1,280.5
 $1,019.6
 $260.9
Gross margin % 74.0% 75.7%   75.7% 77.9%  
Scanner            
Cost of net revenues $136.9
 $107.7
 $29.2
 $107.7
 $66.8
 $40.9
% of net segment revenues 35.9% 39.1%   39.1% 40.7%  
Gross profit $244.2
 $167.4
 $76.8
 $167.4
 $97.4
 $70.0
Gross margin % 64.1% 60.9%   60.9% 59.3%  
Total cost of net revenues $662.9
 $518.6
 $144.3
 $518.6
 $356.5
 $162.1
% of net revenues 27.5% 26.4%   26.4% 24.2%  
Gross profit $1,743.9
 $1,447.9
 $296.0
 $1,447.9
 $1,116.9
 $331.0
Gross margin % 72.5% 73.6%   73.6% 75.8%  
 Year Ended December 31,Year Ended December 31,
Net Revenues20222021Change20212020Change
Clear Aligner revenues:
    Americas$1,458.8 $1,544.8 $(85.9)(5.6)%$1,544.8 $1,010.2 $534.5 52.9 %
    International1,349.0 1,498.7 (149.7)(10.0)%1,498.7 965.4 533.2 55.2 %
    Non-case264.8 203.7 61.1 30.0 %203.7 125.8 77.8 61.9 %
Total Clear Aligner net revenues
$3,072.6 $3,247.1 $(174.5)(5.4)%$3,247.1 $2,101.5 $1,145.6 54.5 %
Systems and Services net revenues662.1 705.5 (43.5)(6.2)%705.5 370.5 335.0 90.4 %
Total net revenues$3,734.6 $3,952.6 $(217.9)(5.5)%$3,952.6 $2,471.9 $1,480.6 59.9 %
Changes and percentages are based on actual values. Certain tables may not sum or recalculate due to rounding.

Clear Aligner Case Volume

Case volume data which represents Clear Aligner case shipments for the year ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020 is as follows (in thousands):
 Year Ended December 31,Year Ended December 31,
20222021Change20212020Change
Total case volume2,358.7 2,547.7 (189.0)(7.4)%2,547.7 1,645.3 902.4 54.8 %
Changes and percentages are based on actual values. Certain tables may not sum or recalculate due to rounding.

Total net revenues decreased by $217.9 million in 2022 as compared to 2021, primarily due to unfavorable foreign exchange rates, a decrease in both Clear Aligner case volumes and scanner volumes, partially offset by increases in Clear Aligner non-case revenues, service revenues and an increase in Clear Aligner average selling price (“ASP”).

44


Clear Aligner - Americas

Americas net revenues decreased by $85.9 million in 2022 as compared to 2021, primarily due to a decrease in case volumes of 9.4% which reduced net revenues by $145.3 million, partially offset by an increase in ASP which increased net revenues by $59.4 million. Higher ASP was mainly due to processing fees charged on most shipments and price increases in certain markets which increased net revenues by $54.2 million along with lower net deferrals which increased net revenues by $34.5 million. The increases in ASP were partially offset by unfavorable promotional discounts and sales credits which reduced net revenues by $25.1 million.

Clear Aligner - International

International net revenues decreased by $149.7 million in 2022 as compared to 2021due to a 5.0% decrease in case volumes, which decreased net revenues by $75.1 million, and lower ASP, which decreased net revenues by $74.6 million. Lower ASP was largely due to unfavorable foreign exchange rates which resulted in lower net revenues of $150.6 million, a product mix shift to lower priced products which decreased net revenues by $60.5 million, and unfavorable promotional discounts which decreased net revenues $39.4 million. The decrease in ASP was partially offset by processing fees charged on most shipments which increased net revenues by $94.1 million and lower net deferrals which increased net revenues by $81.4 million.

Clear Aligner - Non-Case

Non-case net revenues increased by $61.1 million in 2022 compared to 2021 mainly due to increased volume for retention products across most regions primarily driven by Vivera retainers.

Systems and Services

Systems and Services net revenues decreased by $43.5 million in 2022 as compared to 2021 primarily due to a lower number of scanners sold which decreased net revenues by $97.1 million and lower scanner ASP which decreased net revenues by $9.0 million. The decreases were partially offset by higher service and other revenues which increased net revenues by $62.6 million mostly due to a larger scanner install base.

Cost of net revenues for our Clear Aligner and Scanner segmentsgross profit (in millions):
 Year Ended December 31,Year Ended December 31,
 20222021Change20212020Change
Clear Aligner
Cost of net revenues$844.4 $772.7 $71.7 $772.7 $569.3 $203.4 
% of net segment revenues27.5 %23.8 %23.8 %27.1 %
Gross profit$2,228.2 $2,474.4 $(246.2)$2,474.4 $1,532.1 $942.2 
Gross margin %72.5 %76.2 %76.2 %72.9 %
Systems and Services
Cost of net revenues$256.4 $244.5 $11.9 $244.5 $139.4 $105.1 
% of net segment revenues38.7 %34.7 %34.7 %37.6 %
Gross profit$405.6 $461.0 $(55.4)$461.0 $231.1 $229.9 
Gross margin %61.3 %65.3 %65.3 %62.4 %
Total cost of net revenues$1,100.9 $1,017.2 $83.6 $1,017.2 $708.7 $308.5 
% of net revenues29.5 %25.7 %25.7 %28.7 %
Gross profit$2,633.8 $2,935.4 $(301.6)$2,935.4 $1,763.2 $1,172.1 
Gross margin %70.5 %74.3 %74.3 %71.3 %
Changes and percentages are based on actual values. Certain tables may not sum or recalculate due to rounding.

Cost of net revenues includes personnel-related costs including payroll and stock-based compensation for staff involved in the production process, the cost of materials, packaging, freight and shipping related costs, depreciation on capital equipment and facilities used in the production process, amortization of acquired intangible assets and training costs.

Clear Aligner
45



The gross margin percentage decreased in 20192022 as compared to 20182021 primarily due to an increasea higher mix of additional aligners, higher freight costs and increased manufacturing spend as we continue to ramp our new manufacturing facility in aligners per case driven by additional aligners.Poland.

ScannerSystems and Services

The gross margin percentage increaseddecreased in 20192022 as compared to 20182021 primarily drivendue to manufacturing inefficiencies from lower production volumes and lower ASP. These factors were partially offset by higher ASP and manufacturing efficiencies.service revenues.

Selling, general and administrative (in millions):
 Year Ended December 31,   Year Ended December 31,   Year Ended December 31,Year Ended December 31,
 2019 2018 Change 2018 2017 Change 20222021Change20212020Change
Selling, general and administrative $1,072.1
 $852.4
 $219.7
 $852.4
 $665.8
 $186.6
Selling, general and administrative$1,674.5 $1,708.6 $(34.2)$1,708.6 $1,200.8 $507.9 
% of net revenues 44.5% 43.3%   43.3% 45.2%  % of net revenues44.8 %43.2 %43.2 %48.6 %
Changes and percentages are based on actual values. Certain tables may not sum or recalculate due to rounding.

Selling, general and administrative expense generally includes personnel-related costs, including payroll, commissionsstock-based compensation and stock-based compensationcommissions for our sales force, marketing and administration in addition toadvertising expenses including media, and advertising expenses,market research, marketing materials, clinical education, trade shows and industry events, product marketing, equipment and maintenance costs, legal and outside service costs, equipment, software and maintenance costs, depreciation and amortization expense and allocations of corporate overhead expenses including facilities and Information Technology (“IT”).



Selling, general and administrative expense increaseddecreased in 20192022 compared to 20182021 primarily due to higherlower incentive compensation, relatedlower advertising and marketing costs and lower allocations of $121.2 million mainly from increased headcount resulting incorporate overhead expenses. These decreases were offset by higher salaries expense, incentive bonuses,expenses, fringe benefits and stock-based compensation partially due to investments in sales coverage and international expansion. We also incurredfrom increased headcount as well as higher expenses from advertising and marketing costs of $40.1 million, legal and outside service costs of $31.7 million, equipment, software and maintenance costs of $18.1 million and depreciation and amortization costs of $12.4 million.costs.

Research and development (in millions):
 Year Ended December 31,   Year Ended December 31,   Year Ended December 31,Year Ended December 31,
 2019 2018 Change 2018 2017 Change 20222021Change20212020Change
Research and development $157.4
 $128.9
 $28.5
 $128.9
 $97.6
 $31.3
Research and development$305.3 $250.3 $54.9 $250.3 $175.3 $75.0 
% of net revenues 6.5% 6.6%   6.6% 6.6%  % of net revenues8.2 %6.3 %6.3 %7.1 %
Changes and percentages are based on actual values. Certain tables may not sum or recalculate due to rounding.

Research and development expense generally includes the personnel-related costs, including payroll and stock-based compensation, and outside consulting expensesservice costs associated with the research and development of new products and enhancements to existing products, software, equipment, material and maintenance costs, depreciation and amortization expense and allocations of corporate overhead expenses including facilities and information technology.IT.

Research and development expense increased in 20192022 compared to 20182021 primarily due to higher compensation costs mainly from increased headcount resulting in higher salaries expense, fringe benefits and stock-based compensation as we continue to focus our investments in innovation and research in addition to higher allocations of corporate overhead expenses, outside services costs and equipment and materials costs. These increases were partially offset by lower incentive bonuses and fringe benefits.compensation.

ImpairmentsRestructuring and other (gains) charges (in millions):
Year Ended December 31,Year Ended December 31,
 Year Ended December 31,   Year Ended December 31,   20222021Change20212020Change
 2019 2018 Change 2018 2017 Change
Impairments and other (gains) charges $23.0
 $
 $23.0
 % $
 $
Restructuring and other chargesRestructuring and other charges$11.5 $— $11.5 $— $— $— 
% of net revenues 1.0% %   % %  % of net revenues0.3 %— %— %— %
Changes and percentages are based on actual values. Certain tables may not sum or recalculate due to rounding.

In 2019, we recorded impairmentsRestructuring and other (gains) charges of $23.0includes $7.3 million which are comprised of operating lease right-of-use assets impairments of $14.2 million, store leasehold improvement and other fixed asset impairments of $14.3 million, and employee severance and other expenses of $1.3 million, partially offset by Invisalign storerelated costs, in addition to lease termination gains of $6.8 million (Refer to Note 8“Impairmentscharges and Other (Gains) Charges” and Note 9 “Legal Proceedings” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statementsasset impairments.
46

 for more information).

Litigation settlement gainIncome from operations (in millions):
  Year Ended December 31,   Year Ended December 31,  
  2019 2018 Change 2018 2017 Change
Litigation settlement gain $(51.0) $
 $(51.0) $
 $
 $
% of net revenues (2.1)% %   % %  
 Year Ended December 31,Year Ended December 31,
 20222021Change20212020Change
Clear Aligner
Income from operations$1,134.4 $1,325.9 $(191.4)$1,325.9 $768.0 $557.8 
Operating margin %36.9 %40.8 %40.8 %36.5 %
Systems and Services
Income from operations$179.8 $259.1 $(79.4)$259.1 $96.1 $163.1 
Operating margin %27.2 %36.7 %36.7 %25.9 %
Total income from operations 1
$642.6 $976.4 $(333.8)$976.4 $387.2 $589.2 
Operating margin %17.2 %24.7 %24.7 %15.7 %
Changes and percentages are based on actual values. Certain tables may not sum or recalculate due to rounding.

In 2019, we recorded a gain of $51.0 million due to the litigation settlement with Straumann (Refer to Note 9 “Legal Proceedings” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements1    for more information).



Income from operations (in millions):
  Year Ended December 31,   Year Ended December 31,  
  2019 2018 Change 2018 2017Change
Clear Aligner           
Income from operations $836.0
 $712.4
 $123.6
 $712.4
 $564.6
$147.8
Operating margin % 41.3% 42.1%   42.1% 43.2% 
Scanner           
Income from operations $137.7
 $99.0
 $38.7
 $99.0
 $49.6
$49.4
Operating margin % 36.1% 36.0%   $
 $
 
Total income from operations 1
 $542.5
 $466.6
 $75.9
 $466.6
 $353.6
$113.0
Operating margin % 22.5% 23.7%   $
 $
 
Changes and percentages are based on actual values. Certain tables may not sum or recalculate due to rounding.

1 Refer to Note 1715 “Segments and Geographical Information” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for details on unallocated corporate expenses and the reconciliation to Consolidated Income from Operations.

Clear Aligner

Operating margin percentage decreased in 20192022 compared to 20182021 primarily due to lower Clear Aligner gross margin percentage as a result of an increase in aligners per case combined with impairment charges on operating lease right-of-use assets, store leasehold improvementmargin.

Systems and other fixed assets. These decreases were partially offset by a gain recognized from the litigation settlement with Straumann.Services

Scanner

Operating margin percentage remained flatdecreased in 20192022 compared to 20182021 primarily due to manufacturing efficiencies and higher ASP partially offset by higher operating expenses.expenses as a percentage of net revenues as well as lower gross margin.

Interest income (in millions):
  Year Ended December 31,   Year Ended December 31,  
  2019 2018 Change 2018 2017 Change
Interest income $12.5
 $8.6
 $3.9
 $8.6
 $6.9
 $1.7
 Year Ended December 31,Year Ended December 31,
 20222021Change20212020Change
Interest income$5.4 $3.1 $2.3 $3.1 $3.1 $— 
% of net revenues0.1 %0.1 %0.1 %0.1 %
Changes and percentages are based on actual values. Certain tables may not sum or recalculate due to rounding.

Interest income generally includes interest earned on cash, cash equivalents and investment balances.

Interest income increased in 20192022 compared to 2018 mainly2021 primarily due to a largerhigher interest rates during 2022, which was partially offset by the interest earned from the arbitration award related to our investment portfolio.in SmileDirectClub in the first quarter of 2021.

Other income (expense), net (in millions):
  Year Ended December 31,   Year Ended December 31,  
  2019 2018 Change 2018 2017 Change
Other income (expense), net $7.7
 $(8.5) $16.2
 $(8.5) $4.2
 $(12.7)
 Year Ended December 31,Year Ended December 31,
 20222021Change20212020Change
Other income (expense), net$(48.9)$32.9 $(81.8)$32.9 $(11.3)$44.3 
% of net revenues(1.3)%0.8 %0.8 %(0.5)%
Changes and percentages are based on actual values. Certain tables may not sum or recalculate due to rounding.

Other income (expense), net, generally includes foreign exchange gains and losses, gains and losses on foreign currency forward contracts, interest expense, gains and losses on equity investments and other miscellaneous charges.

Other income (expense), net increaseddecreased in 20192022 compared to 20182021 primarily due to a $15.8$43.4 million gain fromassociated to the sale ofarbitration award related to our investment in SDC. This increase was partially offset by a $4.0SmileDirectClub recognized in the first quarter of 2021 as well as $30.5 million impairment of our equity investment in a privately held company along withhigher net foreign exchange losses (Referfrom the weakening of international currencies against the U.S. dollar in 2022 as compared to 2021.
Note 9 “Legal Proceedings” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
47


Provision for details on SDC legal proceedings discussion).



Equity in losses of investee, net of tax(benefit from) income taxes (in millions):
  Year Ended December 31,   Year Ended December 31,  
  2019 2018 Change 2018 2017 Change
Equity in losses of investee, net of tax $7.5
 $8.7
 $(1.2) $8.7
 $3.2
 $5.5
 Year Ended December 31,Year Ended December 31,
 20222021Change20212020Change
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes$237.5 $240.4 $(2.9)$240.4 $(1,396.9)$1,637.3 
Effective tax rates39.6 %23.7 %23.7 %(368.6)%
Changes and percentages are based on actual values. Certain tables may not sum or recalculate due to rounding.

Equity in losses of investee, net of tax decreased in 2019 compared to 2018 since we tendered our SDC equity interest on April 3, 2019, and thus, we no longer record our share of SDC's losses (Refer to Note 5 “Equity Method Investments” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for details on equity method investments).

Provision for income taxes (in millions):
  Year Ended December 31,   Year Ended December 31,  
  2019 2018 Change 2018 2017 Change
Provision for income taxes $112.3
 $57.7
 $54.6
 $57.7
 $130.2
 $(72.5)
Effective tax rates 20.0% 12.4%   12.4% 35.7%  
Changes and percentages are based on actual values. Certain tables may not sum or recalculate due to rounding.

The increase in our effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 20192022 compared to the same period in 20182021 is primarily attributable to decreased earnings in low tax benefits recorded last year asjurisdictions and an increase in the amount of foreign earnings subject to US tax in 2022. Additionally, a resultchange in U.S. tax laws effective January 1, 2022 which requires capitalization and amortization of expiration of statute limitations that did not recur in 2019research and reduced excessdevelopment expenses incurred after December 31, 2021 increased our effective tax benefits from stock-based compensation mainly due to non-deductible officers’ compensation. Forrate for the year ended December 31, 20192022.

During 2020, we completed an intra-entity transfer of certain intellectual property rights and December 31, 2018, we recognized tax benefits infixed assets to our provision for income taxes of $1.6 million and $22.5 million, respectively, related to expiration of statute of limitations and $13.4 million and $26.5 million, respectively, related to stock-based compensation.

Effective January 1, 2020, as a result of the relocation ofSwiss subsidiary, where our EMEA regional headquarters from Amsterdam, the Netherlands to Rotkreuz, Switzerland, our tax rate for the first quarteris located beginning January 1, 2020. The transfer of 2020 and for the restintellectual property rights did not result in a taxable gain; however, it did result in a step-up of the year, will reflectSwiss tax deductible basis in the transferred assets, and accordingly, created a significant one-timetemporary difference between the book basis and the tax benefitbasis of up to $1.6 billion associated withsuch intellectual property rights. Consequently, this transaction resulted in the recognition of a deferred tax asset and related one-time tax benefit of approximately $1,493.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2020, which is the net impact of the deferred tax asset recognized as a result of the additional Swiss tax deductible basis in the transferred assets and certain costs related to the intra-entity transfer of certain intellectual property rights. We continue to assess the realizabilityfixed assets and inventory. The amortization of this deferred tax asset as we take into account new information, includingdepends on the profitability of our Swiss headquarters and ongoing communication with the Swissrecognition of this tax authorities.benefit is allowed for a maximum recovery period of 15 years.

The U.S. Inflation Reduction Act of 2022 (“IRA”) was enacted in the United States on August 16, 2022. The IRA imposes a 15% alternative minimum tax on the financial statement income of certain corporations which is effective for tax years beginning after December 31, 2022, as well as a 1% excise tax on the net fair market value of stock repurchases made after December 31, 2022. Based upon our analysis of the IRA, we have determined there is no impact to our tax provision for the year ended December 31, 2022. We will continue to evaluate the impact of these tax law changes on future periods.     

Liquidity and Capital Resources
We fund our operations from product sales.
Liquidity and Trends

As of December 31, 20192022 and 2018,2021, we had the following cash and cash equivalents and short-term and long-term marketable securities (in thousands):
December 31,
 20222021
Cash and cash equivalents$942,050 $1,099,370 
Marketable securities, short-term57,534 71,972 
Marketable securities, long-term41,978 125,320 
Total$1,041,562 $1,296,662 
 Year Ended December 31,
 2019 2018
Cash and cash equivalents$550,425
 $636,899
Marketable securities, short-term318,202
 98,460
Marketable securities, long-term
 9,112
Total$868,627
 $744,471

As of December 31, 2019, we had $868.62022 and 2021, approximately $653.7 million in cash, cash equivalents, and marketable securities. Cash equivalents and marketable securities are comprised of money market funds and highly liquid debt instruments which primarily include commercial paper, corporate bonds, U.S. government agency bonds, U.S. government treasury bonds, and certificates of deposit.

As of December 31, 2019, approximately $278.5$713.8 million, respectively, of cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities waswere held by our foreign subsidiaries. We repatriated $350.0 millionintend to continue reinvesting our foreign subsidiary earnings indefinitely and expect the U.S. during the year ended December 31, 2019 under the Global Intangible Low-Taxed Income (“GILTI”) provisionsadditional costs upon repatriation of the U.S. Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “TCJA”) and substantially all of thethese foreign earnings previously determinednot to be not indefinitely reinvested have been repatriated. Our intent is to permanently reinvest our earnings from our international operations going forward, and our current plans do not require us to repatriate them to fund our U.S. operations as wesignificant. We generate sufficient domestic operating cash flow and have access to external funding under our current$300.0 million revolving line of credit.


We believe that our current cash balances and the borrowing capacity under our credit facility, if necessary, will be sufficient to fund our business for at least the next 12 months.
Cash flows
The sanctions against Russian banks or international bank messaging systems due to the military conflict between Ukraine and Russia could impact our ability to access our cash in Russia but would not materially impact our liquidity position. As of December 31, 2022, cash and cash equivalents domiciled in Russia, which is required to fund their current operating requirements, represent approximately 2.6% of our total cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities.

Our material cash requirements as of December 31, 2022 are as below:

48


Our purchase commitments for goods and services, excluding capital expenditures, totaled $1,151.7 million, of which $860.8 million will be payable within the next 12 months. These commitments primarily relate to agreements with contract manufacturers and suppliers, sales and marketing services, research and development services and technological services.

We expect our investments in capital expenditures to exceed $200.0 million for the next 12 months. Capital expenditures primarily relate to building construction and improvements as well as additional manufacturing capacity due to international expansion. Despite the challenging market conditions, we intend to expand our investments in research and development, manufacturing, treatment planning, sales and marketing operations to meet actual and anticipated local and regional demands.

We have future operating lease payments of $158.3 million, which includes $14.3 million for leases that have not yet commenced as of December 31, 2022. Refer to Note 4 Leases of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for details on the lease payments.

We have $249.9 million available for repurchase under the stock repurchase program authorized by our Board of Directors in May 2021 (“May 2021 Repurchase Program”). Our stock repurchase program is subject to periodic evaluations to determine when and if repurchases are in the best interests of our stockholders, taking into account prevailing market conditions. Refer to Note 10 Common Stock Repurchase Programs of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for details on our stock repurchase programs. Subsequent to the fourth quarter, in January 2023, our Board of Directors authorized a new plan to repurchase up to $1.0 billion of our common stock. Additionally, in February 2023, we entered into an ASR to repurchase $250.0 million of our common stock, completing our 2021 Repurchase Program. Under the Inflation Reduction Act of 2022, effective January 1, 2023, excise tax of 1% is applicable to stock repurchases. We are currently evaluating the impact of this provision, if any, on our results of operations and cash flows.

Sources and Use of Cash

The following table summarizes our Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the year ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020 (inthousands):
 Year Ended December 31,
 202220212020
Net cash provided by (used in):
Operating activities$568,732 $1,172,544 $662,174 
Investing activities(213,316)(563,430)(231,506)
Financing activities(501,686)(458,332)(30,808)
Effects of foreign exchange rate changes on cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash(11,514)(12,117)10,480 
Net (decrease) increase in cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash
$(157,784)$138,665 $410,340 
  Year Ended December 31,
  2019 2018 2017
Net cash provided by (used in):      
Operating activities $747,270
 $554,681
 $438,539
Investing activities (350,444) 6,927
 (251,477)
Financing activities (485,540) (369,434) (135,500)
Effects of foreign exchange rate changes on cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash 2,282
 (4,733) 5,544
Net increase in cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash
 $(86,432) $187,441
 $57,106

Operating Activities

For the year ended December 31, 2019,2022, cash flows from operations of $747.3$568.7 million wasresulted primarily comprised offrom our net income of approximately $442.8$361.6 million as well as the following:

Significant non-cash activitiesadjustments to net income

Stock-based compensation of $88.2$133.4 million related to equity awards granted to employees and directors; and
Depreciation and amortization of $79.0$125.8 million related to our investments in property, plant and equipment and intangible assets;assets.
Impairment charges of $28.5 million related to decreases in the fair value of certain assets related to the closure of our Invisalign stores;
Non-cash operating lease costs of $18.5 million; and
Gain from the sale of equity method investment of $15.8 million.

Significant changes in working capital

Increase of $189.1$241.9 million in deferred revenues correspondingdue to the increase in case volume;deferral of revenue on shipments over the period as well as timing of revenue recognition;
Increase of $121.0$130.1 million in inventories primarily due to lower shipment volumes over the period in addition to our efforts to manage stock at appropriate levels as required; and
49


Decrease of $121.9 million in accrued and other long-term liabilities primarily due to the payment of our 2021 corporate bonus as well as timing payment of other activities.

For the year ended December 31, 2021, cash flows from operations of $1,172.5 million resulted primarily from our net income of approximately $772.0 million as well as the following:

Significant adjustments to net income

Stock-based compensation of $114.3 million related to equity awards granted to employees and directors;
Depreciation and amortization of $108.7 million related to our investments in property, plant and equipment and intangible assets; and
Gain related to our SDC arbitration award of $43.4 million.

Significant changes in working capital

Increase of $462.6 million in deferred revenues primarily related to increased case volumes in our Clear Aligner segment, increased scanner volumes in our Systems and Services segment and timing of revenue recognition;
Increase of $262.1 million in accounts receivable which is primarily a result of the increase in net revenues; andour sales;
Increase of $60.2$158.5 million in accrued and other long-term liabilities and an increase of $124.6 million in prepaid expenses and other assets due to the timing of paymentprepayment and activities.activities; and

ForIncrease of $112.5 million in inventories to support our demand, including safety stock, due to shipping delays during the year ended December 31, 2018, cash flows from operations of $554.7 million resulted primarily from our net income of approximately $400.2 millionCOVID-19 pandemic as well as the following:long lead times with our suppliers.

Significant non-cash activities
Stock-based compensation of $70.8 million related to equity awards granted to employees and directors;
Depreciation and amortization of $54.7 million related to our investments in property, plant and equipment and intangible assets; and
Net change in deferred tax assets of $15.7 million.

Significant changes in working capital
Increase of $136.4 million in deferred revenues corresponding to the increase in case volume;
Increase of $109.2 million in accounts receivable which is primarily a result of the increase in net revenues; and
Decrease of $36.5 million in long-term income tax payable due to timing of payments made to IRS.

Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities was $350.4$213.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2019,2022 which primarily consisted of purchases of marketable securities of $693.3 million, purchases of property, plant and equipment of $149.7$291.9 million, purchases of marketable securities of $28.0 million and other investing activities of $14.7 million.$12.3 million cash paid relating to a business acquisition. These outflows were partially offset by maturitiessales and salesmaturities of marketable securities of $485.4 million and payments of $21.8 million received on an unsecured promissory note issued by SDC in exchange for tendering our shares to them.

For 2020, we expect to invest $180 million to $200 million in capital expenditures related to building purchases and improvements as well as additional manufacturing capacity to support our international expansion. Although we believe our current investment portfolio has little risk of impairment, we cannot predict future market conditions or market liquidity and can provide


$121.1 million.
no assurance that our investment portfolio will remain unimpaired (Refer to
Note 10 “Commitments and Contingencies” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for details on the purchases of buildings in Petach Tivka, Israel and San Jose, California).

Net cash provided byused in investing activities was $6.9$563.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, which2021 and primarily consisted of maturities and salespurchases of our marketable securities of $384.7 million and loan repayment from equity investee of $30.0 million. These inflows were partially offset by purchases property, plant and equipment of $223.3$401.1 million and purchases of marketable securities of $180.2$200.9 million, and purchaseswhich were partially offset by $43.4 million of investments in privately held companies of $5.0 million.proceeds from our SDC arbitration award.

Financing Activities

Net cash used in financing activities was $485.5$501.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 primarily2022 which consisted of payments related to our common stock repurchases of $400.0$475.0 million and payroll taxes paid for equity awards through share withholdings of $57.7$52.8 million, which were partially offset by $26.1 million of proceeds from the issuance of common stock under our employee stock purchase plan.

Net cash used in financing activities was $458.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 which consisted of payments related to our accelerated stock repurchase arrangements of $375.0 million and the purchasepayroll taxes paid for equity awards through share withholdings of a building that we previously leased under a finance lease$108.9 million which were partially offset by $25.6 million of $45.8 million. These outflows were offset in part by $17.9 million proceeds from the issuance of common stock.

Net cash used in financing activities was $369.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 primarily consisted of common stock repurchases of $300.0 million and payroll taxes of $86.1 million paid for vesting of RSUs through share withholdings. These outflows were offset in part by $16.6 million from proceeds from the issuance of common stock.

Common Stock Repurchases

Refer to Note 12 "Common Stock Repurchase Programs" of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for details.

April 2016 Repurchase Program. In 2018, we repurchased approximately $200.0 million of our common stock on the open market, completing the April 2016 Repurchase Program.
May 2018 Repurchase Program. In May 2018, we announced that our Board of Directors had authorized a plan to repurchase up to $600.0 million of our common stock. We repurchased $100.0 million and $400.0 million of our common stock in 2018 and 2019, respectively, and as of December 31, 2019, we have $100.0 million remaining under this program.

We believe that our current cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities combined with our existing borrowing capacity will be sufficient to fund our operations for at least the next 12 months. If we are unable to generate adequate operating cash flows and need more funds beyond our available liquid investments and those available under our credit facility, we may need to suspend our stock repurchase programs or seek additional sources of capital through equity or debt financing, collaborative or other arrangements with other companies, bank financing and other sources in order to realize our objectives and to continue our operations. There can be no assurance that we will be able to obtain additional debt or equity financing on terms acceptable to us, or at all. If adequate funds are not available, we may need to make business decisions that could adversely affect our operating results such as modifications to our pricing policy, business structure or operations. Accordingly, the failure to obtain sufficient funds on acceptable terms when needed could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Credit Facility

On February 27, 2018, we entered into a new credit facility for a $200.0 million revolving line of credit, with a $50.0 million letter of credit sublimit, and a maturity date of February 27, 2021. As of December 31, 2019, we had no outstanding borrowings under this credit facility (Refer to Note 7 "Credit Facility"of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for details of the credit facility).

Contractual Obligations / Off Balance Sheet Arrangements

The impact that our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2019 are expected to have on our liquidity and cash flows in future periods is as follows (in thousands):
   Payments Due by Period
 Total 
Less than
1 Year
 
1-3
Years
 
4-5
Years
 
More than
5 Years
Operating leases obligations 1
$64,483
 $18,354
 $29,904
 $10,772
 $5,453
Unconditional purchase obligations523,652
 309,686
 210,470
 3,496
 
Total contractual cash obligations$588,135
 $328,040
 $240,374
 $14,268
 $5,453
1 Sublease income is not material and excluded from the table above.



Our contractual obligations table above excludes approximately $42.7 million of non-current uncertain tax benefits which are included in other long-term obligations and deferred tax assets on our balance sheet as of December 31, 2019. We have not included this amount because we cannot make a reasonably reliable estimate regarding the timing of settlements with taxing authorities, if any.

As of December 31, 2019, we had additional operating leases that have not yet commenced of $7.9 million. These operating leases will commence between 2020 through 2021 with lease terms of 2 years to 4 years.

We had no material off-balance sheet arrangements as defined in Regulation S-K Item 303(a) (4) as of December 31, 2019 other than certain items disclosed in Note 10 "Commitments and Contingencies" of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Indemnification Provisions

In the normal course of business to facilitate transactions in our services and products, we indemnify certain parties: customers, vendors, lessors, and other parties with respect to certain matters, including, but not limited to, services to be provided by us and intellectual property infringement claims made by third parties. In addition, we have entered into indemnification agreements with our directors and our executive officers that will require us, among other things, to indemnify them against certain liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors or officers. Several of these agreements limit the time within which an indemnification claim can be made and the amount of the claim.

It is not possible to make a reasonable estimate of the maximum potential amount under these indemnification agreements due to the unique facts and circumstances involved in each particular agreement. Additionally, we have a limited history of prior indemnification claims and the payments we have made under such agreements have not had a material adverse effect on our results of operations, cash flows or financial position. However, to the extent that valid indemnification claims arise in the future, future payments by us could be significant and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or cash flows in a particular period. As of December 31, 2019, we did not have any material indemnification claims that were probable or reasonably possible.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Management’s discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The preparation of financial statements requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses and disclosures at the date of the financial statements. We evaluate our estimates on an on-going basis including those related to revenue recognition, stock-based compensation, goodwill and finite-lived assets and related impairment, and income taxes. We use authoritative pronouncements, historical experience and other assumptions as the basis for making the estimates. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

We believe the following critical accounting policies and estimates affect our more significant judgments used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements. For further information on all of our significant accounting policies, see Note 1 "SummarySummary of Significant Accounting Policies"Policies of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements under Item 8.8.

50


Revenue Recognition

Our revenues are derived primarily from the sale of aligners, scanners, and services from our Clear Aligner and ScannerSystems and Services segments. We enter into sales contracts that may consist of multiple distinct performance obligations where certain performance obligations of the sales contract are not delivered in one reporting period. We measure and allocate revenues according to ASC 606-10, Revenues from Contracts with Customers.

We identify a performance obligation as distinct if both of the following criteria are met: the customer can benefit from the good or service either on its own or together with other resources that are readily available to the customer and the entity’s promise to transfer the good or service to the customer is separately identifiable from other promises in the contract. Determining the standalone selling price (“SSP”), allocation of in order to allocate consideration from the contract to the individual performance obligations and the appropriate timing of revenue recognition, is the result of significant qualitativevarious factors, such as changing trends and quantitative judgments.market conditions, historical prices, costs, and gross margins. While changes in the allocation of the SSP between performance obligations will not affect the amount of total revenues recognized for a particular contract, any material changes could impact the timing of revenue recognition, which would have a material effect on our financial position and result of operations. This is because the contract consideration is allocated to each performance obligation, delivered or undelivered, at the inception of the contract based on the SSP of each distinct performance obligation.




Clear Aligner

We enter into contracts (“treatment plan(s)”) that involve multiple future performance obligations. Invisalign Comprehensive, Invisalign First, Invisalign Moderate, and Lite and Express Packages, include optional additional aligners at no charge for a certain period of time ranging from six months to five years after initial shipment, and Invisalign Go includes optional additional aligners at no charge for a period of up to two years after initial shipment.

Our treatment plans comprise the following performance obligations that also represent distinct deliverables: initial aligners, additional aligners, case refinement, and replacement aligners. We take the practical expedient to consider shipping and handling costs as activities to fulfill the performance obligation. We allocate revenues for each clear aligner treatment plan based on each unit’s SSP. Management considers a variety of factors such as same or similar product historical sales, costs, and gross margin, which may vary over time depending upon the unique facts and circumstances related to each performance obligation in making these estimates. WeIn addition to historical data, we take into consideration changing trends and market conditions. For treatment plans with multiple options, we also consider usage rates, which is the number of times a customer is expected to order additional aligners.more aligners after the initial shipment. Our process for estimating usage rates requires significant judgment and evaluation of inputs, including historical usage data by region, country and channel. We recognize the revenues upon shipment, as the customers obtain physical possession and we have enforceable rights to payment. As we collect most consideration upfront, we consider whether a significant financing component exists; however, as the delivery of the performance obligations are at the customer’s discretion, we conclude that no significant financing component exists.

Scanner

We sell intraoral scanners and CAD/CAM services through both our direct sales force and distribution partners. The intraoral scanner sales price includes one year of warranty and unlimited scanning services. The customer may also select, for additional fees, extended warranty and unlimited scanning services for periods beyond the initial year. When intraoral scanners are sold with an unlimited scanning service agreement and/or extended warranty, we allocate revenues based on the respective SSPs of the scanner and the subscription service. We estimate the SSP of each element in a scanner system and services sale taking into consideration same or similar product historical prices as well as our discounting strategies. Revenues are then recognized over time as the monthly services are rendered and upon shipment of the scanner, as that is when we deem the customer to have obtained control. Most consideration is collected upfront and in cases where there are payment plans, consideration is collected by the one year mark and, therefore, there are no significant financing components.

Volume Discounts

In certain situations, we offer promotions in which the discount will increase depending upon the volume purchased over time. We concluded that in these situations, the promotions can represent either variable consideration or options, depending upon the specifics of the promotion. In the event the promotion contains an option, the option is considered a material right and, therefore, included in the accounting for the initial arrangement. We estimate the average anticipated discount over the lifetime of the promotion or contract, and apply that discount to each unit as it is sold. On a quarterly basis, we review our estimates and, if needed, updates are made and changes are applied prospectively.

Unfulfilled Performance Obligations for Clear Aligners and Scanners

Our unfilledThe estimated revenues expected to be recognized in the future related to our unfulfilled performance obligations, including deferred revenues and backlog, as of December 31, 2019 and the estimated revenues expected to be recognized in the future related to these performance obligations are $610.32022 is $1,515.4 million. This includes performance obligations from the Clear Aligner segment, primarily the shipment of additional aligners, which are fulfilled over six months to five years. Also included are the performance obligations from the iTero scanner segment, primarily services and support, which are fulfilled over one to five years, and contracted deliveries of additional scanners. The estimate includes both product and service unfulfilled performance obligations and the time range reflects our best estimate of when we will transfer control to the customer and may change based on customer usage patterns, timing of shipments, readiness of customers' facilities for installation, and manufacturing availability.

Contract Balances

The timingavailability some of revenue recognition results in deferred revenues being recognized onwhich involve significant judgement. Generally, our Consolidated Balance Sheet. For both aligners and scanners, we usually collect the total consideration owed prior to all performance obligations being performed with payment terms generally varying from net 30 to net 180 days. Contract liabilities are recorded as deferred revenue balances, which are generated based upon timingwill be recognized over a period of invoices and recognition patterns, not payments. If the revenue recognition exceeds the billing, the exceeded amount is considered unbilled receivable and a contract asset. Conversely, if the billing occurs priorone to the revenue recognition, the amount is considered deferred revenue and a contract liability.five years.


Goodwill and Finite-Lived Acquired Intangible Assets and Long-Lived Assets

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price paid over the fair value of tangible and identifiableacquired intangible net assets acquired in business combinationswith finite lives are subject to impairment testing and is allocated to the respective reporting units based on relative synergies generated.

We evaluate goodwillare reviewed for impairment at least annually on November 30th or more frequently if indicators are present, an event occurs or changes in circumstances suggest an impairment may exist and that it would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. The allocation of goodwill to the respective reporting unit is based on relative synergies generated as a result of an acquisition.  

We perform an initial assessment of qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events and circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. In performing the qualitative assessment, we identify and consider the significance of relevant key factors, events, and circumstances that affect the fair value of our reporting units. These factors include external factors such as macroeconomic, industry, and market conditions, as well as entity-specific factors, such as our actual and planned financial performance. We also give consideration to the difference between the reporting unit fair value and carrying value as of the most recent date a fair value measurement was performed. If, after assessing the totality of relevant events and circumstances, we determine that it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying value and there is no indication of impairment, no further testing is performed; however, if we conclude otherwise, the first step of the two-step impairment test is performed by estimating the fair value of the reporting unit and comparing it with its carrying value, including goodwill. Refer to Note 6 "Goodwill and Intangible Assets" of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for details on goodwill.

Finite-Lived Intangible Assets and Long-Lived Assets

Our intangible assets primarily consist of intangible assets acquired as part of acquisitions and are amortized using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives, reflecting the period in which the economic benefits of the assets are expected to be realized.

We evaluate long-lived assets (including finite-lived intangible assets) for impairment wheneverwhen events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amountvalue of an asset group mayis not be recoverable. An asset or asset group is considered impaired if itsrecoverable and the carrying amount exceeds its fair value. We evaluate the recoverability of the carrying value of these identifiable intangible assets based on estimated undiscounted cash flows to be generated from such assets. If the cash flow estimates or the significant operating assumptions upon which they are based change in the future, undiscounted net cash flowswe may be required to record impairment charges.

Assumptions and estimates about future values and remaining useful lives of our acquired intangible assets are complex and subjective. They can be affected by external factors such as industry and economic trends and internal factors such as changes in our business strategy and internal forecasts. Our ongoing consideration of all these factors could result in impairment charges in the assetfuture.

If we were to have impairments to goodwill or asset group is expected to generate. If an asset or asset group is considered to be impaired,finite-lived acquired intangible assets, it could adversely affect our operating results. During the fiscal year 2022 and 2021, we did not have any impairment to be recognized is calculated as the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset or asset group exceeds its fair market value. Our estimates of future cash flows attributablecharges related to our long-lived assets require significant judgment based on our historical and anticipated results and are subject to many factors. Factors we consider important which could trigger an impairment review include significant negative industrygoodwill or economic trends, significant loss of customers and changes in the competitive environment. The estimation of fair value utilizing a discounted cash flow approach includes numerous uncertainties which require our significant judgment when making assumptions of expected growth rates and the selection of discount rates, as well as assumptions regarding general economic and business conditions, and the structure that would yield the highest economic value, among other factors. Refer to Note 6 "Goodwill and Intangible Assets" of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for details of the impairment analysis.acquired intangible assets.

Accounting for Income Taxes

We make certain estimates and judgments in determining income tax expense for financial statement purposes. These estimates and judgments occur in the calculation of certain tax assets and liabilities, which arise from differences in the timing of recognition of revenue and expense for tax and financial statement purposes.

As part of the process of preparing our consolidated financial statements, we are requiredsubject to estimate our income taxes in eachthe U.S. and numerous foreign jurisdictions. The evaluation of the jurisdictions in which we operate. This process involves us estimating our current tax exposure under the applicable tax laws and assessing temporary differences resulting from differing treatment of items for tax and accounting purposes. These differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities which are included in our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

We account for uncertainty in income taxes pursuant to authoritative guidance based on a two-step approach to recognize and measure uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The first step is to determine if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on audit based on its technical merits, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement. We adjust reserves for our uncertain tax positions due to changing facts and circumstances, such as the closing of a tax audit or refinement of estimates due to new


information. To the extent that the final outcome of these matters is different than the amounts recorded, such differences will impact our tax provision in our Consolidated Statement of Operationinvolves significant judgment in the period in which such determination is made.

interpretation and application of U.S. GAAP and complex domestic and international tax laws related to the allocation of international taxation rights between countries. We assessare also required to evaluate the likelihood that we will be able to realize our deferred tax assets. Should there be a change in our ability to realizerealizability of our deferred tax assets on an ongoing basis in accordance with U.S. GAAP, which requires the assessment of both of our tax provision would increase in the period in which we determine that it is more likely than not that we cannot realize our deferred tax assets. We consider all available evidence, both positivehistorical and negative, including historical levelsfuture performance as well as other relevant factors. Realization of income, expectations and risks associated with estimates of future taxable income and ongoing prudent and feasible tax planning strategies in assessing the need for a valuation allowance. If it is more likely than not that we will not realize our deferred tax assets we will increaseis dependent on our provisionability to generate future taxable income which is determined based on assumptions such as
51


estimated growth rates in revenues, gross margins, future cash flows and discount rates. The accuracy of these estimates could be affected by unforeseen events or actual results, and the sustainability of our future tax benefits is dependent upon the acceptance of these valuation estimates and assumptions by the taxing authorities.

Accounting for taxes by recordingLegal Proceedings and Litigation

Estimates of probable losses resulting from litigation are inherently difficult to make, particularly when the matters are in early procedural stages with incomplete facts and information. The final outcome of legal proceedings is dependent on many variables difficult to predict and, therefore, the ultimate cost to entirely resolve such matters may be materially different than the amount of current estimates. Consequently, new information or changes in judgments and estimates could have a valuation allowance against the deferred tax assets that we estimate will not ultimately be realized.material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations or cash flows.

The U.S. Tax Cuts and Jobs Act includes provisions for certain foreign-sourced earnings referred to as Global Intangible Low-Taxed Income (“GILTI”) which imposes a tax on foreign income in excess of a deemed return on tangible assets of foreign corporations. We have made the election to record GILTI tax using the period cost method.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

See Note 1Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 for a discussion of recent accounting pronouncements, including the expected dates of adoption and estimated effects on results of operations and financial condition, which is incorporated herein.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.

In the normal course of business, we are exposed to interest rate, foreign currency exchange and inflation risks that could impact our financial position and results of operations. In addition, we are subject to the broad market risk that is created by the global market disruptions and uncertainties resulting from macroeconomic challenges, the military conflict between Russia and Ukraine and the COVID-19 pandemic. Further discussion on these risks may be found in Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K under the heading “Risk Factors”.

Interest Rate Risk

Changes in interest rates could impact our anticipated interest income on our cash equivalents and investments in marketable securities. Our investments are fixed-rate short-term and long-term securities. Fixed-rate securities may have their fair market value adversely impacted due to a rise in interest rates, and, as a result, our future investment income may fall short of expectations due to changes in interest rates or we may suffer losses in principal if forced to sell securities which have declined in market value due to changes in interest rates. As of December 31, 2022, we had approximately $99.5 million invested in available-for-sale marketable securities. An immediate 10% change in interest rates would not have a material adverse impact on our future operating results and cash flows.

We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes and have not used any derivative financial instruments to manage our interest rate risk exposure. As of December 31, 2022, we are not subject to risks from immediate interest rate increases on our unsecured revolving line of credit facility.

Currency Rate Risk

As a result of our international business activities, our financial results have been affected by factors such as changes in foreign currency exchange rates as well as economic conditions in foreign markets, and there is no assurance that exchange rate fluctuations will not harm our business in the future. We generally sell our products in the local currency of the respective countries. This provides some natural hedging because most of the subsidiaries’ operating expenses are generally denominated in their local currencies.

We enter into foreign currency forward contracts for currencies where we have exposures, primarily the Euro, Chinese Yuan, Polish Zloty and Canadian Dollar, to minimize the short-term impact of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations on cash and certain trade and intercompany receivables and payables.These forward contracts are not designated as hedging instruments and are generally one month in original maturity and are marked to market through earnings every period. The gains and losses on these forward contracts are intended to offset the gains and losses in the underlying foreign currency denominated monetary assets and liabilities being economically hedged. We do not enter into foreign currency forward contracts for trading or speculative purposes. As our international operations grow, we will continue to reassess our approach to managing the risks relating to fluctuations in currency rates. It is difficult to predict the impact forward contracts could have on our results of operations.

52


Although we will continue to monitor our exposure to currency fluctuations, and, where appropriate, may use forward contracts to minimize the effect of these fluctuations, the impact of an aggregate change of 10% in foreign currency exchange rates relative to the U.S. dollar on our results of operations and financial position could be material.

Military Conflict between Russia and Ukraine

Beginning 2022, the military conflict between Russia and Ukraine has continued to escalate and create challenges to already uncertain macroeconomic conditions. As of December 31, 2022, we do not expect these events to have any material impact on our operations. Our Russia net revenues as a percentage of our consolidated net revenues and our assets domiciled in Russia, including cash and cash equivalents, as a percentage of our total assets, are immaterial.

Inflation Risk

The economy has been impacted by certain macroeconomic challenges which have contributed to a rising inflationary trend that have impacted both our revenues and costs globally, and which we expect will continue into the foreseeable future. If our costs become subject to significant inflationary pressures, we may not be able to fully offset such higher costs through price increases. There can be no assurance that our results of operations and financial condition will not be materially impacted by inflation in the future.

53



Item 8.Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Page

54


REPORT OF MANAGEMENT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

Management of Align is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Our internal control over financial reporting is designed by, or under supervision of, our CEO and CFO, and effected by the board of directors, management and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:

pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of Align;

provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of Align are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of Align; and

provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of Align’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. In addition, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2022. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth in Internal Control-Integrated Framework(2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission ("COSO").

Based on our assessment, management has concluded that, as of December 31, 2022, our internal control over financial reporting was effective based on criteria in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the COSO.

The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2022 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which is included herein.

/S/    JOSEPH M. HOGAN      
Joseph M. Hogan
President and Chief Executive Officer
February 27, 2023
/S/    JOHN F. MORICI 
John F. Morici
Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President, Global Finance
February 27, 2023

55


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To theBoard of Directors and Stockholders of Align Technology, Inc.

Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Align Technology, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, and the related consolidated statements of operations, of comprehensive income, of stockholders’ equity and of cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2022, including the related notes and financial statement schedule listed in the index appearing under Item 15(a)(2) (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). We also have audited the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2022, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2022 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2022, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the COSO.

Basis for Opinions

The Company's management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Report of Management on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express opinions on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.

Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

56


Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Critical Audit Matters

The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (i) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (ii) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.

Revenue Recognition – Determination of Standalone Selling Price of Distinct Performance Obligations in Clear Aligner Contracts

As described in Notes 1 and 15 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company recognized net revenues of $3.1 billion from its Clear Aligner segment for the year ended December 31, 2022. The Company enters into contracts (“treatment plans”) that involve multiple future performance obligations. Management identifies a performance obligation as distinct if both of the following criteria are met: the customer can benefit from the good or service either on its own or together with other resources that are readily available to the customer and the entity’s promise to transfer the good or service to the customer is separately identifiable from other promises in the contract. Management allocates revenues for each treatment plan based on each unit’s standalone selling price. Management considers a variety of factors such as same or similar product historical sales, costs, and gross margin, which may vary over time depending upon the unique facts and circumstances related to each performance obligation in making these estimates. In addition to historical data, they take into consideration changing trends and market conditions. Management also considers usage rates, which is the number of times a customer is expected to order additional aligners. Management’s process for estimating usage rates requires significant judgment and evaluation of inputs, including historical usage data by region, country and channel.

The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures related to revenue recognition and the determination of standalone selling price of distinct performance obligations in Clear Aligner contracts is a critical audit matter are the significant judgment by management in determining the estimate of standalone selling price, which includes significant assumptions related to usage rates for each distinct performance obligation. This in turn led to significant auditor judgment, subjectivity, and effort in performing procedures to evaluate management’s determination of the estimates of standalone selling price and usage rates for each distinct performance obligation.

Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming our overall opinion on the consolidated financial statements. These procedures included testing the effectiveness of controls relating to revenue recognition, including controls over the determination of standalone selling price for each distinct performance obligation in the Company’s Clear Aligner contracts. These procedures also included, among others, (i) testing management’s process for determining the estimate of standalone selling price, which included testing the completeness and accuracy of inputs used and evaluating the reasonableness of factors considered by management related to same or similar product historical sales and usage rates, and (ii) testing management’s process for estimating usage rates, which included evaluating the reasonableness of inputs evaluated by management related to historical usage data by region, country and channel.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
San Jose, California
February 27, 2023

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 1997.
57


ALIGN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(in thousands, except per share data)
 Year Ended December 31,
 202220212020
Net revenues$3,734,635 $3,952,584 $2,471,941 
Cost of net revenues1,100,860 1,017,229 708,706 
Gross profit2,633,775 2,935,355 1,763,235 
Operating expenses:
Selling, general and administrative1,674,469 1,708,640 1,200,757 
Research and development305,258 250,315 175,307 
Restructuring and other charges11,453 — — 
Total operating expenses1,991,180 1,958,955 1,376,064 
Income from operations642,595 976,400 387,171 
Interest income and other income (expense), net:
Interest income5,367 3,103 3,125 
Other income (expense), net(48,905)32,920 (11,347)
Total interest income and other income (expense), net(43,538)36,023 (8,222)
Net income before provision for (benefit from) income taxes599,057 1,012,423 378,949 
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes237,484 240,403 (1,396,939)
Net income$361,573 $772,020 $1,775,888 
Net income per share:
Basic$4.62 $9.78 $22.55 
Diluted$4.61 $9.69 $22.41 
Shares used in computing net income per share:
Basic78,190 78,917 78,760 
Diluted78,420 79,670 79,230 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
58


ALIGN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(in thousands)

 Year Ended December 31,
 202220212020
Net income$361,573 $772,020 $1,775,888 
Other comprehensive income (loss):
Change in foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax(11,480)(38,680)44,383 
Change in unrealized gains (losses) on investments, net of tax(3,130)(495)(194)
Other comprehensive income (loss)(14,610)(39,175)44,189 
Comprehensive income$346,963 $732,845 $1,820,077 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.





59


ALIGN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(in thousands, except per share data)

December 31,
20222021
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents$942,050 $1,099,370 
Marketable securities, short-term57,534 71,972 
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $10,343 and $9,245, respectively859,685 897,198 
Inventories338,752 230,230 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets226,370 195,305 
Total current assets2,424,391 2,494,075 
Marketable securities, long-term41,978 125,320 
Property, plant and equipment, net1,231,855 1,081,926 
Operating lease right-of-use assets, net118,880 121,257 
Goodwill407,551 418,547 
Intangible assets, net95,720 109,709 
Deferred tax assets1,571,746 1,533,767 
Other assets55,826 57,509 
Total assets$5,947,947 $5,942,110 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable$127,870 $163,886 
Accrued liabilities454,374 607,315 
Deferred revenues1,343,643 1,152,870 
Total current liabilities1,925,887 1,924,071 
Income tax payable124,393 118,072 
Operating lease liabilities100,334 102,656 
Other long-term liabilities195,975 174,597 
Total liabilities2,346,589 2,319,396 
Commitments and contingencies (Notes 7 and 8)
Stockholders’ equity:
Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value (5,000 shares authorized; none issued)— — 
Common stock, $0.0001 par value (200,000 shares authorized; 77,267 and 78,710 issued and outstanding, respectively)
Additional paid-in capital1,044,946 999,006 
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net(10,284)4,326 
Retained earnings2,566,688 2,619,374 
Total stockholders’ equity3,601,358 3,622,714 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity$5,947,947 $5,942,110 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
60


ALIGN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(in thousands)

Common StockAdditional
Paid-In
Capital
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss), Net
Retained EarningsTotal
SharesAmount
Balance as of December 31, 201978,433 $$906,937 $(688)$439,912 $1,346,169 
Net income— — — — 1,775,888 1,775,888 
Net change in unrealized gains (losses) from investments— — — (194)— (194)
Net change in foreign currency translation adjustment
— — — 44,383 — 44,383 
Issuance of common stock relating to employee equity compensation plans427 — 20,314 — — 20,314 
Tax withholdings related to net share settlements of equity awards— — (51,122)— — (51,122)
Stock-based compensation— — 98,427 — — 98,427 
Balance as of December 31, 202078,860 974,556 43,501 2,215,800 3,233,865 
Net income— — — — 772,020 772,020 
Net change in unrealized gains (losses) from investments— — — (495)— (495)
Net change in foreign currency translation adjustment— — — (38,680)— (38,680)
Issuance of common stock relating to employee equity compensation plans442 — 25,623 — — 25,623 
Tax withholdings related to net share settlements of equity awards— — (108,917)— — (108,917)
Common stock repurchased and retired(592)— (6,592)— (368,446)(375,038)
Stock-based compensation— — 114,336 — — 114,336 
Balance as of December 31, 202178,710 999,006 4,326 2,619,374 3,622,714 
Net income— — — — 361,573 361,573 
Net change in unrealized gains (losses) from investments— — — (3,130)— (3,130)
Net change in foreign currency translation adjustment— — — (11,480)— (11,480)
Issuance of common stock relating to employee equity compensation plans305 — 26,149 — — 26,149 
Tax withholdings related to net share settlements of equity awards— — (52,799)— — (52,799)
Common stock repurchased and retired(1,748)— (20,777)— (414,259)(435,036)
Equity forward contract related to accelerated stock repurchase— — (40,000)— — (40,000)
Stock-based compensation— — 133,367 — — 133,367 
Balance as of December 31, 202277,267 $$1,044,946 $(10,284)$2,566,688 $3,601,358 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
61


ALIGN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(in thousands)
 Year Ended December 31,
 202220212020
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income$361,573 $772,020 $1,775,888 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Deferred taxes(39,495)15,455 (1,491,577)
Depreciation and amortization125,793 108,729 93,538 
Stock-based compensation
133,367 114,336 98,427 
Non-cash operating lease cost30,520 26,807 22,467 
Arbitration award gain— (43,403)— 
Other non-cash operating activities41,288 24,363 33,743 
Changes in assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisitions:
Accounts receivable21,549 (262,066)(139,777)
Inventories(130,097)(112,450)(29,110)
Prepaid expenses and other assets(65,514)(124,626)(21,130)
Accounts payable(36,523)19,747 52,206 
Accrued and other long-term liabilities(121,942)158,543 42,168 
Long-term income tax payable6,327 12,449 (2,802)
Deferred revenues241,886 462,640 228,133 
                   Net cash provided by operating activities568,732 1,172,544 662,174 
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired(12,304)(8,002)(420,788)
Purchase of property, plant and equipment(291,900)(401,098)(154,916)
Purchase of marketable securities(28,002)(200,928)(5,341)
Proceeds from maturities of marketable securities23,785 498 42,641 
Proceeds from sales of marketable securities97,316 3,114 278,817 
Repayment on unsecured promissory note— 4,594 26,925 
Proceeds from arbitration award— 43,403 — 
Other investing activities(2,211)(5,011)1,156 
                   Net cash used in investing activities(213,316)(563,430)(231,506)
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Proceeds from issuance of common stock26,149 25,623 20,314 
Common stock repurchases(435,036)(375,038)— 
Payment for equity forward contract related to accelerated stock repurchase agreement(40,000)— — 
Payroll taxes paid upon the vesting of equity awards(52,799)(108,917)(51,122)
                    Net cash used in financing activities(501,686)(458,332)(30,808)
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes on cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash(11,514)(12,117)10,480 
            Net (decrease) increase in cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash(157,784)138,665 410,340 
                    Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at beginning of year1,100,139 961,474 551,134 
                    Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at end of year$942,355 $1,100,139 $961,474 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
62


ALIGN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
ITEM 7A.QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
InBusiness Description

Align Technology, Inc. (“We”, “Our”, “Align”) is a global medical device company primarily engaged in the normal coursedesign, manufacture and marketing of business,Invisalign® clear aligners for the treatment of malocclusions, or the misalignment of teeth, by orthodontists and general dental practitioners (“GPs”), Vivera® retainers for retention, iTero® intraoral scanners and services for dentistry, and exocad® computer-aided design and computer-aided manufacturing (“CAD/CAM”) software for dental laboratories and dental practitioners. Our vision and strategy is to revolutionize orthodontic and restorative dentistry through digital treatment planning and implementation using our Align Digital PlatformTM, an integrated suite of proprietary technologies and services designed to deliver a seamless, end-to-end solution for patients and consumers, orthodontists and GPs and lab partners. We strive to achieve our vision and strategy through key objectives made possible with the proprietary technologies and services of the Align Digital Platform to establish: clear aligners as the principal solution for the treatment of malocclusions with the Invisalign System as the treatment solution of choice by orthodontists, GPs and patients globally, our intraoral scanners as the preferred scanning technology for digital dental scans, and our exocad CAD/CAM software as the dental restorative solution of choice for dental labs. Our corporate headquarters is located in Tempe, Arizona and we have offices worldwide. Our Americas regional headquarters is located in Raleigh, North Carolina; our European, Middle East and Africa (“EMEA”) regional headquarters is located in Rotkreuz, Switzerland; and our Asia Pacific (“APAC”) regional headquarters is located in Singapore. We have two operating segments: (1) Clear Aligner, known as the Invisalign system, and (2) Imaging Systems and CAD/CAM services (“Systems and Services”), known as the iTero intraoral scanner and CAD/CAM services.

Basis of Presentation and Preparation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Align and our wholly-owned subsidiaries after elimination of intercompany transactions and balances.  

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) in the United States of America (“U.S.”) requires our management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates, including those related to revenue recognition, useful lives of intangible assets and property and equipment, long-lived assets and goodwill, income taxes, contingent liabilities, the fair values of financial instruments, stock-based compensation and the valuation of investments in privately held companies among others. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments
Fair value is an exit price, representing the amount that would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. We use the GAAP fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. This hierarchy requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. The three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value:

Level 1 - Quoted (unadjusted) prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2 - Observable inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the asset or liability. We obtain fair values for our Level 2 investments. Our custody bank and asset managers independently use professional pricing services to gather pricing data which may include quoted market prices for identical or comparable financial instruments, or inputs other than quoted prices that are observable either directly or indirectly, and we are exposedultimately responsible for these underlying estimates.

63


Level 3 - Unobservable inputs to foreignthe valuation methodology that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the measurement of the fair value of the assets or liabilities. Level 3 assets and liabilities include those whose fair value measurements are determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies or similar valuation techniques, as well as significant management judgment or estimation.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

We consider currency exchange rateon hand, demand deposits, time deposits, and all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase to be cash and cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents are held in various financial institutions in the U.S. and internationally.

Restricted Cash

The restricted cash primarily consists of funds reserved for legal requirements. Restricted cash balances are primarily included in other assets within our Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Marketable Securities

Our marketable securities consist of marketable debt securities which are classified as available-for-sale and are carried at fair value. Our fixed-income securities investment portfolio allows for investments with a maximum effective maturity of up to 40 months on any individual security. Marketable securities classified as current assets have maturities within one year from the balance sheet date. Unrealized gains or losses on such securities are included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net (“AOCI”) in stockholders’ equity. Realized gains and losses from sales and maturities of all such securities are reported in earnings and computed using the specific identification cost method. 

All of our marketable securities are subject to a periodic impairment review. We evaluate if an allowance for credit loss is necessary by considering available information relevant to the collectibility of the security and information about credit rating changes, past events, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts. Any allowance for credit loss is recorded as a charge to other income (expense), net, in our Consolidated Statement of Operations. If we have an intent to sell, or if it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell the security in an unrealized loss position before recovery of its amortized cost basis, we will write down the security to its fair value and record the corresponding charge as a component of other income (expense), net in our Consolidated Statement of Operations.

Variable Interest Entities

We evaluate whether an entity in which we have made an investment is considered a variable interest rate risksentity (“VIE”). If we determine we are the primary beneficiary of a VIE, we would consolidate the VIE into our financial statements. In determining if we are the primary beneficiary, we evaluate whether we have the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the VIEs economic performance and the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits of the VIE that could impactpotentially be significant to the VIE. Our evaluation includes identification of significant activities and an assessment of our ability to direct those activities based on governance provisions and arrangements to provide or receive product and process technology, product supply, operations services, equity funding, financing, and other applicable agreements and circumstances. Our assessments of whether we are the primary beneficiary of a VIE require significant assumptions and judgments. We have concluded that we are not the primary beneficiary of our VIE investments; therefore, we do not consolidate their results into our consolidated financial positionstatements.

Investments in Privately Held Companies
Our investments in privately held companies in which we cannot exercise significant influence and resultsdo not own a majority equity interest or otherwise control are accounted for under the measurement alternative. Under the measurement alternative, the carrying value of operations.

Interest Rate Risk

Changesour equity investment is adjusted to fair value for observable transactions for identical or similar investments of the same issuer.Investments in interest rates could impact our anticipated interest incomeequity securities are reported on our cash equivalentsConsolidated Balance Sheet as other assets, and we periodically evaluate them for impairment. We record any change in carrying value of our equity securities, in other income (expense), net in our Consolidated Statement of Operations. The carrying value of our equity investments in marketable securities. Our investments are fixed-rate short-term and long-term securities. Fixed-rate securities may have theirprivately held companies without readily determinable fair market value adversely impacted due to a rise in interest rates, and, as a result, our future investment income may fall short of expectations due to changes in interest rates or we may suffer losses in principal if forced to sell securities which have declined in market value due to changes in interest rates. As of December 31, 2019, we had approximately $318.2 million invested in available-for-sale marketable securities. An immediate 10% change in interest rates wouldvalues were not have a material adverse impact on our future operating results and cash flows.

We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes and have not used any derivative financial instruments to manage our interest rate risk exposure. Based on interest bearing liabilities we have as of December 31, 2019, we are not subject2022 or 2021 and the associated adjustments to risks from immediate interest rate increases.

Currency Rate Risk

As a result of our international business activities, our financial results could be affected by factors such as changes in foreign currency exchange rates or economic conditions in foreign markets, and there is no assurance that exchange rate fluctuations will not harm our business in the future. We generally sell our products in the local currencycarrying values of the respective countries. This provides some natural hedging because most ofinvestments were not material during the subsidiaries’ operating expenses are generally denominated in their local currencies. Regardless of this natural hedging, our results of operations may be adversely impacted by exchange rate fluctuations.year ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020.

64


Derivative Financial Instruments

We enter into foreign currency forward contracts to minimize the short-term impact of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations on cashassociated with certain assets and certain trade and intercompany receivables and payables.liabilities. These forward contracts are not designated as hedging instruments and do not subject us to material balance sheet risk due to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates.instruments. The gains and losses on these forward contracts are intended to offset the gains and losses in the underlying foreign currency denominated monetary assets and liabilities being economically hedged. These instruments are marked to market through earnings every period and generally are one month in original maturity. We do not enter into foreign currency forward contracts for trading or speculative purposes. AsThe net gain or loss from the settlement of these foreign currency forward contracts is recorded in other income (expense), net in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

Foreign Currency

For our international operations grow,subsidiaries, we will continueanalyze on an annual basis or more often if necessary, if a significant change in facts and circumstances indicate that the functional currency has changed. For international subsidiaries where the local currency is the functional currency, adjustments from translating financial statements from the local currency to reassess our approach to managing the risks relating to fluctuationsU.S. dollar reporting currency are recorded as a separate component of AOCI in the stockholders’ equity section of the Consolidated Balance Sheet. This foreign currency rates. It is difficult to predicttranslation adjustment reflects the impact forward contracts could have on our resultstranslation of operations.the balance sheet at period end exchange rates, and the income statement at the transaction date or average exchange rate in effect during the period. The fair value of foreign exchange forward contracts outstanding as ofcurrency revaluation that are derived from monetary assets and liabilities stated in a currency other than functional currency are included in other income (expense), net. For the year ended December 31, 2019 was2022, 2021 and 2020, we had foreign currency net gains (losses) of $(43.8) million, $(13.3) million and $6.8 million, respectively.

Certain Risks and Uncertainties

We are subject to risks including, but not material.



Although we will continuelimited to, monitor our exposure to currencyglobal and regional economic market conditions, inflation, fluctuations and, where appropriate, may use forward contracts to minimize the effect of these fluctuations, the impact of an aggregate change of 10% in foreign currency exchange rates, relative to the U.S. dollar on our results of operations and financial position could be material.

ITEM 8.CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

Quarterly Results of Operations
 Three Months Ended
 2019 2018
 December 31, 2019 September 30, 2019 June 30, 2019 March 31, 2019 December 31, 2018 September 30, 2018 June 30, 2018 March 31, 2018
 
(in thousands, except per share data)
(unaudited )
Net revenues$649,787
 $607,341
 $600,697
 $548,971
 $534,020
 $505,289
 $490,259
 $436,924
Gross profit471,958
 437,554
 432,289
 402,096
 383,096
 371,781
 365,582
 327,408
Income from operations151,150
 127,152
 176,490
 87,701
 120,473
 125,208
 122,691
 98,192
Net income121,262
 102,524
 147,142
 71,848
 97,392
 100,872
 106,105
 95,866
Net income per share:               
Basic$1.54
 $1.29
 $1.84
 $0.90
 $1.22
 $1.26
 $1.32
 $1.20
Diluted$1.53
 $1.28
 $1.83
 $0.89
 $1.20
 $1.24
 $1.30
 $1.17
Shares used in computing net income per share:               
Basic78,578
 79,332
 79,943
 79,860
 79,891
 80,111
 80,216
 80,036
Diluted79,137
 79,825
 80,590
 80,687
 80,943
 81,359
 81,471
 81,628






INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Page
Report of Management on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the year ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2019 and 2018
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the year ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the year ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


REPORT OF MANAGEMENT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

Management of Align is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.  Our internal control over financial reporting is designed by, or under supervision of, our CEO and CFO, and effected by the board of directors, management and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:

pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of Align;

provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of Align are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of Align; and

provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of Align's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. In addition, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or that the degreeconsumer confidence and demand, increased competition, dependence on key personnel, protection and litigation of proprietary technology, shifts in taxable income between tax jurisdictions and compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth in Internal Control-Integrated Framework(2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission ("COSO").

Based on our assessment, management has concluded that, as of December 31, 2019, our internal control over financial reporting was effective based on criteria in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the COSO.

The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which is included herein.

/S/    JOSEPH M. HOGAN      
Joseph M. Hogan
President and Chief Executive Officer
February 28, 2020
/S/    JOHN F. MORICI 
John F. Morici
Chief Financial Officer and Senior Vice President, Global Finance
February 28, 2020


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Align Technology, Inc.

Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Align Technology, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019, including the related notes and financial statement schedule listed in the index appearing under item 15 (a)(2) (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). We also have audited the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework(2013)issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the results of its operations and itscash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework(2013)issued by the COSO.

Change in Accounting Principle

As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts for leases in 2019.
Basis for Opinions
The Company's management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Report of Management on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express opinions on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the SecuritiesU.S. Food and Exchange CommissionDrug Administration (“FDA”) and similar international agencies. Further, our operations globally have been impacted by the PCAOB.COVID-19 pandemic. Although its impact has been gradually declining, we continue to be exposed to risks and uncertainties posed by it which varies by geographic regions at different levels. The extent to which our business could be impacted in the future by the pandemic is highly uncertain and difficult to predict.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.
Our auditscash and investments are held primarily by five financial institutions. Financial instruments which potentially expose us to concentrations of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedurescredit risk consist primarily of cash equivalents and marketable securities. We invest excess cash primarily in money market funds, corporate bonds, asset-backed securities, municipal bonds and U.S. government agency bonds and treasury bonds and periodically evaluate them for credit losses. Such credit losses have not been material to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide


reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because
We purchase certain inventory from sole suppliers. Additionally, we rely on a limited number of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projectionshardware manufacturers. The inability of any evaluationsupplier or manufacturer to fulfill our supply requirements could materially and adversely impact our future operating results.

Accounts Receivable, net

Trade accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount. Accounts receivable, net includes allowances for doubtful accounts for any potentially uncollectible amounts. We periodically assess the adequacy of effectivenessthe allowance for doubtful accounts by reviewing the accounts receivable on a collective basis by considering factors such as aging of the receivables and customers’ expected ability to pay, and on an individual basis for specific customers with known disputes or collectability issues. In determining the amount of the allowance for doubtful accounts, we also evaluate the creditworthiness of customers, current market conditions and forecasts of future periods are subjecteconomic conditions to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Critical Audit Matters

The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arisingmake any adjustments. Actual write-offs have not materially differed from the current period auditestimated allowances. No individual customer accounted for 10% or more of the consolidated financial statements that was communicatedour accounts receivable at December 31, 2022 or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (i) relates to accounts2021 or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (ii) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.

Revenue Recognition - Determination of Standalone Selling Price of Distinct Performance Obligations in Clear Aligner Contracts
As described in Notes 1 and 17 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company recognized net revenues of $2 billion from its Clear Aligner segment for the year ended December 31, 2019.2022, 2021 or 2020.

In 2022, we entered into factoring transactions on a non-recourse basis with financial institutions to sell certain of our non-U.S. accounts receivable. We account for these transactions as sales of accounts receivables and include the cash proceeds as a part of our cash flows from operations in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. Total accounts receivable sold under the factoring arrangements was $37.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2022. Factoring fees on the sales of receivables were recorded in other income (expense), net in our Consolidated Statement of Operations and were not material.

65


Inventories

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or net realizable value, with cost computed using standard cost which approximates actual cost on a first-in-first-out basis. Excess and obsolete inventories are determined primarily based on future demand forecasts, and write-downs of excess and obsolete inventories are recorded as a component of cost of net revenues.

Property, Plant and Equipment, net

Property, plant and equipment, net are stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization are computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Construction in progress is related to the construction or development of property (including land) and equipment that have not yet been placed in service for their intended use. Upon sale or retirement, the asset’s cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the balance sheet and any related gains or losses are reflected in income from operations. Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. Refer to Note 3 “Balance Sheet Components" of the Notes of Consolidated Financial Statements for details on estimated useful lives.

Leases - Lessee

We determine if an arrangement is a lease at inception. Leases with a term of 12 months or less are not recorded on the balance sheet. Right-of-use (“ROU”) assets represent our right to use an underlying asset for the lease term and lease liabilities represent our obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. ROU assets and liabilities are recognized at commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term. We use our incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at commencement date in determining the present value of lease payments as the rate implicit in our leases is not readily determinable. We determine lease terms as the noncancellable period of the lease and may include options to extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain that we will exercise that option. We have lease agreements with lease and non-lease components which are accounted for as a single lease component. Payments under our lease arrangements are primarily fixed; however, certain lease agreements contain variable payments which are expensed as incurred and not included in the operating lease ROU assets and liabilities.

Business Combinations

We allocate the fair value of the purchase consideration to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values at the acquisition date. When determining the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, management is required to make certain estimates and assumptions, especially with respect to intangible assets. The Company entersestimates and assumptions used in valuing intangible assets include, but are not limited to, the amount and timing of projected future cash flows including forecasted revenues, the discount rate used to determine the present value of these cash flows, and the determination of the assets’ life cycle. Amounts recorded in a business combination may change during the measurement period, which is a period not to exceed one year from the date of acquisition, as additional information about conditions existing at the acquisition date becomes available.

Goodwill and Finite-Lived Acquired Intangible Assets

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price paid over the fair value of tangible and identifiable intangible net assets acquired in business combinations and is allocated to the respective reporting units based on relative synergies generated.

Our intangible assets primarily consist of intangible assets acquired as part of our acquisitions. These assets are amortized using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives ranging from two to fifteen years reflecting the period in which the economic benefits of the assets are expected to be realized.

Impairment of Goodwill and Long-Lived Assets

Goodwill

We evaluate goodwill for impairment at least annually on November 30th or more frequently if indicators are present, an event occurs or changes in circumstances suggest an impairment may exist and that it would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. The allocation of goodwill to the respective reporting unit is based on relative synergies generated as a result of an acquisition.  

We perform an initial assessment of qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events and circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. In
66


performing the qualitative assessment, we identify and consider the significance of relevant key factors, events, and circumstances that affect the fair value of our reporting units. These factors include external factors such as macroeconomic, industry, and market conditions, as well as entity-specific factors, such as our actual and planned financial performance. We also give consideration to the difference between the reporting unit fair value and carrying value as of the most recent date a fair value measurement was performed. If, after assessing the totality of relevant events and circumstances, we determine that it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying value and there is no indication of impairment, no further testing is performed; however, if we conclude otherwise, then we will perform the quantitative impairment test which compares the estimated fair value of the reporting unit to its carrying value, including goodwill. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit is in excess of its fair value, an impairment loss would be recorded in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

Long-Lived Assets

We evaluate long-lived assets (including finite-lived intangible assets) for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset group may not be recoverable. An asset or asset group is considered impaired if its carrying amount exceeds the future undiscounted net cash flows that the asset or asset group is expected to generate. Factors we consider important which could trigger an impairment review include significant negative industry or economic trends, significant loss of customers and changes in the competitive environment. If an asset or asset group is considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is calculated as the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset or asset group exceeds its fair market value. Our estimates of future cash flows attributable to our long-lived assets require significant judgment based on our historical and anticipated results and are subject to many assumptions. The estimation of fair value utilizing a discounted cash flow approach includes numerous uncertainties which require our significant judgment when making assumptions of expected growth rates and the selection of discount rates, as well as assumptions regarding general economic and business conditions, and the structure that would yield the highest economic value, among other factors.Refer to Note 5 Goodwill and Intangible Assets of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for details on intangible long-lived assets.

Development Costs for Internal Use Software

Internally developed software includes enterprise-level business software that we customize to meet our specific operational needs. Such capitalized costs include external direct costs utilized in developing or obtaining the applications and payroll and payroll-related costs for employees, who are directly associated with the development of the applications. There were no significant internally developed software costs capitalized in 2022 or 2021.

Development Costs for Software to be Marketed

The costs to develop software that is marketed externally have not been capitalized as we believe our current software development process is essentially completed concurrent with the establishment of technological feasibility. As such, all related software development costs are expensed as incurred and included in research and development expense in our Consolidated Statement of Operations.
Product Warranty

We offer assurance warranties on our products which provide the customer assurance that the product will function as the parties intended because it complies with agreed-upon specifications; therefore, warranties are not treated as a separate revenue performance obligation and are accounted for as guarantees under GAAP.

Clear Aligner

We warrant our Invisalign products against material defects until the treatment plan is complete except in the case of retainers, which are warranted up to three months from expected first use. We accrue for warranty costs, which are primarily based on historical experience as to product failures as well as current information on replacement costs.

Systems and Services

We warrant our intraoral scanners for a period of one year, which includes materials and labor. We accrue for these warranty costs based on average historical repair costs. An extended warranty may be purchased for additional fees. We warrant our CAD/CAM software for a one year period to perform in accordance with agreed product specifications. As we have not historically incurred any material warranty costs, we do not accrue for these software warranties.
67


Warranty costs are recorded in cost of net revenues upon shipment of products. We regularly review our warranty liability and update these balances based on historical warranty cost trends. Actual warranty costs incurred have not materially differed from those accrued; however future actual warranty costs could differ from the estimated amounts.

Revenue Recognition

Our revenues are derived primarily from the sale of aligners, scanners, and services from our Clear Aligner and Systems and Services segments. We enter into sales contracts (“treatment plans”) that involvemay consist of multiple futuredistinct performance obligations. Management identifiesobligations where certain performance obligations of the sales contract are not delivered in one reporting period. We measure and allocate revenues according to ASC 606-10, “Revenues from Contracts with Customers.

We identify a performance obligation as distinct if both of the following criteria are met: the customer can benefit from the good or service either on its own or together with other resources that are readily available to the customer and the entity’s promise to transfer the good or service to the customer is separately identifiable from other promises in the contract. Determining the standalone selling price allocation of(“SSP”) in order to allocate consideration from the contract to the individual performance obligations is the result of various factors, such as changing trends and market conditions, historical prices, costs, and gross margins. While changes in the appropriateallocation of the SSP between performance obligations will not affect the amount of total revenues recognized for a particular contract, any material changes could impact the timing of revenue recognition, is thewhich would have a material effect on our financial position and result of significant qualitativeoperations. This is because the contract consideration is allocated to each performance obligation, delivered or undelivered, at the inception of the contract based on the SSP of each distinct performance obligation.

Clear Aligner

We enter into contracts (“treatment plan(s)”) that involve multiple future performance obligations. Invisalign Comprehensive, Invisalign First, Invisalign Moderate, Invisalign Go, Invisalign Go Plus, and quantitative judgments.Lite and Express Packages include optional additional aligners at no charge for a certain period of time ranging from six months to five years after initial shipment.

Our treatment plans comprise the following performance obligations that also represent distinct deliverables: initial aligners, the option of additional aligners, case refinement, and replacement aligners. We take the practical expedient to consider shipping and handling costs as activities to fulfill the performance obligation. Where processing fees are charged, the consideration received from the fees are included in the total consideration. We allocate revenues for each treatment plan based on each unit’s standalone selling price. Management considers a variety of factors such as same or similar product historical sales, costs, and gross margin, which may vary over time depending upon the unique facts and circumstances related to each performance obligation in making these estimates. ManagementIn addition to historical data, we take into consideration changing trends and market conditions. For treatment plans with multiple future options, we also considersconsider usage rates, which is the number of times a customer is expected to order additional aligners. Management’sOur process for estimating usage rates requires significant judgment and evaluation of inputs, including historical usage data by region, country and channel. We recognize the revenues upon shipment, as the customers obtain physical possession and we have enforceable rights to payment. As we collect most consideration upfront, we consider whether a significant financing component exists; however, as the delivery of the performance obligations are at the customer’s discretion, we conclude that no significant financing component exists.

Systems and Services

We sell intraoral scanners and CAD/CAM services through both our direct sales force and distribution partners. The intraoral scanner sales price includes one year of warranty and unlimited scanning services. The customer may also select, for additional fees, extended warranty and unlimited scanning services for periods beyond the initial year. When intraoral scanners are sold with an unlimited scanning service agreement and/or extended warranty, we allocate revenues based on the respective SSP of the scanner and the subscription service. We estimate the SSP of each element, taking into account factors such as same or similar historical prices and discounting strategies. Revenues are then recognized over time as the monthly services are rendered and upon shipment of the scanner, as that is when we deem the customer to have obtained control. We also have a rental program, where scanners are leased to customers. The contracts for the program are treated as operating leases, and the revenue is recognized ratably over the lease term.

CAD/CAM services, where sold separately, include the initial software license and maintenance and support. We allocate revenues based upon the respective SSPs of the software license and the maintenance and support. We estimate the SSP of each element using data such as historical prices. Revenues related to the software license are recognized upfront and revenues related to the maintenance and support are recognized over time. For both scanner and service sales, most consideration is
68


collected upfront and in cases where there are payment plans, consideration is collected within one year and, therefore, there are no significant financing components.

Volume Discounts

In certain situations, we offer promotions in which the discount will increase depending upon the volume purchased over time. We concluded that in these situations, the promotions can represent either variable consideration or options, depending upon the specifics of the promotion. In the event the promotion contains an option, the option is considered a material right and, therefore, included in the accounting for the initial arrangement. We estimate the average anticipated discount over the lifetime of the promotion or contract, and apply that discount to each unit as it is sold. On a quarterly basis, we review our estimates and, if needed, updates are made and changes are applied prospectively.

Accrued Sales Return Reserve

We provide a reserve for sales returns based on historical sales returns as a percentage of revenues. 

Costs to Obtain a Contract

We offer a variety of commission plans to our salesforce; each plan has multiple components. To match the costs to obtain a contract to the associated revenues, we evaluate the individual components and capitalize the eligible components, recognizing the costs over the treatment period. The costs to obtain contracts were $27.4 million and $31.1 million as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively, and are included in other assets in our Consolidated Balance Sheets. We recognized amortization on our costs to obtain a contract of $20.8 million, $17.0 million, and $10.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2022, 2021, and 2020, respectively, which is included in selling, general and administrative expenses in our Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Unfulfilled Performance Obligations for Clear Aligners and Scanners

Our unfulfilled performance obligations, including deferred revenues and backlog, as of December 31, 2022 and the estimated revenues expected to be recognized in the future related to these performance obligations are $1,515.4 million. This includes performance obligations from the Clear Aligner segment, primarily the shipment of additional aligners, which are fulfilled over six months to five years. This also includes the performance obligations from the Systems and Services segment, primarily services and support, which are fulfilled over one to five years, and contracted deliveries of additional scanners. The estimate includes both product and service unfulfilled performance obligations and the time range reflects our best estimate of when we will transfer control to the customer and may change based on customer usage patterns, timing of shipments, readiness of customers' facilities for installation, and manufacturing availability.

Contract Balances

The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures related totiming of revenue recognition results in deferred revenues being recognized on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. For both aligners and scanners, we usually collect the total consideration owed prior to all performance obligations being performed with payment terms generally varying from net 30 to net 180 days. Contract liabilities are recorded as deferred revenue balances, which are generated based upon timing of invoices and recognition patterns, not payments. If the revenue recognition exceeds the billing, the exceeded amount is considered unbilled receivable and a contract asset. Conversely, if the billing occurs prior to the revenue recognition, the amount is considered deferred revenue and a contract liability.

Shipping and Handling Costs

Shipping and handling charges to customers as well as processing fees are included in net revenues, and the determinationassociated costs incurred are recorded in cost of standalone selling price of distinct performance obligationsnet revenues.

Legal Proceedings and Litigations

We are involved in Clear Aligner contractslegal proceedings on an ongoing basis. If we believe that a loss arising from such matters is a critical audit matter are there was significant judgment by managementprobable and can be reasonably estimated, we accrue the estimated loss in determining the standalone selling price, which includes significant assumptions related to usage rates for each distinct performance obligation. This in turn led to significant judgment, subjectivity, and effort in applying audit procedures to evaluate the judgments made by management in determining the estimates of standalone selling price and usage rates for each distinct performance obligation.

Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming our overall opinion on the consolidated financial statements. These procedures included testingIf only a range of estimated losses can be determined, we accrue an amount within the effectivenessrange that, in our judgment, reflects the most likely outcome; if none of controls relating to revenue recognition, including controls over the determinationestimates within that range is a better estimate than any other amount, we accrue the low end of standalone selling price for each distinct performance obligation in the Company’s Clear Aligner contracts.range.
69


These procedures alsoincluded, among others, (i) testing management’s process for determining the estimate of standalone selling price, which included testing the completeness and accuracy of inputs used and evaluating the reasonableness of factors considered by management, such as historical sales, usage rates, costs, and gross margin, and (ii) testing management’s process for estimating usage rates, which included evaluating the reasonableness of inputs evaluated by management, including historical usage data by region, country and channel.


/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
San Jose, CaliforniaResearch and Development
February 28, 2020

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred and includes the costs associated with the research and development of new products and enhancements to existing products. These costs primarily include personnel-related costs, including payroll and stock-based compensation, equipment, material and maintenance costs, outside consulting expenses, depreciation and amortization expense and allocations of corporate overhead expenses including facilities and information technology (“IT”).
We have served as the company's auditor since 1997.
Advertising Costs


ALIGN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(in thousands, except per share data)
 Year Ended December 31,
 2019 2018 2017
Net revenues$2,406,796
 $1,966,492
 $1,473,413
Cost of net revenues662,899
 518,625
 356,466
Gross profit1,743,897
 1,447,867
 1,116,947
Operating expenses:     
Selling, general and administrative1,072,053
 852,404
 665,777
Research and development157,361
 128,899
 97,559
Impairments and other (gains) charges22,990
 
 
Litigation settlement gain(51,000) 
 
Total operating expenses1,201,404
 981,303
 763,336
Income from operations542,493
 466,564
 353,611
Interest income12,482
 8,576
 6,948
Other income (expense), net7,676
 (8,489) 4,240
Net income before provision for income taxes and equity in losses of investee562,651
 466,651
 364,799
Provision for income taxes112,347
 57,723
 130,162
Equity in losses of investee, net of tax7,528
 8,693
 3,219
Net income$442,776
 $400,235
 $231,418
      
Net income per share:     
Basic$5.57
 $5.00
 $2.89
Diluted$5.53
 $4.92
 $2.83
Shares used in computing net income per share:     
Basic79,424
 80,064
 80,085
Diluted80,100
 81,357
 81,832

The accompanying notescost of advertising and media is expensed as incurred. For the year ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, we incurred advertising costs of $222.0 million, $325.6 million and $161.0 million, respectively.

Stock-Based Compensation

We recognize stock-based compensation cost for shares expected to vest on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the award, net of estimated forfeitures. We use the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the fair value of employee stock purchase plan shares. We use a Monte Carlo simulation model to estimate the fair value of market-performance based restricted stock units which requires the input of assumptions, including expected term, stock price volatility and the risk-free rate of return. For restricted stock units which vest based on performance conditions, we use the stock price on the grant date to estimate the fair value and stock-based compensation cost is recorded based on expected attainment of performance targets. Forfeitures are an integralestimated based on historical experience at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates.

Income Taxes

We make certain estimates and judgments in determining income tax expense for financial statement purposes. These estimates and judgments occur in the calculation of certain tax assets and liabilities, which arise from differences in the timing of recognition of revenues and expenses for tax and financial statement purposes.

As part of thesethe process of preparing our consolidated financial statements.statements, we are required to estimate our income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate. This process involves us estimating our current tax exposure under the applicable tax laws and assessing temporary differences resulting from differing treatment of items for tax and accounting purposes. These differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities which are included in our Consolidated Balance Sheets.

We account for uncertainty in income taxes pursuant to authoritative guidance based on a two-step approach to recognize and measure uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The first step is to determine if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on audit based on its technical merits, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement. We adjust reserves for our uncertain tax positions due to changing facts and circumstances, such as the closing of a tax audit or refinement of estimates due to new information. To the extent that the final outcome of these matters is different than the amounts recorded, such differences will impact our tax provision in our Consolidated Statement of Operations in the period in which such determination is made.

We assess the likelihood that we will be able to realize our deferred tax assets. Should there be a change in our ability to realize our deferred tax assets, our tax provision would increase in the period in which we determine that it is more likely than not that we cannot realize our deferred tax assets. We consider all available evidence, both positive and negative, including historical levels of income, expectations and risks associated with estimates of future taxable income and ongoing prudent and feasible tax planning strategies in assessing the need for a valuation allowance. If it is more likely than not that we will not realize our deferred tax assets, we will increase our provision for taxes by recording a valuation allowance against the deferred tax assets that we estimate will not ultimately be realizable.

During fiscal 2020, we completed an intra-entity transfer of certain intellectual property rights and fixed assets to our Swiss subsidiary, which resulted in the recognition of deferred tax assets and related tax benefits. Refer to Note 12 “Income Taxes” of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for more information. The establishment of deferred tax assets from the intra-entity transfer of intangible assets required us to make significant estimates and assumptions to determine the fair value of intellectual property rights transferred which include, but are not limited to, our expectations of growth rates in revenue, margins, future cash flows, and discount rates. The accuracy of these estimates could be affected by unforeseen events or actual
70



results, and the sustainability of our future tax benefits is dependent upon the acceptance of these valuation estimates and assumptions by the taxing authorities.
ALIGN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(in thousands)

 Year Ended December 31,
 2019 2018 2017
Net income$442,776
 $400,235
 $231,418
Net change in foreign currency translation adjustment1,787
 (3,631) 1,741
Change in unrealized gains (losses) on investments, net of tax299
 286
 (232)
Other comprehensive income (loss)2,086
 (3,345) 1,509
Comprehensive income$444,862
 $396,890
 $232,927

The accompanying notesU.S. Tax Cuts and Jobs Act includes provisions for certain foreign-sourced earnings referred to as Global Intangible Low-Taxed Income (“GILTI”) which imposes a tax on foreign income in excess of a deemed return on tangible assets of foreign corporations. We have made the election to record GILTI tax using the period cost method.

Common Stock Repurchase

We repurchase our own common stock from time to time under stock repurchase programs approved by our Board of Directors. We account for these repurchases under the accounting guidance for equity where we allocate the total repurchase value that is in excess over par value between additional paid-in capital and retained earnings. All shares repurchased are retired.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

(i) New Accounting Updates Recently Adopted

In October 2021, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update 2021-08, Business Combinations (Topic 805) Accounting for Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities from Contracts with Customers, which requires contract assets and contract liabilities acquired in a business combination to be recognized and measured in accordance with ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers as if the acquirer had originated the contracts. The updated guidance is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2022 on a prospective basis and early adoption is permitted. We early adopted this standard during 2022 which did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

(ii) Recent Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Effective

We continue to monitor new accounting pronouncements issued by the FASB and do not believe any of the recently issued accounting pronouncements will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements or related disclosures.

Note 2. Financial Instruments

Cash, Cash Equivalents and Marketable Securities

The following tables summarize our cash and cash equivalents, and marketable securities on our Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2022 and 2021 (in thousands):
Reported as:
December 31, 2022Amortized
Cost
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
Fair ValueCash and Cash EquivalentsMarketable securities, short-termMarketable securities, long-term
Cash$712,921 $— $— $712,921 $712,921 $— $— 
Money market funds229,129 — — 229,129 229,129 — — 
Corporate bonds69,390 — (2,915)66,475 — 36,510 29,965 
U.S. government treasury bonds
20,559 — (549)20,010 — 15,404 4,606 
Asset-backed securities4,514 (37)4,478 — 2,909 1,569 
Municipal bonds3,447 — (61)3,386 — 2,711 675 
U.S. government agency bonds5,231 (69)5,163 — — 5,163 
Total$1,045,191 $$(3,631)$1,041,562 $942,050 $57,534 $41,978 
71



Reported as:
December 31, 2021Amortized
Cost
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
Fair ValueCash and Cash EquivalentsMarketable securities, short-termMarketable securities, long-term
Cash$754,802 $— $— $754,802 $754,802 $— $— 
Money market funds343,012 — (2)343,010 343,010 — — 
Corporate bonds115,507 (398)115,118 1,042 35,065 79,011 
U.S. government treasury bonds
42,976 — (48)42,928 — 22,251 20,677 
Asset-backed securities32,031 — (40)31,991 — 10,999 20,992 
Municipal bonds7,628 — (15)7,613 516 3,657 3,440 
U.S. government agency bonds1,201 — (1)1,200 — — 1,200 
Total$1,297,157 $$(504)$1,296,662 $1,099,370 $71,972 $125,320 
The following table summarizes the fair value of our available-for-sale marketable securities classified by contractual maturity as of December 31, 2022 and 2021 (in thousands):

December 31,
20222021
Due in 1 year or less$51,037 $59,737 
Due in 1 year through 5 years48,475 139,113 
Total$99,512 $198,850 

The securities that we invest in are generally deemed to be low risk based on their credit ratings from the major rating agencies. The longer the duration of these securities, the more susceptible they are to changes in market interest rates and bond yields. As interest rates increase, those securities purchased at a lower yield show a mark-to-market unrealized loss. Our unrealized losses as of December 31, 2022 and 2021 are primarily due to changes in interest rates and credit spreads.

The following table summarizes the gross unrealized losses as of December 31, 2022, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous loss position (in thousands):

As of December 31, 2022
Less than 12 months12 Months of GreaterTotal
December 31, 2022Fair ValueUnrealized LossFair ValueUnrealized LossFair ValueUnrealized Loss
Corporate bonds$10,639 $(440)$54,634 $(2,475)$65,273 $(2,915)
U.S. government treasury bonds
5,262 (177)14,748 (372)20,010 (549)
Asset-backed securities2,636 (17)1,275 (20)3,911 (37)
Municipal bonds— — 2,412 (61)2,412 (61)
U.S. government agency bonds3,017 (5)1,136 (64)4,153 (69)
Total$21,554 $(639)$74,205 $(2,992)$95,759 $(3,631)

As of December 31, 2021, all gross unrealized losses had been in an integralunrealized loss position for less than 12 months.

Investment in SmileDirectClub, LLC (“SDC”)

After tendering of our SDC equity interest in 2019, on July 3, 2019, we filed a demand for arbitration regarding SDC’s calculation of the “capital account” balance. On March 12, 2021, the arbitrator ruled in our favor and against SDC and issued an award of $43.4 million along with interest. The gain of $43.4 million was recognized as a part of these consolidated financial statements.our other income (expense), net in our Consolidated Statement of Operation during the year ended December 31, 2021.





72



Fair Value Measurements
ALIGN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(in thousands, except per share data)
 December 31,
 2019 2018
ASSETS   
Current assets:   
Cash and cash equivalents$550,425
 $636,899
Marketable securities, short-term318,202
 98,460
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $6,756 and $2,378, respectively550,291
 439,009
Inventories112,051
 55,641
Prepaid expenses and other current assets102,450
 72,470
Total current assets1,633,419
 1,302,479
Marketable securities, long-term
 9,112
Property, plant and equipment, net631,730
 521,329
Operating lease right-of-use assets, net56,244
 
Equity method investments
 45,913
Goodwill and intangible assets, net75,692
 81,949
Deferred tax assets64,007
 64,689
Other assets39,610
 26,987
Total assets$2,500,702
 $2,052,458
    
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY   
Current liabilities:   
Accounts payable$87,250
 $64,256
Accrued liabilities319,958
 234,679
Deferred revenues563,762
 393,138
Total current liabilities970,970
 692,073
Income tax payable102,794
 78,008
Operating lease liabilities43,463
 
Other long-term liabilities37,306
 29,486
Total liabilities1,154,533
 799,567
Commitments and contingencies (Notes 9 and 10)

 

Stockholders’ equity:   
Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value (5,000 shares authorized; none issued)
 
Common stock, $0.0001 par value (200,000 shares authorized; 78,433 and 79,778 issued and outstanding, respectively)8
 8
Additional paid-in capital906,937
 877,514
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net(688) (2,774)
Retained earnings439,912
 378,143
Total stockholders’ equity1,346,169
 1,252,891
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity$2,500,702
 $2,052,458

The accompanying notesfollowing tables summarize our financial assets measured at fair value as of December 31, 2022 and 2021 (in thousands):

DescriptionBalance as of December 31, 2022Level 1
Level 2
Cash equivalents:
Money market funds$229,129 $229,129 $— 
Short-term investments:
U.S. government treasury bonds15,404 15,404 — 
Corporate bonds36,510 — 36,510 
Municipal bonds2,711 — 2,711 
Asset-backed securities2,909 — 2,909 
Long-term investments:
U.S. government treasury bonds4,606 4,606 — 
Corporate bonds29,965 — 29,965 
Municipal bonds675 — 675 
U.S. government agency bonds5,163 — 5,163 
Asset-backed securities1,569 — 1,569 
$328,641 $249,139 $79,502 

DescriptionBalance as of December 31, 2021Level 1
Level 2
Cash equivalents:
Money market funds$343,010 $343,010 $— 
Corporate bonds1,042 — 1,042 
Municipal bonds516 — 516 
Short-term investments:
U.S. government treasury bonds22,251 22,251 — 
Corporate bonds35,065 — 35,065 
Municipal bonds3,657 — 3,657 
Asset-backed securities10,999 — 10,999 
Long-term investments:
U.S. government treasury bonds20,677 20,677 — 
Corporate bonds79,011 — 79,011 
Municipal bonds3,440 — 3,440 
U.S. government agency bonds1,200 — 1,200 
Asset-backed securities20,992 — 20,992 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets:
Israeli funds3,841 — 3,841 
$545,701 $385,938 $159,763 

Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments

Recurring foreign currency forward contracts

We enter into foreign currency forward contracts to minimize the short-term impact of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations on certain trade and intercompany receivables and payables. These forward contracts are an integral partclassified within Level 2 of these consolidated financial statements.
the fair value hierarchy. As a result of the settlement of foreign currency forward contracts, the net gain recognized during the year ended December 31, 2022 was not material and we recognized a net gain of $18.8 million and a net loss of $22.1 million, during the year ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, the fair value of foreign exchange forward contracts outstanding was not material.
73



ALIGN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(in thousands)
 Common Stock 
Additional
Paid-In
Capital
 
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss), Net
 Retained Earnings Total
 Shares Amount 
Balances at December 31, 201679,553
 $8
 $864,871
 $(938) $135,366
 $999,307
Cumulative effect adjustment from adoption of ASU 2016-16
 
 
 
 (1,300) (1,300)
Net income
 
 
 
 231,418
 231,418
Net change in unrealized gains (losses) from investments
 
 
 (232) 
 (232)
Net change in foreign currency translation adjustment
 

 
 
 1,741
 
 1,741
Issuance of common stock relating to employee equity compensation plans1,073
 
 14,461
 
 
 14,461
Tax withholdings related to net share settlements of equity awards
 
 (46,168) 
 
 (46,168)
Common stock repurchased and retired(586) 
 (5,583) 
 (98,210) (103,793)
Stock-based compensation
 
 58,854
 
 
 58,854
Balances at December 31, 201780,040
 8
 886,435
 571
 267,274
 1,154,288
Net income
 
 
 
 400,235
 400,235
Net change in unrealized gains (losses) from investments
 
 
 286
 
 286
Net change in foreign currency translation adjustment


 
 
 (3,631) 
 (3,631)
Issuance of common stock relating to employee equity compensation plans795
 
 16,635
 
 
 16,635
Tax withholdings related to net share settlements of equity awards
 
 (86,067) 
 
 (86,067)
Common stock repurchased and retired(1,057) 
 (10,252) 
 (289,750) (300,002)
Stock-based compensation
 
 70,763
 
 
 70,763
Other
 
 
 
 384
 384
Balances at December 31, 201879,778
 8
 877,514
 (2,774) 378,143
 1,252,891
Net income
 
 
 
 442,776
 442,776
Net change in unrealized gains (losses) from investments
 
 
 299
 
 299
Net change in foreign currency translation adjustment
 

 
 
 1,787
 
 1,787
Issuance of common stock relating to employee equity compensation plans542
 
 17,907
 
 
 17,907
Tax withholdings related to net share settlements of equity awards
 
 (57,676) 
 
 (57,676)
Common stock repurchased and retired(1,887) 
 (18,992) 
 (381,007) (399,999)
Stock-based compensation
 
 88,184
 
 
 88,184
Balances at December 31, 201978,433
 $8
 $906,937
 $(688) $439,912
 $1,346,169
The accompanying notes are an integral partfollowing tables presents the gross notional value of these consolidated financial statements.all our foreign exchange forward contracts outstanding as of December 31, 2022 and 2021 (in thousands):

December 31, 2022
Local Currency AmountNotional Contract Amount (USD)
Euro€186,900$200,010 
Polish ZlotyPLN365,98883,307 
Canadian DollarC$109,00080,514 
Chinese Yuan¥471,00068,223 
British Pound£41,20049,677 
Japanese Yen¥6,200,00047,196 
Israeli ShekelILS110,03031,383 
Swiss FrancCHF25,00027,165 
Brazilian RealR$141,20026,839 
Mexican PesoM$230,00011,746 
New Zealand DollarNZ$6,0003,806 
Australian DollarA$4,0002,721 
Czech KorunaKč56,0002,469 
New Taiwan DollarNT$60,0001,959 
$637,015 

December 31, 2021
Local Currency AmountNotional Contract Amount (USD)
Euro€165,110$186,358 
Canadian DollarC$99,80078,018 
Chinese Yuan¥494,50077,358 
Polish ZlotyPLN219,80054,014 
Brazilian RealR$286,50050,894 
Japanese Yen¥5,548,70048,206 
British Pound£34,74046,881 
Israeli ShekelILS54,11017,416 
Mexican PesoM$311,50015,133 
Swiss FrancCHF9,95010,883 
Australian DollarA$6,9005,009 
$590,170 
Other foreign currency forward contract

Prior to the closing of the exocad acquisition on April 1, 2020, we entered into a Euro foreign currency forward contract with a notional contract amount of €376.0 million. Relating to this forward contract, in 2020, we recognized a loss of $10.2 million within other income (expense), net in our Consolidated Statement of Operations.


74


ALIGN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(in thousands
 Year Ended December 31,
 2019 2018 2017
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:     
Net income$442,776
 $400,235
 $231,418
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:     
Deferred taxes307
 (15,680) 17,572
Depreciation and amortization78,990
 54,727
 37,739
Stock-based compensation

88,184
 70,763
 58,854
Non-cash operating lease cost18,475
 
 
Impairments on long-lived assets28,498
 
 
Gain on lease terminations(6,792) 
 
Gain from sale of equity method investment(15,769) 
 
Equity in losses of investee7,528
 8,693
 3,219
Other non-cash operating activities29,860
 17,252
 13,847
Changes in assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisitions:     
Accounts receivable(121,014) (109,224) (90,990)
Inventories(58,269) (24,109) (5,481)
Prepaid expenses and other assets(31,529) (9,122) (8,669)
Accounts payable22,099
 25,045
 8,175
Accrued and other long-term liabilities60,240
 36,250
 24,235
Long-term income tax payable14,611
 (36,548) 68,958
Deferred revenues189,075
 136,399
 79,662
                   Net cash provided by operating activities747,270
 554,681
 438,539
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:     
Purchase of property, plant and equipment(149,707) (223,312) (195,695)
Purchase of marketable securities(693,284) (180,191) (390,244)
Proceeds from maturities of marketable securities290,754
 375,105
 349,240
Proceeds from sales of marketable securities194,677
 9,560
 39,536
Repayment on unsecured promissory note21,820
 
 
Purchases of investments in privately held companies
 (5,000) (12,764)
Loan advances to equity investee
 
 (36,000)
Loan repayment from equity investee
 30,000
 6,000
Acquisition, net of cash acquired
 
 (8,953)
Other investing activities(14,704) 765
 (2,597)
                   Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities(350,444) 6,927
 (251,477)
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:     
Proceeds from issuance of common stock17,907
 16,635
 14,461
Common stock repurchases(399,999) (300,002) (103,793)
Payroll taxes paid upon the vesting of equity awards(57,675) (86,067) (46,168)
Purchase of finance lease(45,773) 
 
                    Net cash used in financing activities(485,540) (369,434) (135,500)
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes on cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash2,282
 (4,733) 5,544
            Net increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash(86,432) 187,441
 57,106
                    Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at beginning of year637,566
 450,125
 393,019
                    Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at end of year$551,134
 $637,566
 $450,125
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


ALIGN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Business Description
Align Technology, Inc. (“We”, “Our”, or “Align”) was incorporated in April 1997 in Delaware. Align is a global medical device company engaged in the design, manufacture and marketing of Invisalign® clear aligners and iTero® intraoral scanners and services for orthodontics and restorative and aesthetic dentistry. Align’s products are intended primarily for the treatment of malocclusion or the misalignment of teeth and are designed to help dental professionals achieve the clinical outcomes that they expect. We are headquartered in San Jose, California with offices worldwide. Our Americas regional headquarters is located in Raleigh, North Carolina; our European, Middle East and Africa ("EMEA") regional headquarters is located in Rotkreuz, Switzerland, which moved from Amsterdam, the Netherlands in January 2020; and our Asia Pacific ("APAC") regional headquarters is located in Singapore. We have 2 operating segments: (1) Clear Aligner, known as the Invisalign System, and (2) Scanners and Services ("Scanner"), known as the iTero intraoral scanner and OrthoCAD services.

Basis of Presentation and Preparation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Align and our wholly-owned subsidiaries after elimination of intercompany transactions and balances.  

During fiscal year 2018, we adopted Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 606, “Revenues from Contracts with Customers,” using the full retrospective method and ASU 2016-18, “Statement of Cash Flows - Restricted Cash,” on a retrospective basis. The Consolidated Statement of Cash Flow for the year ended December 31, 2017 and Consolidated Statement of Stockholders' Equity for the year ended December 31, 2017 have been recast to comply with the adoption of these standards.

Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP") in the United States ("U.S.") requires our management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates, including those related to revenue recognition, useful lives of intangible assets and property and equipment, long-lived assets and goodwill, income taxes and contingent liabilities, the fair values of financial instruments, stock-based compensation, unsecured promissory note receivable, and valuation of investments in privately held companies among others. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments
We measure the fair value of financial assets as the price that would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. We use the GAAP fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. This hierarchy requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. The three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value:

Level 1 - Quoted (unadjusted) prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2 - Observable inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the asset or liability. We obtain fair values for our Level 2 investments. Our custody bank and asset managers independently use professional pricing services to gather pricing data which may include quoted market prices for identical or comparable financial instruments, or inputs other than quoted prices that are observable either directly or indirectly, and we are ultimately responsible for these underlying estimates.

Level 3 - Unobservable inputs to the valuation methodology that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the measurement of the fair value of the assets or liabilities. Level 3 assets and liabilities include those whose fair value measurements are determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies or similar valuation techniques, as well as significant management judgment or estimation.



Cash and Cash Equivalents
We consider currency on hand, demand deposits, time deposits, and all highly liquid investments with an original or remaining maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase to be cash and cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents are held in various financial institutions in the U.S. and internationally.

Restricted Cash
The restricted cash primarily consists of funds reserved for legal requirements. Restricted cash balances are primarily included in other assets within our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Marketable Securities
Our marketable securities consist of marketable debt securities which are classified as available-for-sale and are carried at fair value. Marketable securities classified as current assets have maturities within one year. Unrealized gains or losses on such securities are included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net in stockholders’ equity. Realized gains and losses from maturities of all such securities are reported in earnings and computed using the specific identification cost method. Realized gains or losses and charges for other-than-temporary declines in value, if any, on available-for-sale securities are reported in other income (expense), net, as incurred. We periodically evaluate these investments for other-than-temporary impairment.

Variable Interest Entities
We evaluate whether an entity in which we have made an investment is considered a variable interest entity (“VIE”). If we determine we are the primary beneficiary of a VIE, we would consolidate the VIE into our financial statements. In determining if we are the primary beneficiary, we evaluate whether we have the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the VIE's economic performance and the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits of the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE. Our evaluation includes identification of significant activities and an assessment of our ability to direct those activities based on governance provisions and arrangements to provide or receive product and process technology, product supply, operations services, equity funding, financing, and other applicable agreements and circumstances. Our assessments of whether we are the primary beneficiary of a VIE require significant assumptions and judgments. We have concluded that we are not the primary beneficiary of our VIE investments; therefore, we do not consolidate their results into our consolidated financial statements.

Investments in Privately Held Companies
Investments in privately held companies in which we can exercise significant influence but do not own a majority equity interest or otherwise control are accounted for under ASC 323, “Investments -Equity Method and Joint Ventures. Equity securities qualified as equity method investments are reported on our Consolidated Balance Sheet as a single amount, and we record our share of their operating results within equity in losses of investee, net of tax, in our Consolidated Statement of Operations. Investments in privately held companies in which we cannot exercise significant influence and do not own a majority equity interest or otherwise control are accounted for under ASC 321, “Investments -Equity Securities.The equity securities without readily determinable fair values are recorded at cost and adjusted for impairments and observable price changes with a same or similar security from the same issuer (“Measurement Alternative). Equity securities under ASC 321 are reported on our Consolidated Balance Sheet as other assets, and we record a change in carrying value of our equity securities, if any, in other income (expense), net in our Consolidated Statement of Operations.

Equity securities are evaluated for impairment as events or circumstances indicate that there is an other-than-temporary loss in value. The decrease in value is recognized in the period the impairment occurs and recorded in other income (expense), net in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

Derivative Financial Instruments
We enter into foreign currency forward contracts to minimize the short-term impact of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations associated with certain assets and liabilities. These forward contracts are not designated as hedging instruments and do not subject us to material balance sheet risk due to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. The gains and losses on these forward contracts are intended to offset the gains and losses in the underlying foreign currency denominated monetary assets and liabilities being economically hedged. We do not enter into foreign currency forward contracts for trading or speculative purposes. The net gain or loss from the settlement of these foreign currency forward contracts is recorded in other income (expense), net in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.



Foreign Currency
For our international subsidiaries, we analyze on an annual basis or more often if necessary, if a significant change in facts and circumstances indicate that the functional currency has changed. For international subsidiaries where the local currency is the functional currency, adjustments from translating financial statements from the local currency to the U.S. dollar reporting currency are recorded as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net in the stockholders’ equity section of the Consolidated Balance Sheet. This foreign currency translation adjustment reflects the translation of the balance sheet at period end exchange rates, and the income statement at an average exchange rate in effect during the period. The foreign currency revaluation that are derived from monetary assets and liabilities stated in a currency other than functional currency are included in other income (expense), net. For the year ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, we had foreign currency net gains (losses) of $(2.0) million, $(5.6) million and $9.0 million, respectively.

Certain Risks and Uncertainties
Our operating results depend to a significant extent on our ability to market and develop our products. The life cycles of our products are difficult to estimate due, in part, to the effect of future product enhancements and competition. Our inability to successfully develop and market our products as a result of competition or other factors would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our cash and investments are held primarily by three financial institutions. Financial instruments which potentially expose us to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash equivalents and marketable securities. We invest excess cash primarily in money market funds, commercial paper, corporate bonds, U.S. government agency bonds, U.S. government treasury bonds and certificates of deposits. If the carrying value of our investments exceeds the fair value, and the decline in fair value is deemed to be other-than-temporary, we will be required to write down the value of our investments, which could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. Moreover, the performance of certain securities in our investment portfolio correlates with the credit condition of the U.S. economy. 

We provide credit to customers in the normal course of business. Collateral is not required for accounts receivable, but ongoing evaluations of customers’ credit worthiness are performed. We maintain reserves for potential credit losses and such losses have been within management’s expectations. No individual customer accounted for 10% or more of our accounts receivable at December 31, 2019 or 2018, or net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2019, 2018 or 2017.

The U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) and similar international agencies regulate the design, manufacture, distribution, pre-clinical and clinical study, clearance and approval of medical devices. Products developed by us may require approvals or clearances from the FDA or other international regulatory agencies prior to commercialized sales. There can be no assurance that our products will receive any of the required approvals or clearances.  If we were denied approval or clearance or such approval was delayed, it may have a material adverse impact on us.

We have manufacturing facilities located in Juarez, Mexico, where we conduct our aligner fabrication, distribution, repair of our iTero scanners and perform our CAD/CAM services. In the fourth quarter of 2018, we also began fabricating our aligners in our manufacturing facility in Ziyang, China, our first aligner fabrication facility outside of Juarez, Mexico. In addition, we produce our handheld intraoral scanner wand, perform final scanner assembly and repair our scanners at our facilities in Or Yehuda, Israel and Ziyang, China. Our digital treatment plans using a sophisticated, internally developed computer-modeling program are located in multiple international locations to support our customers within the regions. Our reliance on international operations exposes us to related risks and uncertainties, including difficulties in staffing and managing international operations such as hiring and retaining qualified personnel; controlling production volume and quality of manufacture; political, social and economic instability; interruptions and limitations in telecommunication services; product and material transportation delays or disruption; trade restrictions and changes in tariffs; import and export license requirements and restrictions; fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates; and potential adverse tax consequences. If any of these risks materialize, our international manufacturing operations, as well as our operating results, may be harmed.

We purchase certain inventory from sole suppliers. Additionally, we rely on a limited number of hardware manufacturers. The inability of any supplier or manufacturer to fulfill our supply requirements could materially and adversely impact our future operating results.

Inventories
Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or net realizable value, with cost computed using standard cost which approximates actual cost on a first-in-first-out basis. Excess and obsolete inventories are determined primarily based on future demand forecasts, and write-downs of excess and obsolete inventories are recorded as a component of cost of net revenues.



Property, Plant and Equipment
Property, plant and equipment are stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization are computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Construction in progress ("CIP") is related to the construction or development of property (including land) and equipment that have not yet been placed in service for their intended use. Upon sale or retirement, the asset’s cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the balance sheet and any related gains or losses are reflected in income from operations. Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. Refer to Note 3 "Balance Sheet Components" of the Notes of Consolidated Financial Statements for details on estimated useful lives.

Leases
We lease office and retail spaces, vehicles and office equipment with original lease periods of up to 10 years. We determine if an arrangement is a lease at inception under ASC 842. Operating lease right-of-use (“ROU”) assets represent our right to use an underlying asset for the lease term and lease liabilities represent our obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. ROU assets and liabilities are recognized at commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term. If a lease arrangement does not provide an implicit rate, we use our incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at commencement date in determining the present value of lease payments. We use the implicit rate when readily determinable. Our lease terms may include options to extend or terminate the lease which we include in our lease term when it is reasonably certain that we will exercise that option. We have lease agreements with lease and non-lease components which are accounted for as a single lease component. Leases with an initial term of 12 months or less are not recorded on the balance sheet.

Goodwill and Finite-Lived Acquired Intangible Assets
Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price paid over the fair value of tangible and identifiable intangible net assets acquired in business combinations and is allocated to the respective reporting units based on relative synergies generated.

Our intangible assets primarily consist of intangible assets acquired as part of our acquisitions. These assets are amortized using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives ranging from one to fifteen years, reflecting the period in which the economic benefits of the assets are expected to be realized.

Impairment of Goodwill and Long-Lived Assets
Goodwill
We evaluate goodwill for impairment at least annually on November 30th or more frequently if indicators are present, an event occurs or changes in circumstances suggest an impairment may exist and that it would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. The allocation of goodwill to the respective reporting units is based on relative synergies generated as a result of an acquisition.  

We perform an initial assessment of qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events and circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. In performing the qualitative assessment, we identify and consider the significance of relevant key factors, events, and circumstances that affect the fair value of our reporting units. These factors include external factors such as macroeconomic, industry, and market conditions, as well as entity-specific factors, such as our actual and planned financial performance. We also give consideration to the difference between the reporting unit fair value and carrying value as of the most recent date a fair value measurement was performed. If, after assessing the totality of relevant events and circumstances, we determine that it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying value and there is no indication of impairment, no further testing is performed; however, we conclude otherwise, the first step of the two-step impairment test is performed by estimating the fair value of the reporting unit and comparing it with its carrying value, including goodwill.

Step one of the goodwill impairment test consists of a comparison of the fair value of a reporting unit against its carrying amount, including the goodwill allocated to each reporting unit. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit is in excess of its fair value, step two requires the comparison of the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill against the carrying amount of the reporting unit’s goodwill. Any excess of the carrying value of the reporting unit’s goodwill over the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill is recorded as an impairment loss in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

Finite-Lived Intangible Assets and Long-Lived Assets
We evaluate long-lived assets (including finite-lived intangible assets) for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset group may not be recoverable. An asset or asset group is considered impaired if its carrying amount exceeds the future undiscounted net cash flows that the asset or asset group is expected to


generate. Factors we consider important which could trigger an impairment review include significant negative industry or economic trends, significant loss of customers and changes in the competitive environment. If an asset or asset group is considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is calculated as the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset or asset group exceeds its fair market value. Our estimates of future cash flows attributable to our long-lived assets require significant judgment based on our historical and anticipated results and are subject to many assumptions. The estimation of fair value utilizing a discounted cash flow approach includes numerous uncertainties which require our significant judgment when making assumptions of expected growth rates and the selection of discount rates, as well as assumptions regarding general economic and business conditions, and the structure that would yield the highest economic value, among other factors.Refer to Note 6 "Goodwill and Intangible Assets" of the Notes of Consolidated Financial Statements for details on intangible long-lived assets.

Development Costs for Internal Use Software
Internally developed software includes enterprise-level business software that we customize to meet our specific operational needs. Such capitalized costs include external direct costs utilized in developing or obtaining the applications and payroll and payroll-related costs for employees, who are directly associated with the development of the applications. There were no significant internally developed software costs capitalized in 2019 or 2018.

The costs to develop software that is marketed externally have not been capitalized as we believe our current software development process is essentially completed concurrent with the establishment of technological feasibility. As such, all related software development costs are expensed as incurred and included in research and development expense in our Consolidated Statement of Operations.
Product Warranty
We offer assurance warranties on our products which provide the customer assurance that the product will function as the parties intended because it complies with agreed-upon specifications; therefore, warranties are not treated as a separate revenue performance obligation and are accounted for as guarantees under GAAP.

Clear Aligner

We warrant our Invisalign products against material defects until the treatment plan is complete except in the case of retainers, which are warranted up to three months from expected first use. We accrue for warranty costs in cost of net revenues upon shipment of products which is primarily based on historical experience as to product failures as well as current information on replacement costs.

Scanners and Services

We warrant our intraoral scanners for a period of one year, which include materials and labor. We accrue for these warranty costs based on average historical repair costs. An extended warranty may be purchased for additional fees.
Actual warranty costs could differ materially from the estimated amounts. We regularly review our warranty liability and update these balances based on historical warranty cost trends. 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts for customers that are not able to make payments. We periodically review these balances, including an analysis of the customers’ payment history and information regarding the customers’ creditworthiness. Actual write-offs have not materially differed from the estimated allowances.

Revenue Recognition
Our revenues are derived primarily from the sale of aligners, scanners, and services from our Clear Aligner and Scanner segments. We enter into sales contracts that may consist of multiple distinct performance obligations where certain performance obligations of the sales contract are not delivered in one reporting period. We measure and allocate revenues according to ASC 606-10, “Revenues from Contracts with Customers.

We identify a performance obligation as distinct if both of the following criteria are met: the customer can benefit from the good or service either on its own or together with other resources that are readily available to the customer and the entity’s promise to transfer the good or service to the customer is separately identifiable from other promises in the contract. Determining the standalone selling price (“SSP”), allocation of consideration from the contract to the individual performance obligations and the appropriate timing of revenue recognition is the result of significant qualitative and quantitative judgments. While changes in the


allocation of the SSP between performance obligations will not affect the amount of total revenues recognized for a particular contract, any material changes could impact the timing of revenue recognition, which would have a material effect on our financial position and result of operations. This is because the contract consideration is allocated to each performance obligation, delivered or undelivered, at the inception of the contract based on the SSP of each distinct performance obligation.

Clear Aligner

We enter into contracts (“treatment plan(s)”) that involve multiple future performance obligations. Invisalign Comprehensive, Invisalign First, Invisalign Moderate, and Lite and Express Packages include optional additional aligners at no charge for a certain period of time ranging from six months to five years after initial shipment, and Invisalign Go includes optional additional aligners at no charge for a period of up to two years after initial shipment.

Our treatment plans comprise the following performance obligations that also represent distinct deliverables: initial aligners, additional aligners, case refinement, and replacement aligners. We take the practical expedient to consider shipping and handling costs as activities to fulfill the performance obligation. We allocate revenues for each treatment plan based on each unit’s SSP. Management considers a variety of factors such as historical sales, costs, and gross margin, which may vary over time depending upon the unique facts and circumstances related to each performance obligation in making these estimates. We also consider usage rates, which is the number of times a customer is expected to order additional aligners. Our process for estimating usage rates requires significant judgment and evaluation of inputs, including historical usage data by region, country and channel. We recognize the revenues upon shipment, as the customers obtain physical possession and we have enforceable rights to payment. As we collect most consideration upfront, we consider whether a significant financing component exists; however, as the delivery of the performance obligations are at the customer’s discretion, we conclude that no significant financing component exists.

Scanner

We sell intraoral scanners and CAD/CAM services through both our direct sales force and distribution partners. The intraoral scanner sales price includes one year of warranty and unlimited scanning services. The customer may also select, for additional fees, extended warranty and unlimited scanning services for periods beyond the initial year. When intraoral scanners are sold with an unlimited scanning service agreement and/or extended warranty, we allocate revenues based on the respective SSPs of the scanner and the subscription service. We estimate the SSP of each element, taking into consideration historical prices as well as our discounting strategies. Revenues are then recognized over time as the monthly services are rendered and upon shipment of the scanner, as that is when we deem the customer to have obtained control. Most consideration is collected upfront and in cases where there are payment plans, consideration is collected by the one year mark and, therefore, there are no significant financing components.

Volume Discounts
In certain situations, we offer promotions in which the discount will increase depending upon the volume purchased over time. We concluded that in these situations, the promotions can represent either variable consideration or options, depending upon the specifics of the promotion. In the event the promotion contains an option, the option is considered a material right and, therefore, included in the accounting for the initial arrangement. We estimate the average anticipated discount over the lifetime of the promotion or contract, and apply that discount to each unit as it is sold. On a quarterly basis, we review our estimates and, if needed, updates are made and changes are applied prospectively.

Accrued Sales Return Reserve

We accrue for sales return reserve based on historical sales returns as a percentage of revenues. 

Costs to Obtain a Contract

We offer a variety of commission plans to our salesforce; each plan has multiple components. To match the costs to obtain a contract to the associated revenues, we evaluate the individual components and capitalize the eligible components, recognizing the costs over the treatment period.

Unfulfilled Performance Obligations for Clear Aligners and Scanners

Our unfilled performance obligations, including deferred revenues and backlog, as of December 31, 2019 and the estimated revenues expected to be recognized in the future related to these performance obligations are $610.3 million. This includes performance obligations from the Clear Aligner segment, primarily the shipment of additional aligners, which are fulfilled over six months to five years. Also included are the performance obligations from the iTero scanner segment, primarily services and


support, which are fulfilled over one to five years, and contracted deliveries of additional scanners. The estimate includes both product and service unfulfilled performance obligations and the time range reflects our best estimate of when we will transfer control to the customer and may change based on customer usage patterns, timing of shipments, readiness of customers' facilities for installation, and manufacturing availability.

Contract Balances

The timing of revenue recognition results in deferred revenues being recognized on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. For both aligners and scanners, we usually collect the total consideration owed prior to all performance obligations being performed with payment terms generally varying from net 30 to net 180 days. Contract liabilities are recorded as deferred revenue balances, which are generated based upon timing of invoices and recognition patterns, not payments. If the revenue recognition exceeds the billing, the exceeded amount is considered unbilled receivable and a contract asset. Conversely, if the billing occurs prior to the revenue recognition, the amount is considered deferred revenue and a contract liability.

Shipping and Handling Costs

Shipping and handling charges to customers are included in net revenues, and the associated costs incurred are recorded in cost of net revenues.

Legal Proceedings and Litigations

We are involved in legal proceedings on an ongoing basis. If we believe that a loss arising from such matters is probable and can be reasonably estimated, we accrue the estimated loss in our consolidated financial statements. If only a range of estimated losses can be determined, we accrue an amount within the range that, in our judgment, reflects the most likely outcome; if none of the estimates within that range is a better estimate than any other amount, we accrue the low end of the range.

Research and Development

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred and includes the costs associated with the research and development of new products and enhancements to existing products. These costs primarily include personnel-related costs, including payroll and stock-based compensation, outside consulting expenses and allocations of corporate overhead expenses including facilities and information technology (“IT”).

Advertising Costs

The cost of advertising and media is expensed as incurred. For the year ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, we incurred advertising costs of $119.1 million, $88.4 million and $70.1 million, respectively.

Common Stock Repurchase

We repurchase our own common stock from time to time under stock repurchase programs approved by our Board of Directors. We account for these repurchases under the accounting guidance for equity where we allocate the total repurchase value that is in excess over par value between additional paid-in capital and retained earnings. All shares repurchased are retired.

Income Taxes

We make certain estimates and judgments in determining income tax expense for financial statement purposes. These estimates and judgments occur in the calculation of certain tax assets and liabilities, which arise from differences in the timing of recognition of revenues and expenses for tax and financial statement purposes.

As part of the process of preparing our consolidated financial statements, we are required to estimate our income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate. This process involves us estimating our current tax exposure under the applicable tax laws and assessing temporary differences resulting from differing treatment of items for tax and accounting purposes. These differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities which are included in our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

We account for uncertainty in income taxes pursuant to authoritative guidance based on a two-step approach to recognize and measure uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The first step is to determine if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on audit based on its technical merits, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement. We adjust reserves for our uncertain tax


positions due to changing facts and circumstances, such as the closing of a tax audit or refinement of estimates due to new information. To the extent that the final outcome of these matters is different than the amounts recorded, such differences will impact our tax provision in our Consolidated Statement of Operation in the period in which such determination is made.

We assess the likelihood that we will be able to realize our deferred tax assets. Should there be a change in our ability to realize our deferred tax assets, our tax provision would increase in the period in which we determine that it is more likely than not that we cannot realize our deferred tax assets. We consider all available evidence, both positive and negative, including historical levels of income, expectations and risks associated with estimates of future taxable income and ongoing prudent and feasible tax planning strategies in assessing the need for a valuation allowance. If it is more likely than not that we will not realize our deferred tax assets, we will increase our provision for taxes by recording a valuation allowance against the deferred tax assets that we estimate will not ultimately be realizable.

The U.S. Tax Cuts and Jobs Act includes provisions for certain foreign-sourced earnings referred to as Global Intangible Low-Taxed Income (“GILTI”) which imposes a tax on foreign income in excess of a deemed return on tangible assets of foreign corporations. We have made the election to record GILTI tax using the period cost method.

Stock-Based Compensation

We recognize stock-based compensation cost for shares expected to vest on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the award, net of estimated forfeitures. We use the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the fair value of stock awards and employee stock purchase plan shares. We estimate the fair value of market-performance based restricted stock units using a Monte Carlo simulation model which requires the input of assumptions, including expected term, stock price volatility and the risk-free rate of return. In addition, judgment is also required in estimating the number of stock-based awards that are expected to be forfeited. Forfeitures are estimated based on historical experience at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. The assumptions used in calculating the fair value of share-based payment awards represent management’s best estimates, but these estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment. As a result, if factors change and we use different assumptions, our stock-based compensation expense could be materially different in the future.

Comprehensive Income

Comprehensive income includes all changes in equity during a period from non-owner sources including unrealized gains and losses on investments and foreign currency translation adjustments, net of their related tax effect.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

(i) New Accounting Updates Recently Adopted

In May 2014, FASB released ASU 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers,” (Topic 606) to supersede nearly all existing revenue recognition guidance under GAAP. The core principle of the standard is to recognize revenues when promised goods or services are transferred to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration that is expected to be received for the goods or services. We adopted the guidance in the first quarter of fiscal year 2018 by applying the full retrospective method. The impact of adoption was primarily related to the Clear Aligner segment. Our disaggregation of revenues can be found in Note 16 “Segments and Geographical Information.” We elected to take the practical expedient to exclude from the transaction price all taxes assessed by a governmental authority. Prior period presentation for fiscal year 2017 has been retrospectively adjusted. The adoption of ASU 2014-09 did not have a material impact on our Consolidated Statement of Operations, Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income or Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows.

In February 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASU 2016-02, “Leases” (Topic 842) to increase transparency and comparability among organizations by recognizing lease assets and lease liabilities on the balance sheet and disclosing key information about leasing arrangements. The updated guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years. In July 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-11, “Leases-Targeted Improvements,” which provides an additional transition method by allowing entities to initially apply the new leases standard at the adoption date and recognize a cumulative-effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings. We adopted the guidance in the first quarter of fiscal year 2019 by electing the transition method issued in ASU 2018-11 and the package of practical expedients available in the standard. The standard had a material impact on our Consolidated Balance Sheet as we recognized assets and liabilities related to our leases. The adoption did not have an impact to prior periods.

In February 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-02, “Income Statement - Reporting Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income,” which gives entities the option to


reclassify to retained earnings the tax effects resulting from the U.S. Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “TCJA”) related to items in accumulated other comprehensive income. The amendments are effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2018 on a retrospective basis and early adoption is permitted. We adopted the standard in the first quarter of fiscal year 2019 which did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures. The TCJA did not affect our accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net, and therefore we did not reclassify any income tax effects from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net to our retained earnings.

(ii) Recent Accounting Updates Not Yet Effective
In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, “Financial Instruments - Credit Losses” (Topic 326) to provide financial statement users with more decision-useful information about the expected credit losses on financial instruments and other commitments to extend credit held by a reporting entity at each reporting date. The amendments in this update replace the existing guidance of incurred loss impairment methodology with an approach that reflects expected credit losses and requires consideration of a broader range of reasonable and supportable information to inform credit loss estimates. In November 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-19, “Codification Improvements to Topic 326, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses” which clarifies the scope of guidance in the ASU 2016-13. The updated guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years. We will adopt this standard in the first quarter of fiscal 2020 and do not expect the adoption of this standard to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-04, “Intangibles-Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment,” to simplify the subsequent measurement of goodwill by eliminating step two from the goodwill impairment test. Under the amendments in this update, an entity will recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying value exceeds the fair value. The updated guidance is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2019 on a prospective basis. We will adopt this standard in the first quarter of fiscal 2020 and do not expect the adoption of this standard to have any impact on our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-13, “Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure Framework-Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement,” to modify the disclosure requirements on fair value measurements in Topic 820, Fair Value Measurement. The updated guidance is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2019 on a prospective basis. We will adopt this standard in the first quarter of fiscal 2020 and do not expect the adoption of this standard to have any impact on our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-15, “Intangibles-Goodwill and Other-Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40) Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That Is a Service Contract,” to clarify the guidance on the costs of implementing a cloud computing hosting arrangement that is a service contract. Under the amendments in this update, the entity is required to follow the guidance in Subtopic 350-40, Internal-Use Software, to determine which implementation costs under the service contract to be capitalized as an asset and which costs to expense. The amendments are effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2019 either on a retrospective or prospective basis early adoption is permitted. We will adopt this standard in the first quarter of fiscal 2020 on a prospective basis beginning and do not expect the adoption of this standard to have any impact on our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12, "Income Taxes (Topic 740) Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes,” to enhance and simplify various aspects of the income tax accounting guidance. The amendment removes certain exceptions to the general principles in Topic 740 and also clarifies and amends existing guidance to improve consistent application. The amendments are effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020. We are currently evaluating the impact of this guidance on our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures; however, we anticipate the adoption of the guidance will not have a material impact to our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.



Note 2. Investments and Fair Value Measurements

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the estimated fair value of our short-term and long-term marketable securities, classified as available for sale, are as follows (in thousands):

Short-term
December 31, 2019 
Amortized
Cost
 
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
 
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 Fair Value
Corporate bonds $210,891
 $142
 $(27) $211,006
U.S. government treasury bonds

 70,587
 65
 $(2) 70,650
U.S. government agency bonds 22,085
 17
 (1) 22,101
Commercial paper

 14,426
 
 
 14,426
Certificates of deposit 19
 
 
 19
Total marketable securities, short-term $318,008
 $224
 $(30) $318,202

December 31, 2018 
Amortized
Cost
 
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
 
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 Fair Value
Corporate bonds $45,100
 $
 $(48) $45,052
U.S. government agency bonds

 19,981
 
 (77) 19,904
Commercial paper 17,793
 
 
 17,793
U.S. government treasury bonds 15,292
 
 (1) 15,291
Certificates of deposit 420
 1
 (1) 420
Total marketable securities, short-term $98,586
 $1
 $(127) $98,460
Long-term
December 31, 2018 
Amortized
Cost
 
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
 
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 Fair Value
Corporate bonds $4,957
 $5
 $(2) $4,960
U.S. government agency bonds 1,399
 8
 
 1,407
U.S. government treasury bonds 2,235
 9
 
 2,244
Certificates of deposit 500
 1
 
 501
Total marketable securities, long-term $9,091
 $23
 $(2) $9,112

We have no long-term marketable securities as of December 31, 2019.

Cash equivalents are not included in the tables above as the gross unrealized gains and losses are not material. We have no short-term or long-term marketable securities that have been in a continuous material unrealized loss position for greater than twelve months as of December 31, 2019 and 2018. Amounts reclassified to earnings from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net related to unrealized gains or losses were not material in 2019 and 2018. For the year ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, realized gains or losses were not material.

Our fixed-income securities investment portfolio consists of investments that can have a maximum effective maturity of up to 40 months on any individual security. The securities that we invest in are generally deemed to be low risk based on their credit ratings from the major rating agencies. The longer the duration of these securities, the more susceptible they are to changes in market interest rates and bond yields. As interest rates increase, those securities purchased at a lower yield show a mark-to-market unrealized loss. The unrealized losses are primarily due to changes in interest rates and credit spreads. We expect to realize the full value of all these investments upon maturity or sale. The weighted average remaining duration of these securities was approximately seven months and four months as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.



As the carrying value approximates the fair value for our short-term and long-term marketable securities shown in the tables above, the following table summarizes the fair value of our short-term and long-term marketable securities classified by contractual maturity as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 (in thousands):
  December 31,
  2019 2018
Maturities within one year $318,202
 $98,460
Due in greater than one year 
 9,112
Total available for sale short-term and long-term marketable securities $318,202
 $107,572


Investments in Privately Held Companies

Our investments in privately held companies as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 are as follows (in thousands):
 December 31,
 2019 2018
Equity securities under the equity method investment 1
$
 $45,913
Equity securities without readily determinable fair values 2
$5,887
 $9,862

1
Refer to Note 5 “Equity Method Investments” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for more information
2
The equity securities are reported within other assets in our Consolidated Balance Sheet and valued on a nonrecurring basis. During the year ended December 31, 2019, we recorded a $4.0 million of impairment loss resulting from an observable price change.

Fair Value Measurements

The following tables summarize our financial assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 (in thousands):
Description Balance as of December 31, 2019 Level 1 

Level 2
 

Level 3
Cash equivalents:        
Money market funds $236,923
 $236,923
 $
 $
Short-term investments:        
Corporate bonds 211,006
 
 211,006
 
Commercial paper 14,426
 
 14,426
 
U.S. government agency bonds 22,101
 
 22,101
 
U.S. government treasury bonds 70,650
 70,650
 
 
Certificates of deposit 19
 
 19
 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets:        
Israeli funds 3,226
 
 3,226
 
Current unsecured promissory note 25,005
 
 
 25,005
Other Assets:        
Long term unsecured promissory note 7,328
 
 
 7,328
  $590,684
 $307,573
 $250,778
 $32,333



Description Balance as of December 31, 2018 

Level 1
 

Level 2
Cash equivalents:      
Money market funds $431,081
 $431,081
 $
Commercial paper 4,681
 
 4,681
       Corporate bonds 3,880
 
 3,880
U.S. government treasury bonds 2,195
 2,195
 
Short-term investments:      
Corporate bonds 45,052
 
 17,793
Commercial paper 17,793
 
 45,052
U.S. government agency bonds 19,904
 
 19,904
U.S. government treasury bonds 15,291
 15,291
 
Certificates of deposit 420
 
 420
Long-term investments:      
Corporate bonds 4,960
 
 4,960
       U.S. government agency bonds 1,407
 
 1,407
U.S. government treasury bonds 2,244
 2,244
  
Certificates of deposit 501
 
 501
Prepaid expenses and other current assets:      
Israeli funds 3,047
 
 3,047
  $552,456
 $450,811
 $101,645


Our investments in equity securities is considered Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy since the investments are in private companies without quoted market prices and we adjust the carrying value based on observable price changes.

The unsecured promissory note that was entered into in 2019 is classified as Level 3 in our fair value hierarchy as financial information of third parties may not be timely available and consequently we estimate the fair value based on the best available information at the measurement date. The original amount of the note was $54.2 million which decreased over 2019 due to payments received. Refer to Note 5 “Equity Method Investments” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for more information.

Derivative Financial Instruments

We enter into foreign currency forward contracts to minimize the short-term impact of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations on certain trade and intercompany receivables and payables. These forward contracts are classified within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. The net gain from the settlement of foreign currency forward contracts during the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 was $3.2 million and $9.9 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the fair value of foreign exchange forward contracts outstanding was not material.

The following table presents the gross notional value of all our foreign exchange forward contracts outstanding as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 (in thousands):
 December 31, 2019
 Local Currency Amount Notional Contract Amount (USD)
Euro€97,000 $108,870
Chinese Yuan¥431,000 60,702
Canadian DollarC$52,000 39,802
Israeli ShekelILS63,700 18,439
British Pound£28,000 36,770
Japanese Yen¥3,000,000 27,604
Brazilian RealR$130,000 32,185
Mexican PesoM$140,000 7,398
Australian DollarA$3,000 2,101
   $333,871


 December 31, 2018
 Local Currency Amount Notional Contract Amount (USD)
Euro€62,000 $71,095
Chinese Yuan¥375,000 54,515
Brazilian RealR$81,000 20,858
Canadian DollarC$27,000 19,808
British Pound£13,000 16,635
Japanese Yen¥1,700,000 15,357
Australian DollarA$3,000 2,114
   $200,382


Note 3. Balance Sheet Components

Inventories

Inventories consist of the following (in thousands):
December 31,
20222021
Raw materials$172,758 $123,234 
Work in progress96,558 51,706 
Finished goods69,436 55,290 
Total inventories$338,752 $230,230 
 December 31,
 2019 2018
Raw materials$54,947
 $26,119
Work in process30,974
 13,784
Finished goods26,130
 15,738
Total inventories$112,051
 $55,641


Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets

Prepaid expenses and other current assets consist of the following (in thousands):
December 31,
20222021
Value added tax receivables$140,484 $93,610 
Prepaid expenses69,124 70,218 
Other current assets16,762 31,477 
Total prepaid expenses and other current assets$226,370 $195,305 
 December 31,
 2019 2018
Tax related receivables$41,252
 $36,794
Current promissory note 1
25,005
 
Other prepaid expenses and current assets

24,637
 23,227
Prepaid software and maintenance7,128
 5,938
Other current receivables4,428
 6,511
Total prepaid expenses and other current assets$102,450
 $72,470
1
Refer to Note 5“Equity Method Investments” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for more information.



Property, Plant and Equipment, Net

Property, plant and equipment consist of the following (in thousands):
December 31,
Generally Used Estimated Useful Life20222021
Clinical and manufacturing equipmentUp to 10 years$583,776 $452,876 
Building20 years466,003 310,344 
Leasehold improvements
Lease term 1
64,238 61,289 
Computer software and hardware3 years120,544 117,986 
Land58,885 58,869 
Furniture, fixtures and other2-5 years102,933 71,977 
Construction in progress285,202 367,686 
Total1,681,581 1,441,027 
Less: Accumulated depreciation and impairment charges(449,726)(359,101)
Total property, plant and equipment, net$1,231,855 $1,081,926 
   December 31,
 Generally Used Estimated Useful Life 2019 2018
Clinical and manufacturing equipmentUp to 10 years $309,809
 $236,179
Building20 years 209,643
 139,315
Computer software3 years 61,722
 59,617
Leasehold improvements

Lease term 1
 53,327
 77,168
Furniture and fixtures

5 years 44,373
 33,436
Computer hardware

3 years 39,199
 34,297
Land 26,422
 17,630
CIP 116,751
 95,414
Total  861,246
 693,056
Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization and impairment charges  (229,516) (171,727)
Total property, plant and equipment, net  $631,730
 $521,329
1Shorter of the remaining lease term or the estimated useful lives of the assets


1
Shorter of the remaining lease term or the estimated useful lives of the assets.

Depreciation and amortization was $79.0$109.8 million, $54.7$92.1 million and $37.7$80.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, 20182022, 2021 and 2017,2020, respectively. In the first quarter of 2019, we recorded impairment losses of $14.3 million related to leasehold improvements and other fixed assets. Refer to
Note 8“Impairments and Other (Gains) Charges” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for more information.

On September 26, 2019, we entered into a Purchase and Sale Agreement to purchase a building located in San Jose, California for $21.3 million. The remaining and substantial portion of the purchase price will be paid on or before the closing date, which is expected to occur in the first quarter of 2020.

Accrued Liabilities

Accrued liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):
 December 31,
 20222021
Accrued payroll and benefits$149,508 $288,355 
Accrued income taxes74,323 33,838 
Accrued expenses64,341 67,169 
Accrued sales and marketing expenses36,407 41,387 
Current operating lease liabilities26,574 22,719 
Accrued property, plant and equipment19,922 46,561 
Other accrued liabilities83,299 107,286 
Total accrued liabilities$454,374 $607,315 
 December 31,
 2019 2018
Accrued payroll and benefits$162,486
 $127,109
Accrued expenses55,529
 39,323
Current operating lease liabilities15,737
 
Accrued income taxes14,130
 5,752
Accrued sales rebate11,393
 5,668
Others60,683
 56,827
Total accrued liabilities$319,958
 $234,679
75



Warranty

We regularly review the balance for accruedAccrued warranty and update based on historical warranty trends. Actual warranty costs incurred have not materially differed from those accrued; however, future actual warranty costs could differ from the estimated amounts.



Warranty accrual as of December 31, 20192022 and 20182021, which is included in the “Other accrued liabilities” category of the accrued liabilities table above, consists of the following activity (in thousands):
Accrued warranty as of December 31, 2017$5,929
Charged to cost of net revenues15,059
Actual warranty expenditures(12,437)
Accrued warranty as of December 31, 20188,551
Charged to cost of net revenues12,421
Actual warranty expenditures(9,767)
Accrued warranty as of December 31, 2019$11,205


Accrued warranty as of December 31, 2020$12,615 
Charged to cost of net revenues18,213 
Actual warranty expenditures(14,659)
Accrued warranty as of December 31, 202116,169 
Charged to cost of net revenues16,429 
Actual warranty expenditures(14,725)
Accrued warranty as of December 31, 2022$17,873 
Deferred Revenues

Deferred revenues consist of the following (in thousands):
December 31,
20222021
Deferred revenues - current$1,343,643 $1,152,870 
Deferred revenues - long-term 1
160,662 136,684 
 December 31,
 2019 2018
Deferred revenues - current$563,762
 $393,138
Deferred revenues - long-term 1
35,503
 17,051
1Included in Other long-term liabilities within our Consolidated Balance Sheet

1
Included in other long-term liabilities within our Consolidated Balance Sheet

During the year ended December 31, 20192022 and 2018,2021, we recognized $2.4 billion$3,734.6 million and $2.0 billion$3,952.6 million of net revenues, respectively, of which $262.7$635.3 million and $180.6$481.1 million was included in the deferred revenues balance at December 31, 20182021 and December 31, 2017,2020, respectively.

Note 4. Leases

Lessee Information

We have operating leases for our digital treatment planning and office andfacilities, retail spaces, vehicles and office equipment.

The supplemental balance sheet information for our operating leases consist of following (in thousands):
Balance Sheet Caption December 31, 2019
Operating lease right-of-use assets, net $56,244
   
Accrued liabilities

 $15,737
Operating lease liabilities

 43,463
Total operating lease liabilities 
 $59,200


The components of lease expenses consist of following (in thousands):
Year Ended December 31,
Lease Cost202220212020
Operating lease cost 1
$37,919 $33,241 $27,825 
Variable lease cost 2
22,084 11,134 1,429 
Total lease cost$60,003 $44,375 $29,254 
Lease Cost 
Year Ended
December 31, 2019
Operating lease cost 1
 $22,778
Variable lease cost 1,899
Total lease cost $24,677
1Includes expense associated with short term leases of less than 12 months which is not material
2Includes payments related to agreements with embedded leases that are not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet. These costs are primarily associated with our manufacturing supply arrangements and fluctuate based on factory output and material price changes.

1
Includes short-term lease expense which is not material.

The following table provides a summary of our operating lease terms and discount rates:
December 31,
Remaining Lease Term and Discount Rate20222021
Weighted average remaining lease term (in years)7.27.8
Weighted average discount rate3.5 %3.2 %
Remaining Lease Term and Discount RateDecember 31, 2019
Weighted average remaining lease term (in years)5.7
Weighted average discount rate4.1%

76




Maturities of operating lease liabilities asAs of December 31, 20192022, the future payments related to our operating lease liabilities are as follows (in thousands):
Fiscal Year Ending December 31,Operating Leases
2023$30,596 
202424,606 
202519,480 
202616,511 
202713,363 
Thereafter39,449 
Total lease payments144,005 
Less: Imputed interest(17,097)
Total lease liabilities$126,908 
Fiscal Year Ending December 31, Operating Leases
2020 $18,354
2021 18,057
2022 11,847
2023 8,177
2024 2,595
Thereafter 5,453
Total lease payments $64,483
Less: Interest (5,283)
Total lease liabilities $59,200


As of December 31, 2019,2022, we had additional operating leases that have not yet commenced with future lease payments of $7.9$14.3 million. These operating leases will commence between 2020 through 2021during 2023 with non-cancelable lease terms of 2 yearsthree to 4six years.

MinimumLessor Information

We lease iTero intraoral scanners to customers which are classified as operating leases. Our portfolio of leased iTero scanners included in Property, plant and equipment, net are as follows:

December 31,
20222021
Scanners under operating leases, gross$22,914 $10,927 
Less: accumulated depreciation(3,919)(785)
Scanners under operating leases, net$18,995 $10,142 

As of December 31, 2022, the future lease payments previously disclosed under ASC 840 in our Notesdue to Consolidated Financial Statements included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2018us are as follows (in thousands):
Fiscal Year Ending December 31, Operating Leases
2019 $21,429
2020 20,483
2021 18,897
2022 15,096
2023 12,400
Thereafter 18,371
Total minimum lease payments $106,676

Fiscal Year Ending December 31,Operating Leases
2023$15,714 
202413,967 
20256,202 
Total lease payments$35,883 

Lessor

In April 2019, as part of the $56.0 million purchase of a building located in Raleigh, North Carolina, we assumed an existing lease with a third-party for one floor of the building which is classified as an operating lease. The lease has annual escalating payments and expires in August 2029 in accordance with the terms and conditions of the existing agreement.

Lease payments due to Align as of December 31, 2019 are as follows (in thousands):
Fiscal Year Ending December 31, Operating Lease
2020 $858
2021 1,145
2022 1,199
2023 1,229
2024 1,259
Thereafter 6,182
Total minimum lease payments $11,872

For the year ended December 31, 2019,2022, operating lease income was $12.3 million and for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, operating lease income was not material.

Note 5. Equity Method Investments

On July 25, 2016, we acquired a 17% equity interest, on a fully diluted basis, in SDC for $46.7 million. Concurrently with the investment, we also entered into a supply agreement to manufacture clear aligners for SDC, which expired on December 31, 2019. The sale of aligners to SDC and the income from the supply agreement are reported in our Clear Aligner business segment. On July 24, 2017, we purchased an additional 2% equity interest in SDC for $12.8 million. The investment was accounted for as an equity method investment and recorded in our Consolidated Balance Sheet. We recorded our proportional share of SDC's losses within equity in losses of investee, net of tax, in our Consolidated Statement of Operations.



As a result of the arbitrator’s decision regarding SDC announced on March 5, 2019, we were ordered to tender our SDC equity interest by April 3, 2019 for a purchase price equal to the “capital account” balance as of October 31, 2017 under the terms of the investment. In April 2019, based on the “capital account” value provided by SDC, we entered into an unsecured promissory note with SDC to receive $54.2 million through February 1, 2021 in exchange for the tender of our membership interests. As a result, we derecognized the equity method investment balance of $38.4 million in exchange for an unsecured promissory note of $54.2 million and we recorded the difference of $15.8 million as a gain in the second quarter of 2019 in other income in our Consolidated Statement of Operations. Although we tendered our membership interests pursuant to the arbitrator’s decision, the parties did not agree on the amount of the “capital account” balance as of October 31, 2017 or the appropriate repurchase price for the membership units. On July 3, 2019, we filed a demand for arbitration regarding SDC’s calculation of the “capital account” balance. The arbitration proceeding remains pending and currently is scheduled to be heard (Refer to Note 10 “Legal Proceedings” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for SDC legal proceedings discussion).

77


Note 6.5. Goodwill and Intangible Assets

During the year ended December 31, 2022, we completed an immaterial business combination which increased goodwill and existing technology intangible assets.

Goodwill

The change in the carrying value of goodwill for the year ended December 31, 20192022 and 2018, all attributable to our Clear Aligner reporting unit,2021, categorized by reportable segments, is as follows (in thousands):
 Total
Balance as of December 31, 2017$64,614
Adjustments 1
(585)
Balance as of December 31, 201864,029
Adjustments 1
(105)
Balance as of December 31, 2019$63,924
Clear AlignerSystems and ServicesTotal
Balance as of December 31, 2020$112,691 $332,126 $444,817 
Additions from acquisition3,646 — 3,646 
Foreign currency translation adjustments(4,129)(25,787)(29,916)
Balance as of December 31, 2021112,208 306,339 418,547 
Additions from acquisition— 8,729 8,729 
Foreign currency translation adjustments(2,728)(16,997)(19,725)
Balance as of December 31, 2022$109,480 $298,071 $407,551 


1
Adjustments were related to foreign currency translation within the measurement period.

Based on the qualitativeWe completed our annual goodwill impairment assessments performed,in 2022 and 2021 and determined there were 0 impairments to goodwill in 2019 or 2018.no impairments.

Intangible Long-Lived Assets

We amortize ourAcquired intangible long-lived assets were as follows, excluding intangibles that were fully amortized (in thousands):
Weighted Average Amortization Period (in years)
Gross Carrying Amount as of
December 31, 2022
Accumulated
Amortization
Accumulated Impairment Loss
Net Carrying
Value as of
December 31, 2022
Existing technology10$112,051 $(33,537)$(4,328)$74,186 
Customer relationships1021,500 (5,913)— 15,587 
Trademarks and tradenames1017,200 (6,442)(4,122)6,636 
Patents86,511 (5,288)— 1,223 
$157,262 $(51,180)$(8,450)97,632 
Foreign currency translation adjustments(1,912)
Total intangible assets, net 1
$95,720 
1    Also includes $33.5 million of fully amortized intangible assets over their estimated useful lives. We evaluate long-lived assets, which includes property, plant and equipment and intangible assets, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. The carrying value is not recoverable if it exceeds the undiscounted cash flows resulting from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition. Our estimates of future cash flows attributablerelated to our long-lived assets require significant judgment based on our historical and anticipated results and are subject to many factors. Factors we consider important which could trigger an impairment review include significant negative industry or economic trends, significant loss of customers and changes in the competitive environment of our intraoral scanning business.customer relationships.

Weighted Average Amortization Period (in years)
Gross Carrying
Amount as of
December 31, 2021
Accumulated
Amortization
Accumulated Impairment Loss
Net Carrying
Value as of
December 31, 2021
Existing technology10$104,531 $(22,495)$(4,328)$77,708 
Customer relationships1155,000 (25,891)(10,751)18,358 
Trademarks and tradenames1017,200 (4,547)(4,179)8,474 
Patents86,511 (4,495)— 2,016 
$183,242 $(57,428)$(19,258)106,556 
Foreign currency translation adjustments3,153 
Total intangible assets, net$109,709 

There were no triggering events in 20192022 or 20182021 that would cause impairments of our intangible long-lived assets.

Acquired intangible long-lived assets are being amortized as follows (in thousands):
78


 Weighted Average Amortization Period (in years) 
Gross Carrying Amount as of
December 31, 2019
 
Accumulated
Amortization
 Accumulated Impairment Loss 
Net Carrying
Value as of
December 31, 2019
Trademarks15 $7,100
 $(2,045) $(4,179) $876
Existing technology13 12,600
 (5,831) (4,328) 2,441
Customer relationships11 33,500
 (18,405) (10,751) 4,344
Reacquired rights3 7,500
 (7,059) 
 441
Patents8 6,796
 (3,165) 
 3,631
Other2 618
 (583) 
 35
Total intangible assets  $68,114
 $(37,088) $(19,258) $11,768


 Weighted Average Amortization Period (in years) 
Gross Carrying
Amount as of
December 31, 2018
 
Accumulated
Amortization
 Accumulated Impairment Loss 
Net Carrying
Value as of
December 31, 2018
Trademarks15 $7,100
 $(1,907) $(4,179) $1,014
Existing technology13 12,600
 (5,268) (4,328) 3,004
Customer relationships11 33,500
 (16,542) (10,751) 6,207
Reacquired rights3 7,500
 (4,341) 
 3,159
Patents8 6,796
 (2,334) 
 4,462
Other2 618
 (544) 
 74
Total intangible assets  $68,114
 $(30,936) $(19,258) $17,920

The total estimated annual future amortization expense for these acquired intangible assets as of December 31, 20192022 is as follows (in thousands):
Fiscal YearAmortization
2023$16,501 
202415,335 
202514,959 
202614,353 
202711,992 
Thereafter24,492 
Total$97,632 
Fiscal Year Amortization
2020 $3,845
2021 3,372
2022 2,116
2023 1,495
2024 555
Thereafter 385
Total $11,768


Amortization expense was $5.9$16.0 million, $6.0$16.6 million and $6.2$13.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, 20182022, 2021 and 2017,2020, respectively.


Note 7.6. Credit Facility

On February 27, 2018, we entered intoWe have a credit facility that provides for a $200.0$300.0 million unsecured revolving line of credit, along with a $50.0 million letter of credit. On December 23, 2022, we amended certain provisions in our credit sublimit, and afacility which included extending the maturity date of February 27, 2021.on the facility to December 23, 2027 and replacing the interest rate from the existing LIBOR with SOFR (“2022 Credit Facility”). The credit facility2022 Credit Facility requires us to comply with specific financial conditions and performance requirements. The loansLoans under the 2022 Credit Facility bear interest, at our option, at either a rate based on the reserve adjusted LIBORSOFR for the applicable interest period or a base rate, in each case plus a margin. The base rate is the highest of the credit facility’s publicly announced prime rate, the federal funds rate plus 0.50% and one month LIBOR plus 1.0%. The margin ranges from 1.25% to 1.75% for LIBOR loans and 0.25% to 0.75% for base rate loans. Interest on the loans is payable quarterly in arrears with respect to base rate loans and at the end of an interest period (and at three month intervals if the interest period exceeds three months) in the case of LIBOR loans. Principal, together with accrued and unpaid interest, is due on the maturity date. As of December 31, 2019,2022, we had 0no outstanding borrowings under this credit facilitythe 2022 Credit Facility and were in compliance with the conditions and performance requirements.

Note 8. Impairments and Other (Gains) Charges

requirements in all material respects.
On March 5, 2019, we announced the outcome of the arbitration regarding SDC (Refer to Note 9 “Legal Proceedings” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for SDC legal proceedings discussion) which required Align to close its Invisalign stores and tender Align’s equity interest in SDC by April 3, 2019. Accordingly, Align evaluated the ongoing value of the Invisalign stores’ operating lease right-of-use assets and related leasehold improvements and other fixed assets in accordance with ASC 360, Property, Plant and Equipment. Based on the evaluation, Align determined that the carrying value of these assets were not recoverable. Align evaluated the fair value of these assets in accordance with ASC 820, Fair Value Measurement, and we considered the market participant’s ability to generate economic benefits by using these assets in its highest and best use or by selling it to another market participant that would use the asset in its highest and best use.As a result, in the first quarter of 2019, we recorded impairment losses of $14.2 million for operating lease right-of-use assets and $14.3 million of leasehold improvements and other fixed assets. In addition, we also recorded $1.3 million of employee severance costs and other charges. During the third quarter of 2019, we negotiated early termination of our Invisalign store leases and recorded lease termination gains of $6.8 million.



Note 9.7. Legal Proceedings
    
Securities Class Action Lawsuit

On November 5, 2018, a class action lawsuit against Align and three of our executive officers was filed in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California on behalf of a purported class of purchasers of our common stock between July 25, 2018 and October 24, 2018. The complaint generally alleges claims under the federal securities laws and seeks monetary damages in an unspecified amount and costs and expenses incurred in the litigation. On December 12, 2018, a similar lawsuit was filed in the same court on behalf of a purported class of purchasers of our common stock between April 25, 2018 and October 24, 2018 (together with the first lawsuit, the “Securities Actions”). On May 10, 2019 the lead plaintiff filed a consolidated complaint against Align and four of our executive officers alleging similar claims as the initial complaints on behalf of a purported class of purchasers of our common stock between April 25, 2018 and October 24, 2018. On June 24, 2019, defendants filed a motion to dismiss the consolidated complaint. On October 29, 2019, that motion to dismiss was granted with leave to amend. On November 29, 2019, the lead plaintiff filed an amended consolidated complaint against Align and two of our executive officers alleging similar claims as the initial complaints on behalf of a purported class of purchasers of our common stock from May 23, 2018 and October 24, 2018. Defendants’ motion to dismiss the amended consolidated complaint was filed on January 17, 2020. Align believes these claims are without merit and intends to vigorously defend itself. Align is currently unable to predict the outcome of these lawsuits and therefore cannot determine the likelihood of loss nor estimate a range of possible loss.

Shareholder Derivative Lawsuit

In January 2019, three derivative lawsuits were filed in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California which were later consolidated, purportedly on our behalf, of Align, naming as defendants the then current members of our Board of Directors along with certain of our executive officers. The allegations in the complaints are similar to those presented in the Securities Actions, but the complaints assert various state law causes of action, including for breaches of fiduciary duty, insider trading, and unjust enrichment, among others.enrichment. The complaints seek unspecified monetary damages on our behalf, of Align, which is named solely as a nominal defendant against whom no recovery is sought, as well as disgorgement and the costs and expenses associated with the litigation, including attorneys’ fees. On February 26, 2019, the three lawsuits were consolidated. On April 10, 2019, the court stayed theThe consolidated action pending final disposition ofis currently stayed. Defendants have not yet responded to the Securities Actions.complaints.

On April 12, 2019, a derivative lawsuit was also filed in California Superior Court for Santa Clara County, purportedly on our behalf, of Align, naming as defendants the members of our Board of Directors along with certain of our executive officers. The allegations in thisthe complaint are similar to those in the derivative suits described above. On May 16, 2019,The matter is currently stayed. Defendants have not yet responded to the court stayed this action pending final disposition of the Securities Actions.complaint.

On February 22, 2019, a purported stockholder sent a letter to Align pursuant to 8 Del. C. § 220 demanding certain books and records for the stated purpose of investigating potential breaches of duty, corporate mismanagement, and alleged wrongdoing by fiduciaries of the Company. On April 16, 2019, Align responded and refused the demand on several legal grounds. On June 10, 2019, the purported stockholder petitioned the Superior Court of the State of California, County of Santa Clara, to issue a writ of mandate commanding Align to provide the books and records requested. On August 23, 2019, Align filed a demurrer seeking to dismiss the petition, and on October 28, 2019, the Court issued an order sustaining Align’s demurrer and dismissing the petitionWe believe these claims are without an opportunity to amend. On December 19, 2019, the same purported stockholder filed a complaint in the Superior Court of California, County of Santa Clara, seeking an order from the Court compelling Align to permit the inspection of the same books and records that were previously requested, as well as requesting attorneys’ fees. Align expects to respond to this new complaint by March 12, 2020.

Align ismerit. We are currently unable to predict the outcome of this demand or of these lawsuits and therefore cannot determine the likelihood of loss nor estimate a range of possible loss.loss.

3Shape Litigation2020 Securities Class Action Lawsuit

On November 14, 2017, AlignMarch 2, 2020, a class action lawsuit against us and two of our executive officers was filed 6 patent infringement lawsuits asserting 26 patents against 3Shape, a Danish corporation, and a related U.S. corporate entity, asserting that 3Shape’s Trios intraoral scanning system and Dental System software infringe Align patents. Align filed 2 Section 337 complaints with the U.S. International Trade Commission (“ITC”) alleging that 3Shape violates U.S. trade laws by selling for importation and importing its infringing Trios intraoral scanning system and Dental System software. Align’s ITC complaints sought cease and desist orders and exclusion orders prohibiting the importation of 3Shape’s Trios scanning system and Dental System software products into the U.S. Align also filed 4 separate complaints in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of Delaware alleging patent infringement by 3Shape’s Trios intraoral scanning system and Dental System software. Two of those cases were stayed pending the ITC determinations, and the other two cases have been active in discovery and pretrial proceedings. Trials in the latter two cases have been rescheduledNew York (later transferred to begin on August 5, 2020 in one case


and November 30, 2020 in the other. Certain of Align’s asserted patents in the Delaware actions were found invalid by the District Court Judge. The ITC conducted hearings in the Section 337 investigations in September and November 2018. On March 1, 2019, the Administrative Law Judge issued an Initial Determination in one of the Section 337 investigations, finding no violation of Section 337 by 3Shape. On April 26, 2019, the Administrative Law Judge issued an Initial Determination in the second Section 337 investigation, finding no violation of Section 337 by 3Shape. On August 20, 2019, the Commission vacated one Initial Determination and terminated the investigation. In the corresponding Delaware case, the District Court lifted the stay and scheduled trial to begin on November 8, 2021. On November 22, 2019, the Commission affirmed a finding of no violation on modified grounds in the other investigation.
.
On May 9, 2018, 3Shape filed a complaint in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Delaware alleging patent infringement by Align’s iTero Element scannerCalifornia) on behalf of a single 3Shape patent. On June 14, 2018, 3Shape filed anotherpurported class of purchasers of our common stock. The complaint alleged claims under the federal securities laws and sought monetary damages in an unspecified amount and costs and expenses incurred in the U.S. District Court for the District of Delaware alleging patent infringement by Align’s iTero Element scanner of another 3Shape patent. On August 19, 2019, the Court consolidated the two actions, and 3Shapelitigation. The lead plaintiff filed an amended complaint alleging infringement of an additional patent on August 30, 2019. Align has asserted counterclaims for patent infringement4, 2020 against us and three of three additional Align patents. The case is active andour executive officers alleging similar claims as in the early discovery phase, with trial scheduledinitial complaint on behalf of a purported class of purchasers of our common stock from April 25, 2019 to begin on April 12, 2021.

July 24, 2019. On December 10, 2018, Align filed 3 additional patent infringement lawsuits asserting 10 additional patents against 3Shape. Align filed one Section 337 complaint with the ITC alleging that 3Shape violates U.S. trade laws through unfair competition by selling for importation and importing the infringing TRIOS intraoral scanning system, Trios Lab Scanners and TRIOS software, TRIOS Module software, Dental System software, and Ortho System Software. On December 11, 2018, Align filed 2 separate complaints in the U.S. District Court for the District of Delaware alleging patent infringement by 3Shape's Trios intraoral scanning system, Lab Scanners and Dental and Ortho System Software. The ITC instituted the investigation, and one of the District Court cases was stayed pending the ITC determination. The remaining District Court case is in the very early stages of discovery and pretrial proceedings, and trial has been scheduled for February 7, 2022. The ITC evidentiary hearing was held at the end of October 2019. The deadline for the Administrative Law Judge’s initial determination is March 6, 2020.

On November 5, 2019, Align filed a complaint for patent infringement asserting an additional patent against 3Shape. On January 7, 2020, Align voluntarily dismissed the suit without prejudice, and Align has instead asserted the patent as a counterclaim in the patent infringement suit brought by 3Shape.

3Shape has sought to invalidate certain of Align’s patents through petitions for inter partes review proceedings. Align disputes 3Shape’s positions and intends to vigorously defend the validity of its patent rights.

Each of the District Court patent infringement complaints seek monetary damages and injunctive relief against further infringement.

On August 28, 2018, 3Shape filed a complaint against Align in the U.S. District Court for the District of Delaware alleging antitrust violations and seeking monetary damages and injunctive relief relating to Align’s alleged market activities, including Align’s assertion of its patent portfolio, in alleged clear aligner and intraoral scanning markets, and the Court scheduled trial to begin on May 10, 2021. Align filed a29, 2021, defendants’ motion to dismiss 3Shape’sthe amended complaint was granted with leave for the lead plaintiff to file a further amended complaint. On April 22, 2021, lead plaintiff filed a notice stating it would not file a further amended complaint. On April 23, 2021, the Court dismissed the action with prejudice and judgment was entered. Lead plaintiff filed a notice of appeal on October 17, 2018. Align also moved to stayApril 28, 2021 and filed its opening appeal brief with the litigation pendingUnited States Court of Appeals for the outcome of its motion to dismiss. The court granted Align’s motion to stay. On August 15, 2019, the Magistrate Judge recommended that Align’s motion to dismiss be granted, and,Ninth
79


Circuit on September 26, 2019, the District Court Judge adopted the Magistrate Judge’s Report and Recommendation, granted Align’s motion to dismiss, and dismissed 3Shape’s complaint with leave to amend within thirty days of the order. On October 28, 2019, 3Shape1, 2021. The defendants-appellees filed an amended complaint, and Align again moved to dismiss the complaint. A hearingtheir answering brief on Align’s motion to dismissNovember 22, 2021. The lead plaintiff-appellant’s reply brief was filed on January 12, 2022. Oral argument was held on February 13, 2020 beforeMarch 10, 2022. On July 8, 2022, a panel of the magistrate judge. A written report and recommendation fromNinth Circuit affirmed the magistrate judge will be forthcoming.district court order dismissing the complaint. On July 21, 2022, plaintiff-appellant filed a petition for rehearing or hearing en banc, which the court denied on August 15, 2022. On November 14, 2022, the deadline for plaintiff-appellant to file a petition for writ of certiorari to the United States Supreme Court passed without plaintiff-appellant filing a petition, finally resolving this matter in our favor.

Align is currently unable to predict the outcome of these lawsuits and therefore cannot determine the likelihood of loss, if any, nor estimate a range of possible loss.Antitrust Class Actions

Simon & Simon

On March 14, 2019,June 5, 2020, a dental practice named Simon and Simon, PC d/b/adoing business as City Smiles brought an antitrust action in the United StatesU.S. District Court for the Northern District of DelawareCalifornia on behalf of itself and a putative class of similarly situated practices seeking monetary damages and injunctive relief relating to Align’sour alleged market activities in alleged clear aligner and intraoral scanningscanner markets. AlignPlaintiff filed an amended complaint and added VIP Dental Spas as a motionplaintiff on August 14, 2020. A jury trial is scheduled to dismiss the complaintbegin in this matter on April 5, 2019, and the court held a hearing on Align’s motion. On October 15, 2019, the Magistrate Judge issued a Report and Recommendation on Align’s motion to dismiss which recommends that Align’s motion be granted and that the plaintiffs’ complaint be dismissed without prejudice. On OctoberJune 29, 2019, Simon and Simon filed objections to the Magistrate Judge’s Report and Recommendation, and Align responded on November 12, 2019. Align believes


2024. We believe the plaintiffs’ claims are without merit and intendswe intend to vigorously defend itself. Alignourselves.

On May 3, 2021, an individual named Misty Snow brought an antitrust action in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California on behalf of herself and a putative class of similarly situated individuals seeking monetary damages and injunctive relief relating to our alleged market activities in alleged clear aligner and intraoral scanner markets. Plaintiff filed an amended complaint on July 30, 2021 adding new plaintiffs and various state law claims. Plaintiffs filed a second amended complaint on October 21, 2021. On March 2, 2022, Plaintiffs filed a third amended complaint. On October 3, 2022, Plaintiffs filed a fourth amended complaint. A jury trial is scheduled to begin in this matter on June 29, 2024 for issues related to Section 2 allegations. A jury trial is scheduled to begin in this matter on September 30, 2024 for issues related to Section 1 allegations. We believe the plaintiffs’ claims are without merit and we intend to vigorously defend ourselves.

We are currently unable to predictpredict the outcome of thisthese lawsuits and therefore we cannot determine the likelihood of loss, if any, nor estimate a range of possible loss.

SDC Dispute

In February 2018, Align receivedOn August 27, 2020, we initiated a communication on behalf of SDC Financial LLC,confidential arbitration proceeding against SmileDirectClub LLC and(“SDC”) before the Members ofAmerican Arbitration Association in San Jose, California. This arbitration relates to the Strategic Supply Agreement (“Supply Agreement”) entered into between the parties in 2016. The complaint alleges that SDC Financial LLC other thanbreached the Company (collectively, the “SDC Entities”)Supply Agreements terms, causing damages to us in an amount to be determined. On January 19, 2021, SDC filed a counterclaim alleging that we breached the launch and operation ofSupply Agreement. On May 3, 2022, SDC filed an additional counterclaim alleging that we breached the Invisalign store pilot program constituted a breach of non-compete provisions applicable to the members of SDC Financial LLC, including Align. As a result of this alleged breach, SDC Financial LLC notified us that its members (other than Align) sought to exercise a right to repurchase all of Align's SDC Financial LLC membership interests for a purchase price equal to the current “capital account” balance of Align. The SDC Entities’ communication also alleged that Align breached confidentiality provisions applicable to the SDC Financial LLC members and demanded that Align cease all activities related to the Invisalign store pilot project, close existing Invisalign stores and cease using SDC’s confidential information. In April 2018, the SDC Entities instigated confidential arbitration proceedings and filed a complaintSupply Agreement. We deny SDC's allegations in the Chancery Court of Davidson County, State of Tennessee that sought, among other forms of relief,counterclaims and we intend to preliminarilyvigorously defend ourselves against them. The arbitration hearing on our claims and permanently enjoin all activities related to the Invisalign store pilot project, require Align to close existing Invisalign stores, prohibit Align from opening any additional stores, and allow the SDC Entities to exercise a right to repurchase all of Align's SDC Financial LLC membership interests for a purchase price equal to Align's current “capital account” balance.SDC’s first counterclaim was held on July 18-27, 2022 in Chicago, Illinois.

On June 29, 2018,October 27, 2022, the Chancery Court of Davidson County, State of Tennessee denied the SDC Entities’ request for a temporary injunction to prevent Align from opening additional Invisalign stores. During December 2018, the parties participated in binding arbitration proceedings and presented closing arguments on January 23, 2019. The arbitrator issued his decisionan interim award on March 4, 2019. The arbitrator foundour claims and SDC’s first counterclaim finding that AlignSDC breached the non-compete provision applicableSupply Agreement, we did not breach the Supply Agreement, and SDC caused harm to us. Based on these findings, the members ofarbitrator awarded us an interim award that, when confirmed, may be material to our results in the quarter reported.

On December 2, 2022, SDC Financial LLC and that Align misused the SDC Entities’ confidential information and violated fiduciary duties to SDC Financial LLC. The arbitrator ordered Align to close its Invisalign stores by April 3, 2019, and enjoined Align from opening new Invisalign stores or providing certain services in physical retail establishments in connection with the marketing and sale of clear aligners, and enjoined Align from using the SDC Entities’ confidential information. The arbitrator extended the expiration date of specified aspects of the non-compete provision to August 18, 2022. The arbitrator also ordered Align to tender its SDC Financial LLC membership interests to the SDC Entities for a purchase price equal to the “capital account” balance as of October 31, 2017, to be determined in accordance with the applicable provisions of the SDC Operating Agreements. No financial damages were awarded to the SDC Entities. The SDC Entities filed a motion to confirmre-open the Award, which Align did not oppose,arbitrator’s interim award in Align’s favor. We anticipate recognizing the Circuit Court for Cook County, Illinois. The motion to confirm the Award was granted on April 29, 2019.

As required by the Award, on April 3, 2019, Align had closed its Invisalign stores, returned SDC’s alleged confidential information, and tendered its membership interests for a purchase price that SDC claims to be Align’s “capital account” balance as of October 31, 2017. Align disputes that the SDC Entities properly determined the value of Align’s “capital account” balance as of October 31, 2017 as required by the SDC Operating Agreements and the Award. Consequently, on July 3, 2019, Align filed a confidential demand for arbitration challenging the proprietyamount ultimately realizable following confirmation of the SDC Entities’ determination of Align’s “capital account” balance as of October 31, 2017. Thatfinal award.

The arbitration proceeding remains pending and currently is scheduled to be heard June 23-26, 2020. Although Align expects the proper amount of its Capital Account balance as of October 31, 2017 to be determinedhearing on SDC’s second counterclaim was held on February 21-23, 2023 in the course of the pending arbitration, that amount is not capped at $97.0 million as SDC has claimed in its public filings. Relatedly, the SDC Entities filed a contempt petition with the Illinois court which confirmed the Award, asserting that Align had no right to contest the “capital account” determination as made by the SDC Entities. On September 4, 2019, the Illinois court denied in its entirety the contempt petition filed by the SDC Entities. The SDC Entities have appealed the denial of the contempt petition, and that appeal remains pending.

On August 19, 2019, the SDC Entities filed a separate confidential arbitration proceeding alleging that Align has violated the non-compete provisions applicable to the members of the SDC Entities by virtue of Align’s alleged dealings with a third-party claimed to be a competitor of the SDC Entities. Align has denied the claim and intends to vigorously defend itself against the newly asserted allegations. The SDC Entities have yet to identify the range of damages they may seek to recover in the course of this arbitration and no hearing date has yet been set.

Align isChicago, Illinois. We are currently unable to predict the outcome of these disputesSDC’s second counterclaim and therefore cannot determine the likelihood of loss or success nor estimate a range of possible loss.loss or success, if any.

Straumann Group Litigation Settlement

In March 2019, Align entered into an agreement with Straumann Group to settle all outstanding patent disputes in the U.S., the U.K., and Brazil, including those involving ClearCorrect, a subsidiary of Straumann Group. Under the terms of the settlement, Straumann Group paid Align $35.0 million on March 29, 2019. In addition, Align also signed a non-binding letter of


intent with Straumann Group for a 5-year global development and distribution agreement whereby Straumann would distribute 5,000 iTero Element scanners that would be fully integrated into the Straumann/Dental Wings CARES®/DWOS® workflow. The agreement provided that if for any reason the companies chose not to enter into the development and distribution agreement by July 2, 2019 or by a mutually agreed extended date, Straumann Group would pay Align an additional $16.0 million in lieu of the development and distribution agreement. In June 2019, the parties terminated the discussions regarding a possible development and distribution agreement and as a result, Straumann paid us the additional $16.0 million in July 2019. In 2019, we recognized a litigation settlement gain of $51.0 million.

In addition to the above, in the ordinary course of Align’sour operations, Align iswe are involved in a variety of claims, suits, investigations, and proceedings, including actions with respect to intellectual property claims, patent infringement claims, government investigations, labor and employment claims, breach of contract claims, tax, and other matters. Regardless of the outcome, these proceedings can have an adverse impact on us because of defense costs, diversion of management resources, and other factors. Although the results of complex legal proceedings are difficult to predict and Align’sour view of these matters may change in the future as litigation and events related thereto unfold; Alignwe currently doesdo not believe that these matters, individually or in the aggregate, will materially affect Align’sour financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

80


Note 10.8. Commitments and Contingencies

Unconditional Purchase Obligations

On November 27, 2017,October 30, 2020, we entered into a Purchase Agreementsubscription agreement with one ofa software company to renew our existing single source suppliers. Under the terms of the original agreement, we are required to purchase a minimum of approximately $305.2 million of aligner materials over the next four years. On May 29, 2018, we entered into an amendment to the Purchase Agreement with the existing single source supplier to increase the original term of the agreement to five years and total minimum purchase amount to approximately $425.9 million.

On January 15, 2019, we entered into a Purchase Agreement to purchase 5 floors of a building under construction in Petach Tivka, Israellicense for a purchase pricetotal consideration of approximately $27.0 million with an option to purchase additional 3 floors with progress payments due through 2020. During the fourth quarter of 2019, we exercised the option to purchase 3 additional floors and purchased 1 additional floor in the building for a purchase price of approximately $24.4$95.2 million. As of December 31, 2019,2022, we havehad a remaining commitment of $31.2$23.8 million which is expected to be paid in 2020.through 2024.

On September 26, 2019,December 6, 2020, we entered into a Purchase and Sale Agreement tosupply agreement for certain components used for our manufacturing operations. As of December 31, 2022, we had purchase a building located in San Jose, California for $21.3 million. The remaining and substantial portioncommitments of the purchase price will be paid on or before the closing date,$85.8 million which is expected to occur in the first quarter of 2020.be paid through 2025.

On October 3, 2019,June 24, 2021, we entered into an amended purchase agreement with an existing single source supplier which requires us to purchase aligner material for a Promotional Rights Agreement (the “Agreement”) for $36.0minimum amount of approximately $348.0 million from 2023 through 2026.

On March 11, 2022, we entered into an amended promotional rights agreement with a third-party which includes certain advertising and media coverage. The expense relatedAs of December 31, 2022, we had a remaining commitment of $60.0 million which is expected to the Agreement will be incurred over the period of April 1, 2020paid through March 31, 2023.2026.

On December 9, 2022, we entered into a cloud services agreement to support our production operations and research and development efforts for clinical applications which requires us to make minimum purchases totaling $145.0 million from 2023 through 2027.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

As of December 31, 2019,2022, we had no material off-balance sheet arrangements that have, or are reasonably likely to have, a current or future material effect on our consolidated financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources other than certain items disclosed in the Commitments and ContingenciesUnconditional Purchase Obligations section above.

Indemnification Provisions

In the normal course of business to facilitate transactions in our services and products, we indemnify certain parties: customers, vendors, lessors, and other parties with respect to certain matters, including, but not limited to, services to be provided by us and intellectual property infringement claims made by third parties. In addition, we have entered into indemnification agreements with our directors and our executive officers that will require us, among other things, to indemnify them against certain liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors or officers. Several of these agreements limit the time within which an indemnification claim can be made and the amount of the claim.

It is not possible to make a reasonable estimate of the maximum potential amount under these indemnification agreements due to the unique facts and circumstances involved in each particular agreement. Additionally, we have a limited history of prior indemnification claims and the payments we have made under such agreements have not had a material adverse effect on our results of operations, cash flows or financial position. However, to the extent that valid indemnification claims arise in the future, future payments by us could be significant and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or cash flows in a particular period. As of December 31, 2019,2022, we did not have any material indemnification claims that were probable or reasonably possible.




Note 11.9. Stockholders’ Equity

Common Stock

The holders of common stock are entitled to receive dividends whenever funds are legally available and when and if declared by the Board of Directors. We have never declared or paid dividends on our common stock.

Stock-Based Compensation Plans

Our 2005 Incentive Plan, as amended, provides for the granting of incentive stock options, non-statutory stock options, restricted stock, units ("RSUs"), market-performance based restricted stock units ("MSUs"), stock appreciation rights, performance units and performance shares to employees, non-employee directors and consultants. Shares granted on or after May 16, 2013 as an award of restricted stock, restricted stock unit, market-performance based restricted stock units, performance shareshares or performance unit ("units (“full value awards"awards”) are counted against the authorized share reserve as one and nine-tenths (19/10) shares for every one (1) share subject to the award, and any shares canceled that were counted as one and nine-tenths against the plan reserve will be returned at the same ratio. 
81



As of December 31, 2019,2022, the 2005 Incentive Plan, (as amended)as amended, has a total reserve of 27,783,379 shares for issuance of which 5,450,1623,760,672 shares are available for issuance. We issue new shares from our pool of authorized but unissued shares to satisfy the exercise and vesting obligations of our stock-based compensation plans.

Summary of Stock-Based Compensation Expense

Stock-based compensation is based on the estimated fair value of awards, net of estimated forfeitures, and recognized over the requisite service period. Estimated forfeitures are based on historical experience at the time of grant and may be revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. The stock-based compensation related to all of our stock-based awards and employee stock purchase plan for the year ended December 31, 2019, 20182022, 2021 and 20172020 is as follows (in thousands):
 Year Ended December 31,
 202220212020
Cost of net revenues$6,438 $5,633 $4,719 
Selling, general and administrative103,134 90,659 78,500 
Research and development23,795 18,044 15,208 
Total stock-based compensation$133,367 $114,336 $98,427 
 For the Year Ended December 31,
 2019 2018 2017
Cost of net revenues$5,154
 $3,695
 $3,330
Selling, general and administrative69,817
 56,422
 46,550
Research and development13,213
 10,646
 8,974
Total stock-based compensation$88,184
 $70,763
 $58,854


Stock Options

We have not granted options since 2011 and all outstanding options were fully vested and associatedThe income tax benefit related to stock-based compensation expense was recognized as of December 31, 2015. During the year ended December 31, 2019, 8,187 stock options were exercised at a weighted average exercise price of $8.07 per share. As of December 31, 2019, there were 0 options outstanding$14.9 million, $13.8 million and exercisable.

The aggregate intrinsic value represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value (the difference between our closing stock price on the last trading day in 2019 and the exercise price, multiplied by the number of in-the-money options) that would have been received by the option holders had all option holders exercised their options on the last trading day of 2019. This amount will fluctuate based on the fair market value of our stock. The total intrinsic value of stock options exercised$11.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, 20182022, 2021 and 2017 was $2.0 million, $17.6 million and $18.1 million2020, respectively.



Restricted Stock Units (“RSUs”)

The fair value of RSUs is based on our closing stock price on the date of grant. RSUs granted generally vest over a period of four years. A summary for the year ended December 31, 2019,2022 is as follows:
Number of Shares
Underlying RSUs
(in thousands)
Weighted Average Grant Date Fair ValueWeighted Average
Remaining
Contractual Term
(in years)
Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
(in thousands)
Unvested as of December 31, 2021492 $369.17 
Granted248 469.12 
Vested and released(200)333.76 
Forfeited(51)437.05 
Unvested as of December 31, 2022489 $427.23 1.2$103,138 
 
Number of Shares
Underlying RSUs
(in thousands)
 Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value 
Weighted Average
Remaining
Contractual Term
(in years)
 
Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
(in thousands)
Unvested as of December 31, 2018931
 $129.42
    
Granted292
 255.42
    
Vested and released(443) 105.83
    
Forfeited(84) 184.04
    
Unvested as of December 31, 2019696
 $190.60
 1.1 $194,114


The aggregate intrinsic value in the table above represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value (calculated by multiplying our closing stock price on the last trading day of 20192022 by the number of unvested RSUs) that would have been received by the unit holders had all RSUs been vested and released as of the last trading day of 2019.2022. This amount will fluctuate based on the fair market value of our stock. During 2019,2022, of the 442,524199,832 shares vested and released, 141,54359,115 shares vested were withheld for employee statutory tax obligations, resulting in a net issuance of 300,981140,717 shares.

The total intrinsic value of RSUs vested and released during 2019, 2018 and 2017 was $112.4 million, $146.7 million and $99.5 million, respectively. The total fair value of RSUs vested as of their respective vesting dates during the year ended December 31, 2019, 20182022, 2021 and 20172020 was $46.8$93.7 million, $42.2$158.8 million and $46.2$89.6 million, respectively. The weighted average grant date fair value of RSUs granted during 2019, 20182022, 2021 and 20172020 was $255.42, $262.58$469.12, $600.10 and $118.77$267.24, respectively. As of December 31, 2019, there was $88.72022, we expect to recognize $133.4 million of total unamortized compensation costs, net of estimated forfeitures, related to RSUs and these costs are expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.02.2 years.

Market-Performance Based Restricted Stock Units ("MSUs"(“MSUs”)

We grant MSUs to our executive officers.members of senior management. Each MSU represents the right to one share of Align’sour common stock. The actual number of MSUs which will be eligible to vest will be based on the performance of Align’sour stock price relative to the performance of a stock market index over the vesting period, and certain MSU grants are also based on Align's stock price at the end of the performance period. Generally, the vestingMSUs vest over a period of MSUs is three years. For MSUs granted during the year ended December 31, 2019,years and the maximum number of MSUs which will be eligible to vest arein the future is 250% of the MSUs initially granted.

82


The following table summarizes the MSU performance activity for the year ended December 31, 2019:2022:
Number of Shares
Underlying MSUs
(in thousands)
Weighted Average Grant Date Fair ValueWeighted Average
Remaining
Contractual Term
(in years)
Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
(in thousands)
Unvested as of December 31, 2021174 $551.57 
Granted 1
101 607.96 
Vested and released(128)396.10 
Forfeited(3)744.39 
Unvested as of December 31, 2022144 $725.73 1.0$30,384 
 
Number of Shares
Underlying MSUs
(in thousands)
 Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value 
Weighted Average
Remaining
Contractual Term
(in years)
 
Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
(in thousands)
Unvested as of December 31, 2018324
 $215.07
   


Granted138
 240.73
    
Vested and released(191) 77.17
    
Forfeited(27) 271.96
    
Unvested as of December 31, 2019244
 $331.35
 1.1 $68,055
1 Includes MSUs vested during the period above 100% of the grant as actual shares released is based on our stock performance over the vesting period

The aggregate intrinsic value in the table above represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value (calculated by multiplying our closing stock price on the last trading day of 20192022 by the number of unvested MSUs) that would have been received by the unit holders had all MSUs been vested and released as of the last trading day of 2019.2022. This amount will fluctuate based on the fair market value of our stock. During 2019,2022, of the 191,176128,259 shares vested and released, 88,29249,524 shares were withheld for employee statutory tax payments,obligations, resulting in a net issuance of 102,88478,735 shares.

The total intrinsic value of MSUs vested and released during 2019, 2018 and 2017 was $47.7 million, $92.7 million and $28.8 million, respectively. The total fair value of MSUs vested as of their respective vesting dates during the year ended December 31, 2019, 20182022, 2021 and 20172020 was $14.8$64.0 million, $19.5$135.6 million and $15.0$47.1 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2019,2022, we expect to recognize $36.2$40.1 million of total unamortized compensation cost,costs, net of estimated forfeitures, related to MSUs over a weighted average period of 1.1 years.1.0 year.



The fair value of MSUs is estimated at the grant date using a Monte Carlo simulation that includes factors for market conditions. The following weighted-averageweighted average assumptions used in the Monte Carlo simulation were as follows: 
 Year Ended December 31,
 202220212020
Expected term (in years)3.03.03.0
Expected volatility53.8 %56.3 %44.4 %
Risk-free interest rate1.7 %0.2 %1.4 %
Expected dividends— — — 
Weighted average fair value per share at grant date$915.22 $1,102.09 $392.67 
 Year Ended December 31,
 2019 2018 2017
Expected term (in years)3.0
 3.0
 3.0
Expected volatility37.3% 31.9% 28.9%
Risk-free interest rate2.5% 2.5% 1.5%
Expected dividends
 
 
Weighted average fair value per share at grant date$392.03
 $470.75
 $120.39
Restricted Stock Units with Performance Conditions (“PSUs”)


In the fourth quarter of 2022, we granted PSUs to certain employees which are eligible to vest based on the achievement of project-based milestones over a term of 2.2 years. Total PSUs granted were 4,728 and the weighted average grant date fair value for the PSUs was $201.63.
Total payments to tax authorities for payroll taxes related to RSUs, including MSUs, that vested during the period were $57.7 million, $86.1 million and $46.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively, and are reflected as a financing activity in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan ("ESPP"(ESPP)

In May 2010, our stockholders approved the 2010 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “2010 Purchase Plan”), which consists of consecutive overlapping twenty-four month offering periods with 4four six-month purchase periods in each offering period. Employees purchase shares at 85% of the lower of the fair market value of the common stock at either the beginning of the offering period or the end of the purchase period. The 2010 Purchase Plan will continue until terminated by either the Board of Directors or its administrator. The maximum number of shares available for purchase under the 2010 Purchase Plan is 2.4 million shares. In June 2019, the 2010 Purchase Plan was amended to include a non-Code Section 423 component to grantalso allows for purchase rights to employees outside the U.S. and Canada with six-month offering periods and purchase periods. In May 2021, the 2010 Purchase Plan was amended and restated to increase the maximum number of shares available for purchase to 4,400,000 shares.

The following table summarizes the ESPP shares issued:
Year Ended December 31,
202220212020
Number of shares issued (in thousands)86 131 116 
Weighted average price$305.24 $195.44 $175.69 
 Year Ended December 31,
 2019 2018 2017
Number of shares issued (in thousands)130
 164
 202
Weighted average price$136.73
 $96.95
 $59.93


As of December 31, 2019, 416,2932022, 2,108,898 shares remain available for future issuance.

83


The fair value of the option component of the 2010 Purchase Plan shares was estimated at the grant date using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions:
 Year Ended December 31,
  
202220212020
Expected term (in years)1.51.11.0
Expected volatility50.2 %52.7 %55.0 %
Risk-free interest rate1.8 %0.1 %0.9 %
Expected dividends— — — 
Weighted average fair value at grant date$159.44 $246.84 $96.94 
 Year Ended December 31,
  
2019 2018 2017
Expected term (in years)1.4
 1.3
 1.2
Expected volatility50.0% 35.2% 26.8%
Risk-free interest rate2.2% 2.2% 1.0%
Expected dividends
 
 
Weighted average fair value at grant date$86.02
 $94.71
 $31.36


We recognized stock-based compensation related to our employee stock purchase plan of $12.1$23.5 million, $5.6$12.2 million and $5.4$10.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, 20182022, 2021 and 2017,2020, respectively. As of December 31, 2019, there was $9.92022, we expect to recognize $14.8 million of total unamortized compensation costs related to future employee stock purchases which we expect to be recognized over a weighted average period of 0.9 year.

Note 12.10. Common Stock Repurchase Programs

April 2014 Repurchase Program

In April 2014, we announced thatMay 2018, our Board of Directors had authorized a plan to repurchase up to $300.0 million of our common stock ("April 2014 Repurchase Program").



Prior to 2017, we entered into accelerated share purchase agreements to repurchase $190.0 million of our common stock and received a total of approximately 3.2 million shares. In addition, we repurchased on the open market approximately 1.6 million shares of our common stock for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $106.2 million.

In 2017, we repurchased on the open market approximately 0.04 million shares of our common stock at an average price of $96.37 per share, including commissions, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $3.8 million, completing the April 2014 Repurchase Program.

April 2016 Repurchase Program

In April 2016, we announced that our Board of Directors had authorized a plan to repurchase up to $300.0 million of our common stock ("April 2016 Repurchase Program").

In 2017, we entered into an accelerated share repurchase agreement ("2017 ASR") to repurchase $50.0 million of our common stock which was completed in August 2017. We received a total of approximately 0.4 million shares for an average share price of $146.48. During 2017, we repurchased on the open market approximately 0.2 million shares of our common stock at an average price of $243.40 per share, including commissions, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $50.0 million.

In 2018, we repurchased on the open market approximately 0.7 million shares of our common stock at an average price of $293.21 per share, including commissions, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $200.0 million, completing the April 2016 Repurchase Program.

May 2018 Repurchase Program

In May 2018, we announced that our Board of Directors had authorized a plan to repurchase up to $600.0 million of our common stock ("(“May 2018 Repurchase Program"Program”). As of December 31, 2021, the authorization under the May 2018 Repurchase Program was completed. In May 2021, our Board of Directors authorized a plan to repurchase up to $1.0 billion of our common stock (“May 2021 Repurchase Program”). As of December 31, 2022, we have $249.9 million available for repurchases under the May 2021 Repurchase Program.

In 2018,Subsequent to the fourth quarter, in January 2023, our Board of Directors authorized a plan to repurchase up to $1.0 billion of our common stock.

Accelerated Share Repurchase Agreements (ASRs)

We entered into ASRs providing for the repurchase of our common stock based on the volume-weighted average price during the term of the agreement, less an agreed upon discount. Under the terms of the ASRs, the financial institution may be required to deliver additional shares of common stock at final settlement or, under certain circumstances, we may be required at our election, to either deliver shares or make a cash payment to the financial institution. The ASRs limit the number of shares we would be required to deliver.

The following table summarizes the information regarding repurchases of our common stock under ASRs:

Agreement
 Date
Repurchase
 Program
Amount Paid
(in millions)
Completion
Date
Total Shares
Received
Average Price per Share
Q2 2021May 2018$100.0 Q3 2021171,322 $583.70 
Q2 2021May 2021$100.0 Q3 2021161,707 $618.40 
Q3 2021May 2021$75.0 Q3 2021109,239 $686.91 
Q4 2021May 2021$100.0 Q4 2021150,031 $666.53 
Q2 2022May 2021$200.0 Q2 2022756,502 $264.37 
Q4 2022May 2021$200.0 
N/A1
848,266 $188.62 
1    As of December 31, 2022, the contract was open and we recorded the remaining equity forward contract at a fair value of $40.0 million which was included within “Additional paid-in capital” in stockholders' equity in our Consolidated Balance Sheet. Subsequent to the fourth quarter, the ASR was completed and 0.1 million additional shares were received at an average price per share of $293.15.

Subsequent to the fourth quarter, on February 3, 2023, we entered into an ASR to repurchase $250.0 million of our common stock, completing our 2021 Repurchase Program. We paid $250.0 million and received an initial delivery of approximately 0.6 million shares based on current market prices. The final number of shares to be repurchased will be based on our volume-weighted average stock price under the terms of the ASR, less an agreed upon discount.
84



Open Market Common Stock Repurchases

During the year ended December 31, 2022, we repurchased on the open market approximately 0.1 million shares of our common stock at an average price of $356.54$522.61 per share, including commissions and fees, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $50.0$75.0 million. In 2018, we entered into an accelerated stock repurchase agreement ("ASR") to repurchase $50.0 million of our common stock which was completed in December 2018. We received a total of approximately 0.2 million shares for an average share price of $213.18.

In 2019, we repurchased on the open market approximately 0.8 million shares of our common stock at an average price of $264.93 per share, including commissions, for an aggregate purchase price of $200.0 million. We also entered into an ASR to repurchase $200.0 million of our common stock which was completed in September 2019. We received a total of 1.1 million shares for an average share price of $176.61. As of December 31, 2019, we have $100.0 million available for repurchase under the May 2018 Repurchase Program.

Note 13.11. Employee Benefit Plans

We have defined contribution retirement plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code for our U.S. employees which covers substantially all U.S. employees who meet minimum age and service requirements and allows participants to defer a portion of their annual compensation on a pre-tax basis. We match 50% of our employee’s salary deferral contributions up to a 6% of the employee’s eligible compensation. We contributed approximately $6.2$10.0 million, $5.2$8.5 million and $4.3$6.9 million to the 401(k) plan during the year ended December 31, 2019, 20182022, 2021 and 2017,2020, respectively. We also have defined contribution retirement plans outside of the U.S. to which we contributed $54.5 million, $42.3 million and $28.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

Note 14.12. Income Taxes

Net income before provision for (benefit from) income taxes and equity in losses of investee consists of the following (in thousands):
 Year ended December 31, Year Ended December 31,
 2019 2018 2017 202220212020
Domestic $184,956
 $171,658
 $123,696
Domestic$268,097 $378,478 $173,099 
Foreign 377,695
 294,993
 241,103
Foreign330,960 633,945 205,850 
Net income before provision for income taxes and equity in losses of investee $562,651
 $466,651
 $364,799
Net income before provision for (benefit from) income taxesNet income before provision for (benefit from) income taxes$599,057 $1,012,423 $378,949 



The provision for (benefit from) income taxes consists of the following (in thousands):
 Year Ended December 31,
 202220212020
Federal
Current$188,050 $157,383 $55,291 
Deferred(55,579)(25,598)(11,749)
132,471 131,785 43,542 
State
Current34,621 28,365 8,862 
Deferred(12,265)(5,860)(2,121)
22,356 22,505 6,741 
Foreign
Current56,537 42,681 29,399 
Deferred26,120 43,432 (1,476,621)
82,657 86,113 (1,447,222)
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes$237,484 $240,403 $(1,396,939)
 Year Ended December 31,
 2019 2018 2017
Federal     
Current$76,528
 $35,788
 $91,214
Deferred1,235
 (5,989) 15,724
 77,763
 29,799
 106,938
State     
Current9,169
 9,568
 2,580
Deferred209
 (3,274) 2,677
 9,378
 6,294
 5,257
Foreign     
Current28,364
 22,753
 15,285
Deferred(3,158) (1,123) 2,682
 25,206
 21,630
 17,967
Provision for income taxes$112,347
 $57,723
 $130,162
85



The differences between income taxes using the federal statutory income tax rate for 2019, 20182022, 2021 and 20172020 and our effective tax rates are as follows:
 Year Ended December 31,
 202220212020
U.S. federal statutory income tax rate21.0 %21.0 %21.0 %
State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit3.7 2.2 1.5 
U.S. tax on foreign earnings5.6 2.5 (1.2)
Impact of differences in foreign tax rates3.3 (2.0)5.6 
Stock-based compensation2.1 (0.3)1.1 
Impact of intra-entity intellectual property rights transfer— — (395.6)
Settlement on audits1.9 — (1.4)
Change in valuation allowance1.7 1.1 0.1 
Other items not individually material0.3 (0.8)0.3 
Effective tax rate39.6 %23.7 %(368.6)%
 Year Ended December 31,
 2019 2018 2017
U.S. federal statutory income tax rate21.0 % 21.0 % 35.0 %
State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit1.7
 1.3
 1.4
U.S. tax on foreign earnings1.9
 4.1
 1.5
Impact of U.S. Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“TCJA”)
 2.1
 23.1
Impact of differences in foreign tax rates(5.1) (6.7) (18.0)
Impact of expiration of statute of limitations
 (6.2) 
Stock-based compensation(1.2) (3.4) (6.3)
Other items not individually material1.7
 0.2
 (1.0)
Effective tax rate20.0 % 12.4 % 35.7 %


The TCJA was enacted into law on December 22, 2017We intend to continue reinvesting our foreign subsidiary earnings indefinitely and made significant changes to the Internal Revenue Code, including, butdo not limited to, a corporate tax rate decrease from 35% to 21% effective for tax years beginning after December 31, 2017, the transition of U.S. international taxation from a worldwide tax system to a territorial system, and a one-time transition tax on the mandatory deemedexpect any additional costs that we may incur upon repatriation of cumulativethese foreign earnings as of December 31, 2017.

On December 22, 2017, Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118 ("SAB 118") was issued to address the application of GAAP in situations when a registrant does not have the necessary information available, prepared, or analyzed (including computations) in reasonable detail to complete the accounting for certain income tax effects of the TCJA. As of December 31, 2017, we recorded a provisional tax charge for the estimated impact of the TCJA of $84.3 million, of which $73.9 million was related to a provisional transition tax liability on the mandatory deemed repatriation of foreign earnings and $10.4 million was related to the remeasurement of certain deferred tax assets and liabilities. We finalized our assessment of the impact of the TCJA on our 2017 financial statements and recorded additional charges of $3.0 million in 2018, all of which relate to the transition tax on the mandatory deemed repatriation of foreign earnings.

As of December 31, 2019, undistributed earnings of our foreign subsidiaries totaled $452.6 million and substantially all of the earnings previously determined to be not indefinitely reinvested have been repatriated. Under the GILTI provisions of the TCJA, U.S. income taxes have already been provided on the $452.6 million undistributed earnings that is indefinitely reinvested in our international operations, therefore, the tax impact upon distribution is limited to mainly state income and withholding taxes and is not significant.



As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the significant components of our deferred tax assets and liabilities are (in thousands):
  Year Ended December 31,
  2019 2018
Deferred tax assets:    
Net operating loss and capital loss carryforwards $18,182
 $25,410
Reserves and accruals 39,264
 24,769
Stock-based compensation 8,416
 8,571
Deferred revenue 20,909
 14,285
Net translation losses 1,589
 1,158
Credit carryforwards 1,801
 115
  90,161
 74,308
Deferred tax liabilities:    
Depreciation and amortization 23,817
 8,320
Prepaid expenses 1,341
 902
Unremitted foreign earnings 
 612
  25,158
 9,834
Net deferred tax assets before valuation allowance 65,003
 64,474
Valuation allowance (1,086) (251)
Net deferred tax assets $63,917
 $64,223


The available positive evidence at December 31, 2019 included historical operating profits and a projection of future income sufficient to realize most of our remaining deferred tax assets. As of December 31, 2019, it was considered more likely than not that our deferred tax assets would be realized with the exception of certain capital loss carryovers as we are unable to forecast sufficient future profits to realize the deferred tax assets.

The total valuation allowance as of December 31, 2019 as well as the increase for the year 2019 was not material to our financial statements.

As of December 31, 2019, we have foreign net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $82.1 million, the majority of which can be carried forward indefinitely, and a minor portion of which, if not utilized, will expire beginning after 2024.

In the event of a change in ownership, as defined under federal and state tax laws, our tax credit carryforwards may be subject to annual limitations. The annual limitations may result in the expiration of the tax credit carryforwards before utilization.



The changes in the balance of gross unrecognized tax benefits, which exclude interest and penalties, forDuring the year ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, are as follows (in thousands):

Unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2016$46,384
Tax positions related to current year: 
Additions for uncertain tax positions1,819
Tax positions related to prior year: 
Additions for uncertain tax positions1,809
Decreases for uncertain tax positions(826)
Settlements with tax authorities(1,527)
Reductions due to lapse of applicable statute of limitations(3)
Unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 201747,656
Tax positions related to current year: 
Additions for uncertain tax positions14,519
Tax positions related to prior year: 
Additions for uncertain tax positions80
Reductions due to lapse of applicable statute of limitations(28,993)
Unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 201833,262
Tax positions related to current year: 
Additions for uncertain tax positions19,012
Tax positions related to prior year: 
Additions for uncertain tax positions143
Decreases for uncertain tax positions(3,783)
Reductions due to lapse of applicable statute of limitations(1,984)
Unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2019$46,650


The total amount of gross unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2019 was $46.7 million, of which $43.9 million would impact our effective tax rate if recognized.

We file U.S. federal, U.S. state, and non-U.S. income tax returns. Our major tax jurisdictions include U.S. federal, the State of California and the Netherlands. For U.S. federal and state tax returns, we are no longer subject to tax examinations for years before 2015. We are currently under examination by the Internal Revenue Service for tax years 2015 and 2016. With few exceptions, we are no longer subject to examination by foreign tax authorities for years before 2012.

We have elected to recognize interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income taxes. Interest and penalties included in tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 as well as accrued as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 was not material to our financials. The timing and resolution of income tax examinations is uncertain, and the amounts ultimately paid, if any, upon resolution of issues raised by the taxing authorities may differ materially from the amounts accrued for each year. Although it is possible that our balance of gross unrecognized tax benefits could materially change in the next 12 months, given the uncertainty in the development of ongoing income tax examinations, we are unable to estimate the full range of possible adjustments to this balance.
Subsequent to the year ended December 31, 2019,2020, we completed an intra-entity transfer of certain intellectual property rights and fixed assets to our new Swiss subsidiary, where our EMEA regional headquarters is now located beginning January 1, 2020. The transfer of intellectual property rights did not result in a taxable gain; however, it did result in a step-up of the Swiss tax deductible basis in the transferred assets, and accordingly, created a temporary difference between the book basis and the tax basis of such intellectual property rights. Consequently, this transaction will resultresulted in the recognition of a deferred tax asset and related one-time tax benefit of up to $1.6 billion, in our consolidated financial statementsapproximately $1,493.5 million during the three months ending Marchyear ended December 31, 2020. We continue to assess2020, which is the realizabilitynet impact of thisthe deferred tax asset recognized as a result of the additional Swiss tax deductible basis in the transferred assets and certain costs related to the transfer of fixed assets and inventory.

As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, the significant components of our deferred tax assets and liabilities are (in thousands):
 December 31,
 20222021
Deferred tax assets:
Net operating loss and capital loss carryforwards$15,380 $11,069 
Reserves and accruals32,759 47,641 
Stock-based compensation19,469 13,576 
Deferred revenue117,039 83,514 
Capitalized research & development54,293 413 
Amortizable tax basis in intangibles1,350,434 1,392,471 
Other16,645 15,645 
Deferred tax assets before valuation allowance1,606,019 1,564,329 
Valuation allowance(23,286)(12,938)
Total deferred tax assets1,582,733 1,551,391 
Deferred tax liabilities:
Depreciation and amortization11,407 12,328 
Acquisition-related intangibles26,008 28,989 
Other3,438 6,931 
Total deferred tax liabilities40,853 48,248 
Net deferred tax assets1,541,880 1,503,143 

The available positive evidence at December 31, 2022 included historical operating profits and a projection of future income sufficient to realize most of our remaining deferred tax assets. As of December 31, 2022, it was considered more likely
86


than not that our deferred tax assets would be realized with the exception of certain net operating loss, capital loss carryovers and unrealized translation losses as we take into account new information, includingare unable to forecast sufficient future profits to realize the profitabilitydeferred tax assets. The total valuation allowance as of December 31, 2022 was $23.3 million. During the year ended December 31, 2022, the valuation allowance increased by $10.3 million primarily due to deferred tax assets related to unrealized translation losses and net operating loss from one of our Swiss headquartersGerman subsidiaries and ongoing communicationthe deferred tax assets from our Russian commercial entity are not more likely than not to be realized.

As of December 31, 2022, we have foreign net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $48.2 million, attributed mainly to losses in China, Italy and Germany. The losses in Italy and Germany can be carried forward indefinitely. The operating loss carryforwards in China, if not utilized, will expire beginning 2026.

The changes in the balance of gross unrecognized tax benefits, which exclude interest and penalties, for the year ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, are as follows (in thousands):
Year Ended December 31,
202220212020
Gross unrecognized tax benefits at January 1,$63,295 $46,320 $46,650 
Increases related to tax positions taken during the current year84,249 27,710 20,592 
Increases related to tax positions taken during a prior year15,411 5,471 10,201 
Decreases related to tax positions taken during a prior year(2,647)(5,804)(29,977)
Decreases related to expiration of statute of limitations(4,582)(8,986)— 
Decreases related to settlement with tax authorities(14,166)(1,416)(1,146)
Gross unrecognized tax benefits at December 31,$141,560 $63,295 $46,320 

The total amount of gross unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2022 was $141.6 million, of which $134.3 million would impact our effective tax rate if recognized.

We file U.S. federal, U.S. state, and non-U.S. income tax returns. Our major tax jurisdictions include U.S. federal, the State of California and Switzerland. For U.S. federal and state tax returns, we are no longer subject to tax examinations for years before 2017 and 2015, respectively. Our Israeli subsidiary was under tax audit for years 2016 through 2019. During the fourth quarter of 2022, we settled the audit with the SwissIsrael Tax Authority in connection with a 2016 transaction to which our Israeli subsidiary was a party. As a result, we are no longer subject to tax authorities. Effective January 1,examinations for years through 2021 in Israel. With few exceptions, we are no longer subject to examination by other foreign tax authorities for years before 2015.

We have elected to recognize interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income taxes. Interest and penalties included in tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020 Switzerland will become a majoras well as accrued as of December 31, 2022 and 2021 were not material. While we defend income tax jurisdiction owing toaudits in various jurisdictions and the relocationresults of our EMEA regional headquarterssuch audits may differ materially from the Netherlands.amounts accrued for each year, we cannot currently ascertain the bases on which any given audit will be ultimately resolved. Accordingly, we are unable to estimate the range of possible adjustments to our balance of gross unrecognized tax benefits in the next 12 months.




Note 15.13. Net Income per Share

Basic net income per share is computed using the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted net income per share is computed using the weighted average number of shares of common stock, adjusted for any dilutive effect of potential common stock. Potential common stock, computed using the treasury stock method, includes RSUs, MSUs, PSUs and our ESPP.

87


The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net income per share attributable to common stock (in thousands, except per share amounts): 
 Year Ended December 31,
 202220212020
Numerator:
Net income$361,573 $772,020 $1,775,888 
Denominator:
Weighted average common shares outstanding, basic78,190 78,917 78,760 
Dilutive effect of potential common stock230 753 470 
Total shares, diluted78,420 79,670 79,230 
Net income per share, basic$4.62 $9.78 $22.55 
Net income per share, diluted$4.61 $9.69 $22.41 
Anti-dilutive potential common shares 1
320 280 
 Year Ended December 31,
 2019 2018 2017
Numerator:     
Net income$442,776
 $400,235
 $231,418
Denominator:     
Weighted average common shares outstanding, basic79,424
 80,064
 80,085
Dilutive effect of potential common stock676
 1,293
 1,747
Total shares, diluted80,100
 81,357
 81,832
      
Net income per share, basic$5.57
 $5.00
 $2.89
Net income per share, diluted$5.53
 $4.92
 $2.83

For1    Represents stock-based awards not included in the year ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, potentially anti-dilutive shares excluded fromcalculation of diluted net income per share related to RSUs, MSUs and ESPP were not material.as the effect would have been anti-dilutive.

Note 16.14. Supplemental Cash Flow Information

The supplemental cash flow information consists of the following (in thousands):
 Year Ended December 31,
 202220212020
Taxes paid$231,884 $203,309 $76,332 
Non-cash investing and financing activities:
Acquisition of property, plant and equipment in accounts payable and accrued liabilities$35,767 $64,135 $37,267 
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities:
Operating cash flows from operating leases$31,015 $29,769 $26,022 
Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for lease obligations:
Operating leases$34,144 $68,463 $47,981 
 Year Ended December 31,
 2019 2018 2017
Taxes paid$71,746
 $114,601
 $51,231
Non-cash investing and financing activities:     
Fixed assets acquired with accounts payable or accrued liabilities$16,488
 $15,069
 $15,105
Conversion of convertible notes receivable into equity securities$
 $4,862
 $
Fair value of option to purchase property$
 $
 $3,936
Issuance of promissory note in exchange for sale of equity method investment$54,154
 $
 $
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities:     
Operating cash flows from operating leases$26,337
 $
 $
Investing cash flows from finance leases (1)
$10,896
 $
 $
Financing cash flows from finance leases$45,773
 $
 $
Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for lease obligations:     
Operating leases$32,723
 $
 $
Finance leases$51,064
 $
 $


1
Aportion of finance lease purchase payment relates to leasing a part of the building to a third party as a lessor. This amount is included in Other investing activities in our Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.


Note 17.15. Segments and Geographical Information

Segment Information

Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise for which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”), or decision-making group, in deciding how to allocate


resources and in assessing performance. Our CODM is our Chief Executive Officer. We report segment information based on the management approach. The management approach designates the internal reporting used by CODMour Chief Operating Decision Maker for decision making and performance assessment as the basis for determining our reportable segments. The performance measures of our reportable segments include net revenues, gross profit and income from operations. Income from operations for each segment includes all geographic revenues, related cost of net revenues and operating expenses directly attributable to the segment. Certain operating expenses are attributable to operating segments and each allocation is measured differently based on the specific facts and circumstances of the costs being allocated. Costs not specifically allocated to segment income from operations generally include various corporate expenses such as stock-based compensation and costs related to IT, facilities, human resources, accounting and finance, legal and regulatory, and other separately managed general and administrative costs outside the operating segments.

segments and restructuring costs. We group our operations into 2two reportable segments: Clear Aligner segment and ScannerImaging Systems and CAD/CAM services (“Systems and Services”) segment.

Our Clear Aligner
88


Summarized financial information by segment consists of Comprehensive Products, Non-Comprehensive Products and Non-Case revenuesis as defined below:

Comprehensive Products include Invisalign Comprehensive and Invisalign First.
Non-Comprehensive Products include, but are not limited to, Invisalign Moderate, Lite and Express packages and Invisalign Go, in addition to revenues from the sale of aligners to SmileDirectClub (“SDC”) under our supply agreement that expired on December 31, 2019.
Non-Case includes, but not limited to, Vivera retainers along with our training and ancillary products for treating malocclusion. 

Our Scanner segment consists of intraoral scanning systems, which includes a single hardware platform and restorative or orthodontic software options, additional services and ancillary products. This segment includes our iTero scanner and OrthoCAD services.

These reportable operating segments are based on how our CODM views and evaluates our operations as well as allocation of resources. The following information relates to these segmentsfollows (in thousands):
 Year Ended December 31,
202220212020
Net revenues
Clear Aligner$3,072,585 $3,247,080 $2,101,459 
Systems and Services662,050 705,504 370,482 
Total net revenues$3,734,635 $3,952,584 $2,471,941 
Gross profit
Clear Aligner$2,228,170 $2,474,373 $1,532,130 
Systems and Services405,605 460,982 231,105 
Total gross profit$2,633,775 $2,935,355 $1,763,235 
Income from operations
Clear Aligner$1,134,420 $1,325,866 $768,045 
Systems and Services179,765 259,127 96,052 
Unallocated corporate expenses(671,590)(608,593)(476,926)
Total income from operations$642,595 $976,400 $387,171 
Stock-based compensation
Clear Aligner$14,816 $10,648 $8,975 
Systems and Services994 705 734 
Unallocated corporate expenses117,557 102,983 88,718 
Total stock-based compensation$133,367 $114,336 $98,427 
Depreciation and amortization
Clear Aligner$57,888 $50,723 $41,371 
Systems and Services28,300 21,581 16,798 
Unallocated corporate expenses39,605 36,425 35,369 
Total depreciation and amortization$125,793 $108,729 $93,538 

 For the Year Ended December 31,
 2019 2018 2017
Net revenues     
    Clear Aligner$2,025,750
 $1,691,467
 $1,309,262
    Scanner381,046
 275,025
 164,151
          Total net revenues$2,406,796
 $1,966,492

$1,473,413
Gross profit     
    Clear Aligner$1,499,713
 $1,280,495
 $1,019,563
    Scanner244,184
 167,372
 97,384
        Total gross profit$1,743,897
 $1,447,867
 $1,116,947
Income from operations     
    Clear Aligner$835,957
 $712,439
 $564,648
    Scanner137,720
 98,998
 49,613
    Unallocated corporate expenses(431,184) (344,873) (260,650)
         Total income from operations$542,493
 $466,564
 $353,611
Depreciation and amortization     
    Clear Aligner$38,979
 $29,001
 $21,581
    Scanner7,441
 4,965
 4,385
    Unallocated corporate depreciation and amortization32,570
 20,761
 11,773
         Total depreciation and amortization$78,990
 $54,727
 $37,739
Impairments and other (gains) charges     
    Clear Aligner$(22,990) $
 $
         Total impairments and other (gains) charges$(22,990) $
 $


The following table reconciles total segment income from operations in the table above to net income before provision for (benefit from) income taxes and equity in losses of investee (in thousands):
Year Ended December 31,
202220212020
Total segment income from operations$1,314,185 $1,584,993 $864,097 
Unallocated corporate expenses(671,590)(608,593)(476,926)
Total income from operations642,595 976,400 387,171 
Interest income5,367 3,103 3,125 
Other income (expense), net(48,905)32,920 (11,347)
Net income before provision for (benefit from) income taxes$599,057 $1,012,423 $378,949 
 For the Year Ended December 31,
 2019 2018 2017
Total segment income from operations$973,677
 $811,437
 $614,261
Unallocated corporate expenses(431,184) (344,873) (260,650)
   Total income from operations542,493
 466,564
 353,611
Interest income12,482
 8,576
 6,948
Other income (expense), net7,676
 (8,489) 4,240
Net income before provision for income taxes and equity in losses of investee
        
$562,651
 $466,651
 $364,799

Geographical Information

Net revenues are presented below by geographic area (in thousands):
 Year Ended December 31,
 202220212020
Net revenues 1:
U.S.$1,660,045 $1,724,296 $1,099,564 
Switzerland1,216,094 1,353,229 809,080 
Other International858,496 875,059 563,297 
Total net revenues$3,734,635 $3,952,584 $2,471,941 
1    Net revenues are attributed to countries based on the location of where revenues are recognized by our legal entities.
89


 For the Year Ended December 31,
 2019 2018 2017
Net revenues 1:
     
United States$1,161,959
 $1,023,559
 $836,200
The Netherlands760,444
 610,039
 456,108
China196,733
 155,790
 81,661
Other International287,660
 177,104
 99,444
Total net revenues$2,406,796
 $1,966,492
 $1,473,413

1
Net revenues are attributed to countries based on the location of where revenues are recognized by our legal entities.

Tangible long-lived assets, which includes Property, plant and equipment, net, and Operating lease right-of-use assets, net, are presented below by geographic area (in thousands):
 December 31,
 20222021
Long-lived assets 1:
Switzerland$532,921 $444,205 
U.S.214,804 210,582 
China118,669 125,346 
Other International484,341 423,050 
Total long-lived assets$1,350,735 $1,203,183 
 As of December 31,
 2019 2018
Long-lived assets 2:
   
The Netherlands$226,286
 $206,679
United States164,451
 139,239
Costa Rica82,083
 80,218
China73,174
 36,249
Other International141,980
 58,944
Total long-lived assets$687,974
 $521,329
1    Long-lived assets are attributed to countries based on the location of our entity that owns or leases the assets.

2
Long-lived assets are attributed to countries based on the location of our entity that owns or leases the assets.

Note 16. Restructuring and Other Charges

Restructuring Activities

During the fourth quarter of 2022, we initiated a restructuring plan to increase efficiencies across the organization which is expected to be completed in the first half of 2023. We incurred approximately $10.2 million in restructuring expenses, of which $2.9 million was recorded in Cost of net revenues and $7.3 million was recorded in Restructuring and other charges.

Activity related to the restructuring liabilities associated with our restructuring initiatives consist of the following (in thousands):
Severance and related costsImpairment ChargesTotal
Restructuring charges$8,723 $1,453 $10,176 
Cash payments(4,807)— (4,807)
Non-cash charges— (1,453)(1,453)
Balance as of December 31, 2022 1
$3,916 $— $3,916 
1    Included in “Accrued liabilities” within our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Other Charges

In addition to the restructuring charges, during the fourth quarter of 2022, we also incurred certain lease termination costs of $2.3 million and asset impairments of $1.8 million which were also recorded in Restructuring and other charges.
ITEMItem 9.CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSUREChanges in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.

NoneNone.
 


Item 9A. Controls and Procedures.
ITEM 9A.
CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures.

Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, we have evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act). Based upon that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective as of December 31, 20192022 to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure, and that such information is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission rules and forms.

Management's annual report on internal control over financial reporting.

See “Report of Management on Internal Control over Financial Reporting” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
90



Changes in internal control over financial reporting.

There have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended December 31, 20192022 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B. Other Information.
ITEM 9B.
OTHER INFORMATION

None.

Item 9C. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections.

None.

PART III

Certain information required by Part III is omitted from this Form 10-K because we intend to file a definitive Proxy Statement for our 20202023 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (the “Proxy Statement”) not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and certain information to be included therein is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEMItem 10.DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.

The information required by Item 401 of Regulation S-K concerning our directors is incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement under the section captioned “Election of Directors.“Directors.” The information required by Item 401 of Regulation S-K concerning our executive officers is set forth in Item 1— “Business” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The information required by Item 405 of Regulation S-K is incorporated by reference to the section entitled “Section“Delinquent Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance”Reports” contained in the Proxy Statement. The information required by Item 407(c)(3), 407(d)(4) and 407(d)(5) of Regulation S-K is incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement under the section entitled “Corporate Governance”.

Code of Ethics

We have a code of ethics (which we call our Global Code of Conduct) that applies to all of our employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer. This codecontroller. Our Global Code of ethicsConduct is posted on our Internet website. The Internet address forthe investor relations portion of our website isat www.aligntech.comhttp://investor.aligntech.com, andwithin the code of ethics may be found on thesection captioned “Corporate Governance” section of our “Investor Relations” webpage..

We intend to satisfy the disclosure requirement under Item 5.05 of Form 8-K regarding an amendment to, or waiver from, a provision of this code of ethics by posting such information on our website, at the address and location specified above, or as otherwise required by the NASDAQ Global Select Market.

ITEMItem 11.EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION Executive Compensation.

The information required by Item 402 of Regulation S-K is incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement under the section captioned “Executive Compensation.Compensation - Compensation Discussion and Analysis.” The information required by Items 407(e)(4) and (e)(5) is incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement under the section captioned “Corporate Governance—Governance - Committee Oversight - Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation” and “Compensation Committee of the Board Report,” respectively.



ITEMItem 12.SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.

The information required by Item 403 and Item 201(d) of Regulation S-K is incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement under the sectionsections captioned “Principal Stockholders”.

Equity“Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” and “Equity Compensation Plan Information,

” respectively.
The following table provides information as of December 31, 2019 about our common stock that may be issued upon the exercise of options and awards granted to employees, consultants or members of our Board of Directors under all existing equity compensation plans, including the 2005 Incentive Plan and the Employee Stock Purchase Plan ("ESPP"), each as amended, and certain individual arrangements (Refer to Note 11 "Stockholders’ Equity” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for a description of our equity compensation plans).
Plan Category 
Number of securities to be issued upon 
exercise of outstanding options and restricted stock units (a)
 
Weighted average
exercise price of
outstanding
options (b)
 Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans (excluding securities reflected in column(a)) 
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders 939,539
1 
$
 5,450,153
2, 3 
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders 
 
 
 
Total 939,539
 $
 5,450,153
 
1
Includes 695,650 restricted stock units and 243,889 market-performance based restricted stock units at target, which have an exercise price of zero.
2
Includes 441,293 shares available for issuance under our ESPP. We are unable to ascertain with specificity the number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding rights or the weighted average exercise price of outstanding rights under the ESPP.
3
Includes 653,854 of potentially issuable MSUs if performance targets are achieved at maximum payout.

ITEMItem 13.CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.

The information required by Item 404 and Item 407 of Regulation S-K is incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement under the sections captioned “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” and “Corporate Governance—DirectorBoard and Committee Independence and Qualifications,” respectively.

91


ITEMItem 14.PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES Principal Accountant Fees and Services.

The information required by Item 9(e) of Schedule 14A of the Securities Act of 1934, as amended, is incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement under the section captioned “Ratification of Appointment of Independent Registered Public Accountants.”

92


PART IV
 
ITEMItem 15.EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES Exhibit and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a)Financial Statements
(a)Financial Statements

1.Consolidated financial statements
1.Consolidated financial statements
The following documents are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K:
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2019, 20182022, 2021 and 20172020
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the year ended December 31, 2019, 20182022, 2021 and 20172020
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 20192022 and 20182021
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the year ended December 31, 2019, 20182022, 2021 and 20172020
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the year ended December 31, 2019, 20182022, 2021 and 20172020
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
2.The following financial statement schedule is filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K:
2.The following financial statement schedule is filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K:
Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves for the year ended December 31, 2019, 20182022, 2021 and 20172020
All other schedules have been omitted as they are not required, not applicable, or the required information is otherwise included.
SCHEDULE II: VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES
Balance at
Beginning
of Period
Additions
(Reductions)
to Costs and
Expenses
Write
Offs
Balance at
End of Period
 (in thousands)
Allowance for doubtful accounts:
Year Ended December 31, 2020$6,756 $12,073 $(8,590)$10,239 
Year Ended December 31, 2021$10,239 $2,814 $(3,808)$9,245 
Year Ended December 31, 2022$9,245 $4,102 $(3,004)$10,343 
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets:
Year Ended December 31, 2020$1,086 $239 $— $1,325 
Year Ended December 31, 2021$1,325 $11,613 $— $12,938 
Year Ended December 31, 2022$12,938 $10,348 $— $23,286 



93


 
Balance at
Beginning
of Period
 
Additions
(Reductions)
to Costs
and
Expenses
 
Write
Offs
 
Balance at
End of Period
 (in thousands)
Allowance for doubtful accounts:       
Year Ended December 31, 2017 1
$2,946
 $9,948
 $(7,080) $5,814
Year Ended December 31, 2018$5,814
 $12,321
 $(15,757) $2,378
Year Ended December 31, 2019$2,378
 $15,126
 $(10,748) $6,756
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets:       
Year Ended December 31, 2017 1
$256
 $22
 $
 $278
Year Ended December 31, 2018$278
 $(27) $
 $251
Year Ended December 31, 2019$251
 $835
 $
 $1,086

(b)The following Exhibits are included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K:
Exhibit
Number
DescriptionFormDateExhibit
Number
Incorporated
by Reference
herein
Filed
herewith
S-1, as amended (File No. 333-49932)12/28/20003.1
8-K5/20/20163.01
8-K2/29/20123.2
Def 14A4/7/20211.0
S-1, as amended (File No. 333-49932)1/17/20014.1
10-K2/28/20204.2
8-K5/20/202110.1
10-K2/26/202110.2
10-K2/28/202010.3
10-K2/28/202010.3A
10-K2/28/202010.4
10-K2/28/202010.5
10-K2/28/201910.6
10-Q8/4/200510.4
10-K2/28/202010.8
10-K2/28/202010.8A
10-K2/26/202110.9
10-K2/26/202110.9A
10-K2/28/202010.9
10-Q5/8/200810.3
10-K2/28/201710.8
10-Q5/1/201510.30
10-Q11/8/201610.2
S-1 as amended (File No. 333-49932)1/17/200110.15
10-Q5/5/202010.1
94


Exhibit
Number
DescriptionFormDateExhibit
Number
Incorporated
by Reference
herein
Filed
herewith
10-Q10/30/202010.1
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
101.INSInline XBRL Instance Document (the instance document does not appear in the Interactive Data File because its XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document).*
101.SCHInline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document*
101.CALInline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document*
101.DEFInline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document*
101.LABInline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document*
101.PREInline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document*
104Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101)*
__________________________________ 
1
Balances have been recast to reflect the adoption of new revenue accounting standard (Refer to Note 1 "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for details).






(b)The following Exhibits are included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K:
Exhibit
Number
DescriptionFormDateExhibit
Number
Incorporated
by Reference
herein
 Filed
herewith
Form S-1, as amended (File No. 333-49932)12/28/20003.1  
Form 8-K5/20/20163.01  
Form 8-K2/29/20123.2  
Form S-1, as amended (File No. 333-49932)1/17/20014.1  
    *
Form 8-K5/25/201010.02  
Form 10-K2/28/201710.1  
    *
    *
    *
    *
Form 10-K2/28/201910.6  
Form 10-Q8/4/200510.4  
    *
    *
    *
Form 8-K6/25/201810.1  
Form 10-Q5/8/200810.3  
Form 10-K2/28/201710.8  
Form 10-Q5/1/201510.3  
Form 10-Q11/8/201610.2  
    *
Form S-1 as amended (File No. 333-49932)1/17/200110.15  
Form 8-K1/31/2020   
Form 8-K7/28/201610.1  
Form 8-K7/27/201710.2  
Form 8-K2/27/201810.1  


Exhibit
Number
DescriptionFormDateExhibit
Number
Incorporated
by Reference
herein
 Filed
herewith
Form 10-K2/28/201910.4  
Form 8-K1/23/201910.1  
    *
    *
    *
    *
    *
101.INSXBRL Instance Document    *
101.SCHXBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document    *
101.CALXBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document    *
101.DEFXBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document    *
101.LABXBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document    *
101.PREXBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document    *
__________________________________ 
Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement filed as an Exhibit to this form pursuant to Items 14(a) and 14(c) of Form 10-K.
tFurnished herewith

ITEMItem 16.FORM Form 10-K SUMMARYSummary.

Not applicable.


95


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on February 28, 2020.authorized.
ALIGN TECHNOLOGY, INC.
ALIGN TECHNOLOGY, INC.
By:
/S/    JOSEPH M. HOGAN        
Joseph M. Hogan
President and Chief Executive Officer
Date:February 27, 2023


Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Joseph M. Hogan or John F. Morici, his or her attorney-in-fact, with the power of substitution, for him or her in any and all capacities, to sign any amendments to this Report on Form 10-K and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact, or his or her substitute or substitutes, may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
SignatureTitleDate
/S/    JOSEPH M. HOGANPresident, Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)February 27, 2023
Joseph M. Hogan
SignatureTitleDate
/S/    JOSEPH M. HOGANPresident and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)February 28, 2020
Joseph M. Hogan
/S/    JOHN F. MORICIChief Financial Officer and SeniorExecutive Vice President, Global Finance (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)February 28, 202027, 2023
John F. Morici
/S/    KEVIN J. DALLASDirectorFebruary 28, 202027, 2023
Kevin J. Dallas
/S/    JOSEPH LACOB DirectorFebruary 28, 202027, 2023
Joseph Lacob
/S/    C. RAYMOND LARKIN, JR.     DirectorFebruary 28, 202027, 2023
C. Raymond Larkin, Jr.
/S/    GEORGE J. MORROW    DirectorFebruary 28, 202027, 2023
George J. Morrow
/S/    ANNE M. MYONG      DirectorFebruary 28, 202027, 2023
Anne M. Myong
/S/    THOMAS M. PRESCOTTDirectorFebruary 28, 2020
Thomas M. Prescott
/S/    ANDREA L. SAIADirectorFebruary 28, 202027, 2023
Andrea L. Saia
/S/    GREG J. SANTORA

DirectorFebruary 28, 202027, 2023
Greg J. Santora
/S/    SUSAN E. SIEGEL 
DirectorFebruary 28, 202027, 2023
Susan E. Siegel
/S/ WARREN S. THALERDirectorFebruary 28, 202027, 2023
Warren S. Thaler



92
96